Home

Driving your vehicle

Contents

1. 0e eee eee 5 64 e Driving oif road eremi res 5 65 Highway driving eve serene most eio 018 68 5 65 Winter driving oe cesos cisions site cia cesis s stes 5 66 e Snowy or Icy conditions 00e00 5 66 Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant 5 68 Check battery and cables euu 5 68 Change to winter weight oil if necessary 5 68 e Check spark plugs and ignition system 5 68 e To keep locks from freezing 0008 5 69 Use approved window washer anti freeze in SVstem o ser E A E E E EET 5 69 e Don t let your parking brake freeze 5 69 Don t let ice and snow accumulate underneath 5 69 e Carry emergency equipment 6 5 69 Vehicle load limit so 99 osse ee ot siete 5 70 Tire and loading information label 5 70 e Certification label ee een rim ini iin ron 5 73 Vehicle weighto s sso ccs unsere SS 5 75 Driving your vehicle Be sure the exhaust system does not leak The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the vehicle have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer A WARNING Engine exhaust Do not inhale exhaust fumes or leave your engine running in an enclo
2. Air bags are not designed to inflate in rear collisions because occu pants are moved backward by the force of the impact In this case inflated air bags would not be able to provide any additional benefit NA 1JBA3516 Front air bags may not inflate in side impact collisions because occupants move to the direction of the collision and thus in side impacts front air bag deployment would not provide additional occu pant protection 1JBA3521 In a slant or angled collision the force of impact may direct the occupants in a direction where the air bags would not be able to pro vide any additional benefit and thus the sensors may not deploy any air bags Jo scceaeses ns else ELA LL LEER te cena AE La ALERTA Neate ae cee E a oS Meee xau eee ee Ee E Safety features of your vehicle 1JBA3517 Just before impact drivers often brake heavily Such heavy braking lowers the front portion of the vehi cle causing it to ride under a vehi cle with a higher ground clearance Air bags may not inflate in this under ride situation because deceleration forces that are detect ed by sensors may be significantly replaced by such under ride colli sions 1JBA3522 Air bags may not inflate in rollover accidents because the vehicle can not detect rollover accident However side and or curtain air bags may inflate when the vehicle is rolled over following or after side impact collision
3. B240B01L The air bag modules are located both in the center of the steering wheel and in the front passenger s panel above the glove box When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe impact to the front of the vehicle it will automatically deploy the front air bags Driver s front air bag 2 Z ZM Nx B240B02L Upon deployment tear seams mold ed directly into the pad covers will separate under pressure from the expansion of the air bags Further opening of the covers then allows full inflation of the air bags Driver s front air bag 3 B240B03L A fully inflated air bag in combina tion with a properly worn seat belt slows the driver s or the passenger s forward motion reducing the risk of head and chest injury After complete inflation the air bag immediately starts deflating enabling the driver to maintain for ward visibility and the ability to steer or operate other controls Safety features of your vehicle Passenger s front air bag B240B05L NOTICE Before you replace a fuse or discon nect a battery terminal turn the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion and remove the ignition key Never remove or replace the air bag related fuse s when the ignition switch is in the ON position Failure to heed this warning will cause the SRS air bag warning light to illumi nate Occupant detection system Your vehicle is equipped with an occupant detection syste
4. OTF054022E If any method other than the CRUISE ON OFF switch was used to cancel cruising speed and the sys tem is still activated the most recent set speed will automatically resume when you move the lever up It will not resume however if the vehicle speed has dropped below approximately 25 mph 40 km h Driving your vehicle ACTIVE ECO SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Active ECO operation OTF054024 Active ECO helps improve fuel effi ciency by controlling the engine and transaxle But fuel efficiency can be affected by the driver s driving habits and road conditions When the Active ECO button is pressed the ECO indicator green will illuminate to show that the Active ECO is operating When the Active ECO is activated it does not turn off even though the engine is restarted again To turn off the system press the active ECO button again If Active ECO is turned off it will return to the normal mode When Active ECO is activated The engine noise may get louder The vehicle speed may slightly be reduced The air conditioner performance may be affected Limitation of Active ECO oper ation If the following conditions occur while Active ECO is operating the system operation is limited even though there is no change in the ECO indi cator When the coolant temperature is low The system will be limited until engine performance becomes nor mal When driving up a hill The syste
5. 6 27 e Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit 6 28 e Technical Data e 9 75 S 6 28 TOWING 65 eese 99r set ers els os rh esca 6 29 CPO WING SERVICE sere dese 6 29 e Removable towing hook front 6 30 e Emergency towing es 9999299999 99 9 6 30 What to do in an emergency ROAD WARNING Hazard warning flasher OTF064017 The hazard warning flasher serves as a warning to other drivers to exer cise extreme caution when approaching overtaking or passing your vehicle It should be used whenever emer gency repairs are being made or when the vehicle is stopped near the edge of a roadway Depress the flasher switch with the ignition switch in any position The flasher switch is located in the center console switch panel All turn signal lights will flash simultaneously The hazard warning flasher oper ates whether your vehicle is run ning or not The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on Care must be taken when using the hazard warning flasher while the vehicle is being towed What to do in an emergency IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING If the engine stalls at a cross road or crossing If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing set the shift lever in the N Neutral position and then push the vehicle to a safe place If you have a flat tire while driving If a tire goes flat while you are driv ing 1 Take your foot off the acc
6. 3 amp Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance ee NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 22 500 miles 36 000 km or 18 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter C Inspect vacuum hose C Replace engine oil and filter 2 4 GDI 22 500 miles 36 000 km or 36 months C Add fuel additive Every 7 500 miles 12 000 km or 12 months 3 amp Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace 30 000 miles 48 000 km or 24 months C Inspect vacuum hose Q Inspect air conditioning refrigerant Inspect brake hoses and lines Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler Q Inspect front disc brake pads calipers and rotors Q Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint C Inspect suspension mounting bolts Q Inspect brake clutch if equipped fluid Q Inspect fuel filter Q Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections Q Inspect fuel tank air filter if equipped Inspect rear disc brake pads parking brake Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap fuel tank C Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit C Replace air cleaner filter Q Replace engine oil and filter 2 4 GDI 30 000 miles 48 000 km or 48 months C Add fuel additive Every 7 500 miles 12 000 km or 12 months 3 amp Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or
7. However the seating capacity may be reduced based upon the weight of all of the occupants and the weight of the cargo being carried or towed Do not overload the vehicle as there is a limit to the total weight or load limit including occupants and cargo the vehicle can carry Towing capacity We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing Cargo capacity The cargo capacity of your vehicle will increase or decrease depending on the weight and the number of occupants and the tongue load if your vehicle is equipped with a trail er Steps For Determining Correct Load Limit 1 Locate the statement The com bined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on your vehicle s plac ard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and lug gage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ibs pas sengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and lug gage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calcu lated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will
8. LLLLL Defrostet oi ote Ce eheu rasis 4 110 Outside mirror defroster 04 4 110 Rear window defroster 004 4 110 Wiper deicer ucc ere Eee 4 110 Defrosting Windshield 2000 4 131 Digital clock 2 1 RES teehee 4 142 Dimensions iu eie tbe ERR endo eds RE bb cet 8 2 Display illumination see instrument panel illumination 4 55 Displays see instrument cluster 4 54 Door locks 1 edm eei RR 4 17 Central door lock switch 4 18 Child protector rear door lock 4 20 Drinks holders see cup holders 4 140 Drive mode integrated control system 5 50 Driver position memory system 4 38 Easy access function 000 4 39 Recalling positions llle eese 4 39 Storing positions lle eese 4 38 Driver s and passenger s front air bag 3 45 Driving at night isses esee eure 5 63 Driving in flooded areas 0 0 0 5 64 Driving in the Tai sess ose esd memes 5 64 Driving off road si i saad as eat pe bed wolves RE ER 5 65 E Economical operation eese 5 60 Electric chromic mirror ECM 4 43 Electric parking brake EPB 5 27 EPB malfunction indicator 5 27 Electric powersteering lle eese 4 4
9. SEEK Press the key Briefly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Automatically searches for the next station Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds While holding the key frequency changes without stopping When the key is released automatically searches for the next frequency from that point Preset SEEK Press the IB key Briefly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Plays the frequency saved in the corresponding key Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Pressing and holding the desired key from aJ will save the currently playing broadcast to the selected key and sound a BEEP SCAN Press the key Briefly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds The broadcast frequency increases and previews each broadcast for 5 seconds each After scanning all frequencies returns and plays the current broadcast fre quency Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Previews the broad casts saved in Preset a for 5 seconds each Selecting through manual search Turn the TUNE knob left right to adjust the frequency FM Changes by 200KHz AM Changes by 10KHz Features of your vehicle MENU Within key are the A Store Auto Store and Info functions D A Store Press the key gt Set A Store through TUNE knob or key Saves broadcasts with superior reception to IB keys If no frequencies are received then the most recently received frequency will
10. When the engine coolant tempera ture is above 120 C 248 F This means that the engine is overheat ed and may be damaged If your vehicle is overheated refer to Overheating in chapter 6 CAUTION Engine Overheating Do not drive the vehicle when the Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light is illuminated or the engine is overheated Continuing to drive the vehicle while it is overheated may dam age the engine fio sccSaeses es else EI Mace LL LL Ede E cee AE Ea ALLEE LAE Meca LUE eene EAM aet M D EE e Tm ei cud Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light ou This warning light illuminates Once you set the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop Button to the ON position It remains on until the engine is started When the engine oil pressure is low If the engine oil pressure is low 1 Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle 2 Turn the engine off and check the engine oil level For more details refer to Engine Oil in section 7 If the level is low add oil as required If the warning light remains on after adding oil or if oil is not avail able have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible CAUTION Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light If the engine is not stopped immediately after the Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light is illuminated severe damage could result If the warning light stays on while the engine is running
11. hi VES NE 2 ig EAS PS 1JBA3518 Air bags may not inflate if the vehi cle collides with objects such as utility poles or trees where the point of impact is concentrated to one area and the full force of the impact is not delivered to the sen sors ENS Safety features of your vehicle SRS Care The SRS is virtually maintenance free and there are no parts you can safely service by yourself If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate or continuously remains on have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Any work on the SRS system such as removing installing repairing or any work on the steering wheel must be performed by an authorized Kia dealer Improper handling of the SRS system may result in serious person al injury For cleaning the air bag pad covers use only a soft dry cloth or one which has been moistened with plain water Solvents or cleaners could adversely affect the air bag covers and proper deployment of the sys tem If components of the air bag system must be discarded or if the vehicle must be scrapped certain safety precautions must be observed An authorized Kia dealer knows these precautions and can give you the necessary information Failure to fol low these precautions and proce dures could increase the risk of per sonal injury Adding equipment to or modi fying your air bag equipped vehicle If you modify your vehicle by chang ing yo
12. 320Kbps Take precautions for static elec tricity when connecting or discon necting the external USB device Continued Continued An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is not recognizable Depending on the condition of the external USB device the connected external USB device can be unrecognizable When the formatted byte sector setting of External USB device is not either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE then the device will not be recognized Use only a USB device format ted to FAT 12 16 32 USB devices without USB I F authentication may not be recog nizable Make sure the USB connection terminal does not come in con tact with the human body or other objects If you repeatedly connect or dis connect the USB device in a short period of time it may break the device Continued Continued You may hear a strange noise when connecting or disconnect ing a USB device If you disconnect the external USB device during playback in USB mode the external USB device can be damaged or may malfunction Therefore discon nect the external USB device when the audio is turned off or in another mode e g Radio CD Depending on the type and capacity of the external USB device or the type of the files stored in the device there is a difference in the time for recogni tion the device Do not use the USB device for purposes other than playing music files Playing videos through the USB is not supported Use
13. Fleet vehicles are excluded from reimbursement under Kia s Trip Interruption Policy Registering your vehicle in a foreign country If you plan to register your vehicle in a foreign country you should confirm that it conforms to the regulations in that country Even if you successfully register the vehicle in a foreign country you may experience the following problems and should therefore consider the possibility of having to deal with them 1 The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable If other than the specified fuel is used it could cause damage to the engine the fuel injection system and other fuel related parts which may not be covered under your New Vehicle Emissions Limited Warranty We must therefore clearly state that when you leave the country in which you purchased your Kia new and register it in another country problems arising from the use of fuel other than the specified fuel are not subject to manufacturers warranty Because vehicles like yours may not be marketed in the new country of reg istration parts servicing techniques and tools neces sary to maintain and repair your vehicle may be unavailable Even if vehicles like yours are sold there mechanical specifications required by the government may vary enough from the country of purchase to cause addi tional problems There may not be an Authorized Kia Dealer in the area in which you plan to register your vehicle You may additionall
14. The sunroof can only be opened closed or tilted when the ignition switch is in the ON position In cold and wet climates the sunroof may not work properly due to freez ing conditions After the vehicle is washed or in a rainstorm be sure to wipe off any water that is on the sunroof before operating it CAUTION Sunroof control lever Do not continue to press the sun roof control lever after the sun roof is fully opened closed or tilted Damage to the motor or system components could occur The sunroof cannot slide when it is in the tilt position nor can it be tilted while in an open or slide position Sliding the sunroof When the sunshade is closed If you pull the sunroof control lever backward to the second detent posi tion the sunshade will slide all the way open then the sunroof glass will slide all the way open To stop the sunroof movement at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily Features of your vehicle When the sunshade is opened If you pull the sunroof control lever backward the sunroof glass will slide all the way open To stop the sunroof movement at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily Closing the sunroof To close the sunroof glass only Push the sunroof control lever for ward to the first detent position or pull the lever downward To close the sunroof glass with the sunshade Push the sunroof control lever for
15. To set cruise control speed OTF054020E 1 Press the CRUISE button on the steering wheel to turn the system on The CRUISE indicator light in the instrument cluster will illumi nate 2 Accelerate to the desired speed which must be more than 25 mph 40 km h Driving your vehicle OTF054021E 3 Move the lever 1 down to SET and release it at the desired speed The SET indicator light in the instrument cluster will illuminate Release the accelerator at the same time The desired speed will automatically be maintained On a steep grade the vehicle may slow down or speed up slightly while going downhill To increase cruise control set speed OTF054022E Follow either of these procedures Move the lever 1 up to RES and hold it Your vehicle will accel erate Release the lever at the speed you want Move the lever 1 up to RES and release it immediately The cruising speed will increase by 1 0 mph 2 km h each time the lever is operated in this manner To decrease the cruising speed OTF054021E Follow either of these procedures Move the lever 1 down to SET and hold it Your vehicle will gradu ally slow down Release the lever at the speed you want to maintain Move the lever 1 down to SET and release it immediately The cruising speed will decrease by 1 0 mph 2 km h each time the lever is operated in this manner Driving your vehicle To temporari
16. e If Priority is set upon vehicle igni tion IGN ACC ON the Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone will be automatically connected Even if you are outside the Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone will be automatically connected once you are in the vicinity of the vehicle If you do not want automatic Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone connection set the Bluetooth Wireless Technology power to OFF Making a call using the Steering wheel mounted con trols 1 MUTE button Mute the micro phone during a call 2 VOLUME button Raises or low ers speaker volume 3 button Places and transfers calls 4 23 button Ends calls or cancels functions 5 button Activates voice recog nition Check call history and making call Briefly press under 0 8 seconds the key on the steering remote controller The call history list will be dis played on the screen Press the key again to con nect a call to the selected number Redialing the most recently called number Press and hold over 0 8 seconds the key on the steering remote controller The most recently called number is redialed Features of your vehicle Bluetooth Wireless Technology Pairing a Bluetooth Wireless Technology Device What is Bluetooth Wireless Technology Pairing Pairing refers to the process of syn chronizing your Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone or device with the car audio system for
17. 0 0 ce eee eee eee 7 6 S P Scheduled maintenance service lesu 7 8 Paddle shifter ll eee 5 20 Seat belt Precautions 0 0 00 cee eee eee 3 24 Parking brake 32er rS 5 25 7 36 Seat belt warning ue neeo 0 eee eee eee eee 3 18 Parking light position 000 mers kekek 4 98 Seat belts che che die eee ERR tees edo 3 17 Power brakes ds csagiedseGeusauaieaencheeess 5 23 Hight adjustment front seat belt 3 20 Power outlet 0 0 00 cece eee eee eee eee 4 141 Lap shoulder belt 3 Point system 3 19 Power window lock button 0000 4 28 Pre tensioner seat belt 0 0 0 0 cea 3 22 Pre tensioner seat belt 0 0 000 ee eee 3 22 Seat belt Precautions 000 005 3 24 seat belt warming cesserait rni erm ea 3 18 R Seat cooler see air ventilation seat 3 11 Seat warmer front 0 0 0 0 c eee eee 3 9 Rear camera display 000 0 00 c ce eeeeeee 4 95 Seat warmer Tear iecore pe LER eS E 3 14 Rear seat adjustment esses 3 13 Seatback pocket 2 uk eR age 2 adhe ks 3 12 Folding the rear seat 0 6 eee eee 3 15 Seals CNN 3 2 118 Armirest feat usse bom a a Ea e 3 15 Front seat adjustment Manual 3 4 Front seat adjustment power 3 6 Headrest front 2 cp vr i ks 3 8 Headrest teat aa etcetera etaed 3 13 Rear seat
18. E63 CAUTION Wheel weight Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle s alu CBGQ0707A minum wheels Use only Disc brake pads should be inspected approved wheel weights for wear whenever tires are rotated Maintenance ee ess Tire replacement OENO076053 If the tire is worn evenly a tread wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread This shows there is less than 1 16 inch 1 6 mm of tread left on the tire Replace the tire when this happens Do not wait for the band to appear across the entire tread before replac ing the tire The ABS works by comparing the speed of the wheels Tire size can affect wheel speed When replacing tires all 4 tires must use the same size originally supplied with the vehi cle Using tires of a different size can cause the ABS Anti lock Brake System and ESC Electronic Stability Control if equipped to work irregularly Compact spare tire replacement A compact spare tire has a shorter tread life than a regular size tire Replace it when you can see the tread wear indicator bars on the tire The replacement compact spare tire should be the same size and design tire as the one provided with your new vehicle and should be mounted on the same compact spare tire wheel The compact spare tire is not designed to be mounted on a regular size wheel and the compact spare tire wheel is not designed for mount ing a regular size tire Maintenance S 0 0 170
19. LAEENMNEMEMEMEMNESNMNMEUNUEUNEUEUEUUUUUUUEUEUUEUUEUEUUEUUEEUBUEUEEUUEUEUELELEUEEEEEU UNEEEUEUBENUUEUEUEUEENN A2 MN MENMENMBNEMNEBNMEUENSBNMNUNENUBEBENEBUNEUUBEBEU uuu sugsubgsgggsggggsgggggNN 220WNER S MANUAL LOADING COE Wireless TM rise The Power to Surp KIA THE COMPANY Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle As a global car manufacturer focused on building high quality value for money prices Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you with a customer service experience that exceeds your expectations All information contained in this Owner s Manual is accurate at the time of publication However Kia reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement can be carried out This manual applies to all models of this vehicle and includes descrip tions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment As a result you may encounter material in this manual that is not applica ble to your specific Kia vehicle Drive safely and enjoy your Kia FOREWORD a Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle When you require service remember that your Kia dealer knows your vehicle best Your dealer has factory trained tech nicians recommended special tools genuine Kia replacement parts and is dedicated to your complete satisfaction Because subsequent owners require this important information as well this publication should remain with the veh
20. To set cruise control speed Lees 5 45 e To increase cruise control set speed 5 46 e To decrease the cruising speed Lus 5 46 To temporarily accelerate with the cruise COMCO QT aco Oca OO UON DON Qo OSOC 5 47 To cancel cruise control do one of the following 5 47 To resume cruising speed at more than approximately 25 mph 40 km h 5 48 To turn cruise control off do one of the following 5 48 Active EC Osystem e eee reir sinters eve ss 5 49 s Active ECO operation 5 229999 9 5 49 When active ECO is activated 45 5 49 e Limitation of active ECO operation 5 49 Drive mode integrated control system 5 50 S Drive mode 5657s 0s nsek seis s dedere 5 50 Blind spot detection system BSD 5 52 BSD Blind Spot Detection LCA Lane Change Assist eese 5 53 RCTA Rear cross traffic alert 5 56 e Non operating condition eere 5 58 This device complies with Part 15 of the ECC rules rem ators SE SaaS 5 59 Economical operation eeeeeees 5 60 Special driving conditions 5 62 e Hazardous driving conditions 5 62 Rocking the vehicle 79991 95229 5 62 e Smooth cornering orc meris US 5 63 lt Driving at moht ee aaee eee E IRIS SIS 5 63 e Driving in the rap 9 9 ena E 5 64 Driving in flooded areas
21. When the vehicle is stopped in an open area for more than a short time with the engine running adjust the ventilation system as needed to draw outside air into the vehicle Never sit in a parked or stopped vehicle for any extended time with the engine running When the engine stalls or fails to start excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to the emission control system A WARNING Catalytic converter Keep away from the catalytic converter and exhaust system while the vehicle is running or immediately thereafter The exhaust and catalytic systems are very hot and may burn you Operating precautions for catalyt ic converters if equipped A WARNING Fire Do not park idle or drive the vehicle over or near flamma ble objects such as grass vegetation paper leaves etc A hot exhaust system can ignite flammable items under your vehicle Also do not remove the heat sink around the exhaust sys tem do not seal the bottom of the vehicle or do not coat the vehicle for corrosion control It may present a fire risk under certain conditions Your vehicle is equipped with a cat alytic converter emission control device Therefore the following precautions must be observed Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gasoline engines Do not operate the vehicle when there are signs of engine malfunc tion such as misfire or a noticeable loss of performance Do not misuse
22. cy signal has been learned The indi cator light will flash slowly and then rapidly after several seconds upon successful training Operating HomeLink To operate simply press and release the programmed HomeLink button Activation will now occur for the trained device i e garage door opener gate operator security sys tem entry door lock home office lighting etc For convenience the hand held transmitter of the device may also be used at any time Reprogramming a HomeLink button To program a new device to a previ ously trained HomeLink button fol low these steps 1 Press and hold the desired HomeLink button Do NOT release until step 4 has been completed 2 When the indicator light begins to flash slowly after 20 seconds position the handheld transmitter 1 to 3 inches away from the HomeLink surface 3 Press and hold the handheld transmitter button The HomeLink indicator light will flash first slowly and then rapidly 4 When the indicator light begins to flash rapidly release both buttons 5 Press and hold the just trained HomeLink button and observe the red Status Indicator LED If the indicator light stays on constantly programming is complete and your new device should activate single Features of your vehicle Erasing HomeLink buttons Individual buttons cannot be erased However to erase all three pro grammed buttons 1 Press and hold the two outer HomeLink
23. rial The number of layers or plies of rub ber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others The letter R means radial ply con struction the letter D means diago nal or bias ply construction and the letter B means belted bias ply con struction 5 Maximum permissible inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure Refer to the Tire and Loading Information label for recommended inflation pressure 6 Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire Maintenance eres 7 Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maxi mum section width For example TREADWEAR 440 TRACTION A TEMPERATURE A Tread wear The tread wear grade is a compara tive rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified govern ment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half times 175 as well on the gov ernment course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends
24. rosion This is particularly true if you wash your vehicle in the garage or drive it into the garage when it is still wet or covered with snow ice or mud Even a heated garage can con tribute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so moisture is dispersed Maintenance Keep paint and trim in good con dition Scratches or chips in the finish should be covered with touch up paint as soon as possible to reduce the possibility of corrosion If bare metal is showing through the atten tion of a qualified body and paint shop is recommended Bird droppings Bird droppings are highly corrosive and may damage painted surfaces in just a few hours Always remove bird droppings as soon as possible Don t neglect the interior Moisture can collect under the floor mats and carpeting and cause corro sion Check under the mats periodi cally to be sure the carpeting is dry Use particular care if you carry fertil izers cleaning materials or chemi cals in the car These should be carried only in proper containers and any spills or leaks should be cleaned up flushed with clean water and thoroughly dried Interior care Interior general precautions Prevent chemicals such as perfume cosmetic oil sun cream hand clean er and air freshener from contacting the interior parts because they may cause damage or discoloration If they do contact the interior parts wipe them off immediately See the instructions for the pr
25. side temperatures are high Air conditioning system operation may cause engine overheating Continue to use the blower fan but turn the air conditioning system off if the temperature gauge indi cates engine overheating When opening the windows in humid weather air conditioning may create water droplets inside the vehicle Since excessive water droplets may cause damage to electrical equipment air condi tioning should only be used with the windows closed Air conditioning system operation tips e f the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape To help reduce moisture inside of the windows on rainy or humid days decrease the humidity inside the vehicle by operating the air conditioning system During air conditioning system operation you may occasionally notice a slight change in engine speed as the air conditioning com pressor cycles This is a normal system operation characteristic Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system per formance Features of your vehicle When using the air conditioning system you may notice clear water dripping or even puddling on the ground under the passenger side of the vehicle This is a normal sys tem operation characteristic Operating the air conditioning sys tem in the recirculated air position provides maximum cooling h
26. while ESC is operating ESC indica tor light blinks If ESC is turned off while ESC is operating the vehicle may slip out of control Hill start assist control HAC Hill start Assist Control is a comfort function The main intent is to pre vent the vehicle from rolling back wards while driving uphill on an inclined surface HAC holds the brak ing pressure builtup by driver during stopping procedure for 2 seconds after releasing brake pedal During the pressure hold period the driver has enough time to press the accelerator pedal to drive off The braking pressure is reduced as soon as the system detects the dri ver s intention to drive off Jie sccSaeses ns otek ee cec teen aseeee Reet eee te cena Ste ELE eL Ea te eae Sea LAE Meca E Dee EAM utet DE EE EM RES Driving your vehicle The HAC does not operate when the transaxle shift lever is in the P Park or N Neutral position The HAC activates even though the ESC is off but it does not acti vate when the ESC has malfunc tioned Vehicle stability management VSM This system provides further enhancements to vehicle stability and steering responses when a vehi cle is driving on a slippery road or a vehicle detected changes in coeffi cient of friction between right wheels and left wheels when braking VSM operation When the vehicle stability manage ment is operating properly you can feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle This is only
27. 1 980 kg 4 497 Ibs 2 040 kg LUGGAGE VOLUME Item Gasoline 2 4L Gasoline 2 0L SAE 15 4 cu ft 437 Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects BULB WATTAGE Light Bulb Wattage Bulb type Headlamps Low 55 H118B Headlamps Low HID type 35 D1S Headlamps High 55 H1L H7L Front turn signal lamps 28 P28 8W Front Front position lamps 8 LED P28 8W LED Front fog lamps 35 LED H8L LED Side Repeater lamps 5 LED WY5W LED Smart cornering lamp 55 55 Side marker LED LED Rear fog lamps 21 P21W Bulb type Rear Stop Tail lamps outside 28 8 P28 8W YP Rear tail lamps Inside 27 8 28 8 P27 8W P28 8W Rear Stop Tail lamps outside LED LED Rear LED type fRear tail lamps Inside LED LED Rear turn signal lamps 21 27 P21W P27W Back up lamps 16 921 High mounted stop lamp LED LED License plate lamps 5 W5W Map lamps 10 W10W Room lamps 10 C10W Interior Vanity mirror lamps 5 C5W Glove box lamp 5 C5W Trunk lamp 5 C5W if equipped Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects TIRES AND WHEELS Inflation pressure TAN m Wheel size kPa psi Wheel lug nut torque size Normal load 1 Maximum load Ib ft kgem Nem Front Rear Front Rear 205 65R16 95H 6 5Jx16 225 33 225 33 225 33 225 33 Full size tire 215 55R17 94V 6 5Jx17 225 33 225 33 2
28. 3 Pull the shoulder portion of the 4 Slowly allow the shoulder portion 5 Remove as much slack from the seat belt all the way out When the of the seat belt to retract and listen belt as possible by pushing down shoulder portion of the seat belt is for an audible clicking or ratchet on the child restraint system while fully extended it will shift the ing sound This indicates that the feeding the shoulder belt back into retractor to the Auto Lock child retractor is in the Auto Lock the retractor restraint mode mode If no distinct sound is 6 Push and pull on the child restraint heard repeat steps 3 and 4 system to confirm that the seat belt is holding it firmly in place If it is not release the seat belt and repeat steps 2 through 6 7 Double check that the retractor is in the Auto Lock mode by attempting to pull more of the seat belt out of the retractor If you can not the retractor is in the Auto Lock mode Safety features of your vehicle The lap shoulder belt automatically returns to the emergency lock mode whenever the belt is allowed to retract fully Therefore the preceding seven steps must be followed each time a child restraint is installed To remove the child restraint press the release button on the buckle and then pull the lap shoulder belt out of the restraint and allow the seat belt to retract fully Securing a child restraint seat with tether anchorage
29. Add fuel additive Every 7 500 miles 12 000 km or 12 months 3 amp Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace 67 500 miles 108 000 km or 54 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter C Inspect vacuum hose Q Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped Q Replace engine oil and filter 2 4 GDI 37 500 miles 60 000 km or 60 months C Add fuel additive Every 7 500 miles 12 000 km or 12 months K Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance ee NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 75 000 miles 120 000 km or 60 months 3 amp Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Q Inspect air cleaner filter QO Inspect vacuum hose Q Inspect air conditioning refrigerant Q Inspect brake hoses and lines Inspect drive shafts and boots O Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler Gl Inspect front disc brake pads calipers and rotors C Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint C Inspect suspension mounting bolts Q Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped Inspect drive belt auto tensioner generator p str g a con w pump First 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 48 months after every 15 000 miles 24 000 km or 12 months C Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit U Inspect rear disc brake pads parking brake C Replace engine oil and filter 2 4 GDI 75
30. Gasoline which helps prevent deposit formation in the engine These gaso lines will help the engine run cleaner and enhance performance of the Emission Control System For more information on TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline please go to the website www toptiergas com For Customers who do not use TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly and have problems starting or the engine does not run smoothly additives that you can buy separately may be added to the gasoline If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive added to the fuel tank at 7 500 miles or every engine oil change is rec ommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Operation in foreign countries If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country be sure to VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCESS Observe all regulations regarding registration and insurance Determine that acceptable fuel is available No special break in period is need ed By following a few simple precau tions for the first 600 miles 1 000 km you may add to the perform ance economy and life of your vehi cle Do not race the engine While driving keep your engine speed rpm or revolutions per minute between 2 000 rpm and 4 000 rpm Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time either fast or slow Varying engine speed is needed to properly break in
31. Push the socket into assembly and turn the socket clockwise Side repeater light bulb replacement Type A m OTF070029 If the light bulb does not operate have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer EE Maintenance Front fog light CAUTION When you remove the side repeater cover be careful not to damage the side repeater cover and vehicle surface OTF070048N OTF074067N If the light bulb does not operate 1 Turn off the engine have the vehicle checked by an 2 Remove the under cover by rotat authorized Kia dealer ing the screws 3 Reach your hand into the back of the front bumper 4 Disconnect the power connector 5 Remove the bulb socket from the housing by turning the socket counter clockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the housing Maintenance 6 Install the new bulb socket into the Rear combination light bulb 1 Stop and tail light housing by aligning the tabs on the replacement 2 Tail light E with the slots in the hous 3 Rear turn signal light g Push the socket into the housing 4 Back up light and turn the socket clockwise 5 Rear side marker 7 Connect the power connector 8 Reinstall the front under cover OTF074083 OTF074030 Jo scceaeses es else IA LI Eee UE AE Ea LEER tA Meca E Desa x aM aet M DE s ete cm rec Maintenance 4 Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on
32. audio system booting up 2 4 seconds may be required before displaying during initial reverse selec tion This occurs when starting and immediately shifting to reverse This system is a supplemental sys tem that shows behind the vehicle through the UVO audio or navigation display backing up Always keep the camera lens clean If lens is covered with foreign matter the camera may not operate normally Jj OTF044103 The rear camera display will activate when the back up light is ON with the ignition switch ON and the shift lever in the R Reverse position E Features of your vehicle WELCOME SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Welcome light if equipped OTF044113N When all the doors and trunk are locked and closed the room lamp will come on for about 15 seconds if any of the below is performed Without smart key system When the door unlock button is pressed on the transmitter With the smart key system When the vehicle is approached with the smart key in possession Escort welcome if equipped When the headlight light switch in the headlight or AUTO position is on and all doors and trunk are locked and closed the position light and headlight will come on for 15 seconds if any of the below is performed Without smart key system When the door unlock button is pressed on the transmitter With the smart key system When the door unlock button is pressed on the smart key At this time if
33. be broadcast EE S Features of your vehicle SiriusXM Satellite Radio information Satellite Radio channels SiriusXM Satellite Radio has over 130 channels including 69 channels of 10096 commercial free music plus sports news talk and entertainment available nationwide in your vehicle For more information and a complete list of SiriusXM Satellite Radio channels visit sirius com in the United States sirius canada ca in Canada or call SiriusXM at 1 800 643 2112 Satellite Radio reception factors To receive the satellite signal your vehicle has been equipped with a satellite radio antenna located on the roof of your vehicle The vehicle roof provides the best location for an unobstructed open view of the sky a requirement of a satellite radio sys tem Like AM FM there are several factors that can affect satellite radio reception performance Antenna obstructions For optimal reception performance keep the antenna clear of snow and ice build up and keep luggage and other material as far away from the antenna as possible Terrain Hills mountains tall build ings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunder storms can interfere with your reception SiriusXM Satellite Radio service SiriusXM Satellite Radio is a sub scription based satellite radio serv ice that broadcasts music sports news and entertainment program ming to radio receiv
34. e How does the air bag system operate 3 35 Air bag warning light ceecee 3 37 e SRS components and functions 3 38 e Occupant detection system elles 3 40 Driver s and passenger s front air bag 3 45 eSidelaibaecc coe 3 48 ei amp urtainiairibagt s v otn 3 49 Inflation and non inflation conditions of the air bag 3 50 SSRS Care 5 uere 3 55 e Air bag warning label sees 3 56 Safety features of your vehicle SEAT Driver s seat 1 Seat adjustment forward back ward 2 Seatback recliner Seat adjustment height Lumbar support Driver position memory system Seat warmer switch Headrest 2 3 4 5 6 7 Front passenger s seat 8 Seat adjustment forward back ward 9 Seatback recliner 10 Seat warmer switch 11 Headrest Rear seat 12 Seat warmer 13 Armrest 14 Headrest 15 Seat back folding lever OTF034001L Safety features of your vehicle A WARNING Loose objects Do not place anything in the dri ver s foot well or under the front seats Loose objects in the dri ver s foot area could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals seat Do not press the release lever on a manual seatback without holding and controlling the seatback The seatback will spring upright possibly impact ing you or other passengers A WARNING Driver responsibility f
35. gears Do not downshift more than 2 aem ee gears or downshift the gear This shift pattern is imprinted on the when the engine is running at shift knob The transaxle is fully syn high speed 5 000 RPM or high chronized in all forward gears so er Such downshifting may shifting to either a higher or a lower damage the engine gear is easily accomplished j Depress the clutch pedal down fully while shifting then release it slowly If your vehicle is equipped with an ignition lock switch the engine will The shift lever can be moved without NOt start when starting the engine pressing the button without depressing the clutch pedal The button 1 should be pressed when ike shift rd must EE to moving the shift lever into reverse us bg s Pn pala T ting mM into Reverse Push the button located immediately below the shift knob and pull the gearshift lever to the left sufficiently and then shift into reverse R gear position Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before shifting into R Reverse position Never operate the engine with the tachometer rom in the red zone Driving your vehicle During cold weather shifting may be difficult until the transaxle lubri cant is warmed up This is normal and not harmful to the transaxle f you ve come to a complete stop and it s hard to shift into 1st or R Reverse leave the shift lever at neutral position and release the clutch Depress the clutch peda
36. gency conditions emergency lock mode you must manually change these seat belts to the auto lock mode to secure a child restraint If the seat belt does not operate as described in this section have the system checked immediately by your authorized Kia dealer 4 OTQ037038 For small children and babies the use of a child seat or infant seat is required This child seat or infant seat should be of appropriate size for the child and should be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions Placing a passenger seat belt into the auto lock mode E2MS103005 The auto lock mode will help prevent the normal movement of the child in the vehicle from causing the seat belt to loosen and compromise the child restraint system To secure a child restraint system use the following procedure Safety features of your vehicle OENO036101 To install a child restraint system on the outboard or center rear seats do the following 1 Place the child restraint system in the seat and route the lap shoul der belt around or through the restraint following the restraint manufacturer s instructions Be sure the seat belt webbing is not twisted 2 Fasten the lap shoulder belt latch into the buckle Listen for the dis tinct click sound Position the release button so that it is easy to access in case of an emer gency Safety features of your vehicle OEN036102 OEN036103 OEN036104
37. repair or replace if necessary MAINTENANCE DRIVING MAINTENANCE ITEM OPERATION MAINTENANCE INTERVALS CONDITION 2 AL R Every 3 750 miles 6 000 km Engine oil and filter OLE monins A B G D B R E 9 Every 3 000 miles 5 000 km H K 2 0L R or 3 months Air cleaner filter R More frequently CAE Spark plugs R More frequently A B H I K Automatic transaxle fluid R Every 60 000 miles 96 000 km AICTE Gm Manual transaxle fluid R Every 75 000 miles 120 000 km GEOP Maintenance C aaa MAINTENANCE DRIVING MAINTENANCE ITEM OPERATION MAINTENANCE INTERVALS CONDITION Front disc brake pads calipers and rotors More frequently C D G H Rear disc brake pads parking brake More frequently C D G H Steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm More frequently C D E F G H I ball joint upper arm ball joint Drive shafts and boots l Even JUSTO allis CUR be C XmSEXESONEININ or 6 months Climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit 2 suene EIS cE SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS A Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles 8km F Driving in heavy traffic area over 90 F 32 C in normal temperature or less than 10 miles 16 km infreez G Driving on uphill downhill or mountain road ing temperature 9 P H Towing a Trailer or using a camper or roof rack Driving as a patrol car taxi other commercial use or vehicle towing J Driving over 106 mph 170 km h
38. system checked by an authorized Kia dealer Use only the specified brake clutch fluid Refer to Recommended lubri cants and capacities in chapter 8 Never mix different types of fluid In the event the brake clutch system requires frequent additions of fluid the vehicle should be inspected by an authorized Kia dealer When changing and adding brake clutch fluid handle it carefully Do not let it come in contact with your eyes If brake clutch fluid should come in contact with your eyes immediately flush them with a large quantity of fresh tap water Have your eyes examined by a doc tor as soon as possible CAUTION Brake clutch fluid Do not allow brake clutch fluid to contact the vehicle s body paint as paint damage will result Brake clutch fluid which has been exposed to open air for an extended time should never be used as its quality cannot be guaranteed It should be disposed of properly Maintenance WASHER FLUID Checking the washer fluid level fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces sary Plain water may be used if washer fluid is not available However use washer solvent with antifreeze characteristics in cold cli mates to prevent freezing Jo scceaeses ns else ELA LL I Eee te cena Ste see eee ease eee eee eae ease see ce ae cee E oo eee x AM aet eee ee eee ee eee Maintenance PARKING BRAKE Checking the parking brake Type A m Type A l USH PUSH
39. the engine control function does not operate It means the trac tion control function does not oper ate Brake control function only oper ates Traction amp Stability Control disabled OTF054111L ESC off state 2 To cancel ESC operation press the ESC OFF button ESC OFF for more than 3 seconds ESC OFF indi cator light ESC OFF amp illuminates and ESC OFF warning chime will sound At this state the engine con trol function and brake control func tion do not operate It means the car stability control function does not operate any more Indicator light m ESC indicator light m ESC OFF indicator light oo OFF When the ignition switch is turned ON the indicator light illuminates then goes off if ESC system is oper ating normally The ESC indicator light blinks when ever ESC is operating The ESC indicator light blinks when ever ESC is operating or illuminates when ESC fails to operate The ESC OFF indicator light comes on when the ESC is turned off with the button Driving your vehicle Driving with varying tire or wheel sizes may cause the ESC system to malfunction When replacing tires make sure they are the same size as your original tires ESC OFF usage When driving It s a good idea to keep the ESC turned on for daily driving whenev er possible To turn ESC off while driving press the ESC OFF button while driving on a flat road surface Never press the ESC OFF button
40. use a wire type chain Use wire chains less than 0 59 inches 15 mm to prevent damage to the chain s connection Radial ply tires Radial ply tires provide improved tread life road hazard resistance and smoother high speed ride The radi al ply tires used on this vehicle are of belted construction and are select ed to complement the ride and han dling characteristics of your vehicle Radial ply tires have the same load carrying capacity as bias ply or bias belted tires of the same size and use the same recommended inflation pressure Mixing of radial ply tires with bias ply or bias belted tires is not recommended Any combina tions of radial ply and bias ply or bias belted tires when used on the same vehicle will seriously deteriorate vehicle handling The best rule to fol low is identical radial ply tires should always be used as a set of four Longer wearing tires can be more susceptible to irregular tread wear It is very important to follow the tire rotation interval shown in this section to achieve the tread life potential of these tires Cuts and punctures in radial ply tires are repairable only in the tread area because of sidewall flexing Consult your tire dealer for radial ply tire repairs Maintenance Low aspect ratio tire if equipped Low aspect ratio tires whose aspect ratio is lower than 50 are provided for sporty looks Because the low aspect ratio tires are optimized for handling and
41. ward to the second detent position The sunroof glass will close then the sunshade close automatically To stop the sunroof movement at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily Automatic reversal OYF049215 If an object or part of the body is detected while the sunroof glass or sunshade is closing automatically it will reverse the direction and then stop The auto reverse function does not work if a tiny obstacle is between the sliding glass or sunshade and the sunroof sash You should always check that all passengers and objects are away from the sunroof before closing it Features of your vehicle CAUTION e Periodically remove any dirt that may accumulate on the guide rail e If you try to open the sunroof when the temperature is below freezing or when the sunroof is covered with snow or ice the glass or the motor could be damaged Tilting the sunroof When the sunshade is closed If you push the sunroof control lever upward the sunshade will slide all the way open then the sunroof glass will tilt To stop the sunroof movement at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily When the sunshade is opened If you push the sunroof control lever upward the sunroof glass will tilt To stop the sunroof movement at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily CAUTION Sunroof motor damage If you try to open the sunroof
42. you press the ENGINE START STOP button without the shift lever in the P Park position the ENGINE START STOP button will not change to the OFF position but to the ACC position In an emergency situation while the vehicle is in motion you are able to turn the engine off and to the ACC position by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button for more than 2 seconds or 3 times successively within 3 seconds If the vehicle is still moving you can restart the engine without depress ing the brake pedal by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the N Neutral posi tion Driving your vehicle ACC Accessory Orange indicator Press the ENGINE START STOP button while it is in the OFF position without depressing the brake pedal The steering wheel unlocks and electrical accessories are opera tional If the ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC position for more than 1 hour the button is turned off auto matically to prevent battery dis charge ON Green indicator Press the ENGINE START STOP button while it is in the ACC position without depressing the brake pedal The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started Do not leave the ENGINE START STOP button in the ON position for a long time The battery may discharge because the engine is not running START RUN Not illuminated To start the engine depress the brake pedal and press the ENGINE START STOP butto
43. 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 5 If dehumidified heating is desired turn the air conditioning system if equipped on f the windshield fogs up set the mode to the lt amp 47 position Operation Tips To prevent dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the vehicle through the ventilation system temporarily set the air intake con trol to the recirculated air position Be sure to return the control to the fresh air position when the irritation has passed to keep fresh air in the vehicle This will help keep the driv er alert and comfortable Air for the heating cooling system is drawn in through the grilles just ahead of the windshield Care should be taken that these are not blocked by leaves snow ice or other obstructions To prevent interior fog on the wind shield set the air intake control to the fresh air position and fan speed to the desired position turn on the air conditioning system and adjust the temperature control to desired temperature Air conditioning if equipped Kia Air Conditioning Systems are filled with R 134a refrigerant 1 Start the engine Push the air con ditioning button 2 Set the mode to the position 3 Set the air intake control to the recirculated air position However prolonged operation in the recircu lated air position will excessively dry the air In this case change the air p
44. Check whether the stroke is within specification when the parking brake pedal is depressed with 44 Ib 20 kg 196 N of force Also the parking brake alone should securely hold the vehicle on a fairly steep grade Check the stroke of the parking brake by counting the number of clicks heard while fully applying it from the released position Also the parking brake alone should securely hold the vehicle on a fairly steep grade If the stroke is more or less than specified have the parking brake adjusted by an authorized Kia dealer Stroke 6 8 clicks at a force of 44 lbs 20 kg 196 N Maintenance AIR CLEANER Filter replacement X OYF079013 1 Loosen the air cleaner cover 2 Wipe the inside of the air cleaner attaching clips and open the cover 3 Replace the air cleaner filter and should not be washed 4 Lock the cover with the cover It must be replaced when necessary You can clean the filter when inspect attaching clips ing the air cleaner element Clean the filter by using compressed air Maintenance Replace the filter according to the me Maintenance Schedule CAUTION Air filter If the vehicle is operated in extreme dote SEUNG ELS ly dusty or sandy areas replace the e Do not drive with the air clean element more often than the usual er removed this will result in recommended intervals Refer to excessive engine wear Maintenance under severe usage e When re
45. Do not allow battery acid to contact your skin eyes clothing or paint finish Wear eye protection when charging or work ing near a battery Always provide ventila tion when working in an enclosed space Maintenance Always read the following instructions carefully when handling a battery If any electrolyte gets into your eyes flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immedi ate medical attention If electrolyte gets on your skin thoroughly wash the A WARNING Risk of elec trocution Never touch the electrical igni tion system while the vehicle is running This system works with high voltage which can Zap you A WARNING Recharging battery Never attempt to recharge the battery when the battery cables are connected De When you don t use the vehicle for a long time in the low temperature area separate the battery and keep contacted area If you feel pain or burning sensation get medical attention imme diately An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health Dispose the battery according to your local law s or regulation The battery contains lead Do not dispose of it after use Please return the battery to an authorized Kia dealer to be recycled it indoors A WARNING California proposition 65 Battery po
46. However if the drivers door is opened and closed the headlights are turned off after 15 seconds The headlights can be turned off by pressing the lock button on the trans mitter or smart key twice or turning off the light switch from the headlight or Auto light position CAUTION If the driver gets out of the vehi cle through other doors except driver s door the battery saver function does not operate and the headlight escort function does not turn off automatically Therefore causing the battery to be discharged In this case make sure to turn off the lamp before getting out of the vehicle Headlight leveling device if equipped Automatic type It automatically adjusts the headlight beam level according to the number of passengers and the loading weight in the luggage area And it offers the proper headlight beam under various conditions E Features of your vehicle Daytime running light if equipped Daytime Running Lights DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day DRL can be helpful in many different driving conditions and it is especially helpful after dawn and before sunset The DRL system turns OFF when 1 The headlights are ON 2 The parking brake is applied 3 Engine stops 4 The front fog light is ON Lighting control Parking light position 00 OXM049110 The light switch has a Headlight and a Parking light position To o
47. LL IEEE UL cena AE La ALERTA ema LUE MEE Dc x aue M D Es Rm Eee Features of your vehicle SMART KEY IF EQUIPPED Smart key functions Locking Carrying the smart key you may lock Em and unlock the vehicle doors Also you may start the engine Refer to the following for more details OYDDCO2007 With a smart key you can lock or unlock a door and even start the engine without inserting the key The functions of the buttons on a smart key are similar to the remote keyless entry Refer to the Remote keyless entry in this chapter OTF040008 Pressing the button of the front out side door handles with all doors closed and any door unlocked locks all the doors The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound once to indicate that all doors are locked The button will only oper ate when the smart key is within 28 40 in 0 7 1 m from the outside door handle If you want to make sure that a door has locked or not you should check the door lock but ton inside the vehicle or pull the out side door handle Features of your vehicle Even though you press the button the doors will not lock and the chime will sound for 3 seconds if any of the following occurs The smart key is in the vehicle The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position Any door except the trunk is opened Unlocking Pressing the button of the driver s outside door handle with all doors closed and locked un
48. OFF or ACC position and within 30 seconds after the driver s door was closed 2 Press the desired memory button 1 or 2 The system will beep once then the driver s seat will automatically adjust to the stored position Adjusting the control switch for the driver seat while the system is recall ing the stored position will cause the movement to stop and move in the direction that the control switch is moved Easy access function if equipped With the shift lever in the P position the system will move the driver s seat automatically as follows Without smart key system It will move the driver s seat rear ward when the ignition key is removed and front driver s door is opened It will move the driver s seat for ward when the ignition key is inserted With smart key system It will move the driver s seat rear ward when the engine start stop button is turned to the OFF posi tion and front drivers door is opened It will move the drivers seat for ward when the engine start stop button is turned to the ACC or START position You can activate or deactivate this feature Refer to User settings in chapter 4 Features of your vehicle STEERING WHEEL Electric power steering Power steering uses the motor to assist you in steering the vehicle If the engine is off or if the power steer ing system becomes inoperative the vehicle may still be steered but it will require increased steer
49. PERS Ee 7 35 Fog light ront 52s RR ERR a 4 102 Folding the rear seat llus eseessse 3 15 Front seat adjustment Manual 3 4 Front seat adjustment power 04 3 6 Fuel Bconomys iua rb E RES weed ae er 4 76 Fuel filler hd sel rRRRRR EY RE e 4 31 Emergency fuel filler lid release 4 33 Fuel Gaude heb eS eee EEE EE HP SERE 4 57 EFuseS zo see eee eee eae RE ecw RED 7 61 Fuse relay panel description 1 66 Instrument panel fuse 00 7 62 Memory fuse sse e eee m Rt es 7 63 Mult fuse 2 sus ach etens we teenie ERE E 7 65 Gauges spere aR sands Sessa eoetee E 4 56 Glass antenna toes cie o ESPERE PR 4 145 Glove box iz cepas x deer er EE ES 4 137 Glove box lamp s vy eR ul bee ba VE Ree 4 109 Gross vehicle weight llle 8 3 H Hazard warning flasher 200000000 6 2 Hazardous driving conditions llus 5 62 Headlight Headlamp escort function 4 97 Headlight bulb replacement lesse 7 81 Headlight position lslel cres CREK S 4 99 Headrest front sc gs ede sae ed eee epee te 3 8 Headrest rear 545 lt 4 sis is cd saree Rene 3 13 Heated steering wheel 0 020 000 200 4 42 Heater Automatic climate control system 4 120 Manual climate control system 4 111 High beam operation 0 4 100 Hight adjustme
50. SCHEDULE CONT Continued 97 500 miles 156 000 km or 78 months Q Replace air cleaner filter Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Replace engine oil and filter 2 4 GDI Q Inspect vacuum hose 90 000 miles 144 000 km or 144 months Q Replace engine oil and filter 2 4 GDI Q Replace coolant 97 500 miles 156 000 km or 156 months First 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 60 months Q Add fuel additive after every 30 000 miles 48 000 km or 24 months Every 7 500 miles 12 000 km or 12 months Q Add fuel additive k Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or Every 7 500 miles 12 000 km or 12 months replace C Replace spark plugs iridium coated 2 0 T GDI 3 amp Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance E NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 84 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter QO Inspect vacuum hose O Inspect air conditioning refrigerant Q Inspect brake hoses and lines QO Inspect drive shafts and boots O Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler Inspect front disc brake pads calipers and rotors C Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint C Inspect suspension mounting bolts Inspect drive belt auto tensioner generator p str g a con w pump First 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 48 months after every 15 000 miles 24 000 km or 12 months C Replace climate control air filter fo
51. System may result in a longer stop ping distance than for vehicles equipped with a conventional brake system Driving your vehicle W 78 The ABS warning light will stay on for approximately 3 seconds after the ignition switch is ON During that time the ABS will go through self diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal If the light stays on you may have a problem with your ABS but your regular brakes will work normally Contact an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible When you drive on a road with poor traction such as an icy road and operated your brakes continu ously the ABS will be active con tinuously and the ABS warning light may illuminate Pull your vehi cle over to a safe place and stop the engine Restart the engine If the ABS warning light is off then your ABS is normal Otherwise you may have a problem with the ABS Contact an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible NOTICE When you jump start your vehicle because of a drained battery the engine may not run as smoothly and the ABS warning light may turn on at the same time This happens because of the low battery voltage It does not mean your ABS has mal functioned Do not pump your brakes Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle Driving your vehicle Electronic stability control ESC OTF054018 The Electronic Stability control ESC system is designed to stabi lize the vehicle du
52. This is used to copy the current song into My Music You can play the copied Music in My Music mode X If another key is pressed while copying is in progress a pop up asking you whether to cancel copying is displayed If another media is connected or inserted USB CD iPode AUX while copying is in progress copy ing is canceled Music will not be played while copying is in progress Features of your vehicle MENU iPod In iPod mode press the key to set the Repeat Random Information and Search features Repeat Press the key Set MRPT through the 9 TUNE knob or key to repeat the current song K Press RPT again to turn repeat off Random Press the key Set 2 RDM through the TUNE knob or key Plays all songs within the currently playing category in random order 3 Press RDM again to turn off Information Press the key Set s Info through the 9 TUNE knob or key Displays information of the current song 3 Press the key to turn off info display Search Press the key gt Set a3 Search through the 9 TUNE knob or key Displays iPod category list Searching iPod category is key pressed move to par ent category SE es ele E eA LL c MERECE Lm MeL see eee ene eee eae ease Meca E oo Meee asec eee ae ea DER ensem eee Features of your vehicle MENU My Music Mode In My Music mode press the key to set the Repeat Random Information Dele
53. Trunk open 3 The trunk is opened if the button is pressed for more than 1 second Once the trunk is opened and then closed the trunk will lock automatically Alarm 4 The horn sounds and the hazard warning lights blink for about 30 sec onds if this button is pressed for more than 0 5 seconds To stop the horn and lights press any button on the transmitter Transmitter precautions The transmitter or smart key will not work if any of following occurs The ignition key is in the ignition switch You exceed the operating distance limit about 90 feet 30 m The battery in the transmitter or smart key is weak Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal The weather is extremely cold The transmitter or smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the transmitter When the transmitter or smart key does not work properly open and close the door with the ignition key If you have a problem with the trans mitter or smart key contact an authorized Kia dealer If the transmitter is in close proximi ty to your cell phone or smart phone the signal from the transmitter could be blocked by normal operation of your cell phone or smart phone This is especialy important when the phone is active such as making call receiving calls text messaging and or sending receiving emails Avoid placing the transm
54. User Settings mode of the LCD display If the battery has been discharged or disconnected the temperature mode display will reset to Fahrenheit Features of your vehicle Outside thermometer The current outside temperature is displayed in 1 F 1 C increments The temperature range is between 40 F 140 F 40 C 60 C The outside temperature on the display may not change immedi ately like a general thermometer to prevent the driver from being inat tentive The outside temperature on the display will update as the vehicle is driven Air intake control W Type A m Type B OTF044330L The air intake control is used to select outside fresh air position or recirculated air position To change the air intake control posi tion push the control button Recirculated air position s With the recirculated air position selected air EN from the passenger compartment will be drawn through the heat ing system and heated or cooled according to the function selected Outside fresh air position With the outside fresh air position selected air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the function selected W Type A m Type B cem Features of your vehicle Fan speed control G i OTF044331L The fan speed can be set to the desired speed by pressing the fan speed control switch To change the fan speed press the amp part of
55. aM aet M DE Ee eem eee Features of your vehicle Manual climate control system If the battery has been discharged or Automatic climate control system disconnected it resets to the defog logic status OTF044346 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 2 Press the defrost button 5 3 Within 10 seconds after press the defrost button press the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds The indicator light in the air intake E 1 control button will blink 3 times with o 0 5 second of interval It indicates that 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON the defogging logic is canceled or position returned to the programmed status 2 Press the defrost button 9 Features of your vehicle 3 While pressing the air conditioning button A C press the air intake control button c amp at least 5 times within 3 seconds The indicator light in the air intake control button will blink 3 times with 0 5 second of interval It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the programmed status If the battery has been discharged or disconnected it resets to the defog logic status Auto defogging system Only for automatic climate control system if equipped g ta OTF044178N Auto defogging reduces the probabil ity of fogging up the inside of the windshield by automatically sensing the moisture inside the windshield The auto defoggin
56. aae M DE e Me es What to do in an emergency Emergency towing precautions Place the ignition switch in ACC so the steering wheel isn t locked When towing your vehicle in an emergency without wheel dollies 1 Set the ignition switch in the ACC CAUTION Automatic transaxle Place the transaxle shift lever in N f the car is being towed with position Neutral all four wheels on the ground 2 Place the transaxle shift lever in N it can be towed only from the Neutral Release the parking bake front Be sure that the 3 Release the parking brake Press the brake pedal with more force than normal since you will have reduced brake performance More steering effort will be required because the power steer ing system will be disabled If you are driving down a long hill the brakes may overheat and brake performance will be reduced Stop often and let the brakes cool off transaxle is in neutral Be sure the steering is unlocked by placing the ignition switch in the ACC position A driver must be in the towed vehicle to operate the steering and brakes To avoid serious damage to the automatic transaxle limit the vehicle speed to 10 mph CAUTION Towing gear position Always place the transaxle shift lever in Neutral N when towing your vehicle Failure to place the transaxle shift lever in N Neutral may cause internal damage to the transaxle 15 km h and drive less than 1 mile 1 5 k
57. adjustment 00 0 3 13 Seat cooler see air ventilation seat 3 11 Seat warmer front 0 00 00 ce eee eee eee 3 9 Seat warmer rear ess ecese eterno era netom 3 14 Seatback pocket 0 00 0 ee eee eee 3 12 Service Mode ssh sous ie dein accel pod ane cate 4 61 Shift lock override 00 0 0 eee eee eee 5 21 RSs ele ce 0 ae ar eT 3 48 Smart key oo cdi ee hee Soe eH UR 4 6 Smooth cornering 0 0 eee eee ee eee 5 63 SNOW WES E 5 66 Spare tire Changing tires score be ones 6 16 Compact spare tire llle eese 6 21 Compact spare tire replacement 7 51 Removing and storing the spare tire 6 16 Special driving conditions 00 5 62 Driving at night p55 so aus eed Sa Rege Rd 5 63 Driving in flooded areas 0 00 5 5 64 Driving im the faih sec ee ee 5 64 Driving off road scc en 5 65 Hazardous driving conditions 5 62 Highway driving 000 0008 5 65 Rocking the vehicle 00 5 62 Smooth cornering 0 0 0 0 ee eee eee 5 63 Speedometer oie iuis pet RR EO RR ERR 4 56 Sports mode csso ele prre RR he 5 19 SRS Cate ucc ps Tert r dau e npe da e Epl 3 55 SRS components and functions 3 38 Starting difficulties see engine will not start 6 4 Starting the engine 0 0 0 0 eee eee 5 11 With a smart key i c reser a
58. an additional confirmation process Features of your vehicle Bluetooth Wireless Technology Audio Commands Commands available during Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio streaming from mobile phone oper ation Command Operation Command Function Play Plays the currently paused song Pause Pauses the current song iPod is a registered trademark of Apple Inc iPod mobile digital device sold separately The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth wireless technology SiriusXM service requires a subscription sold separately after 3 month trial included with vehicle purchase If you decide to continue your SirilusXM service at the end of the trial subscription the plan you choose will automatically renew and bill at the current rates until you call SiriusXM at 1 866 635 2349 to can cel See our Customer Agreement for complete terms at www siriusxm com Sirius satellite service is available only to those at least 18 and older in the 48 contiguous United States D C and P R with coverage limitations SiriusXM Traffic available in select markets See siriusxm com traffic for more information Sirius XM and all related marks and logos are trademarks of Sirius XM Radio Inc Before driving 2 eeee esee eet oerte e 5 4 Before
59. an internal antenna alone it may interfere with the vehi cle s electrical system and adversely affect safe operation of the vehicle Features of your vehicle Caring for disc Ifthe temperature inside the car is too high open the car windows to venti late before using the system It is illegal to copy and use MP3 WMA files without permission Use CDs that are created only by lawful means Do not apply volatile agents such as benzene and thinner normal cleaners and magnetic sprays made for analogue disc onto CDs To prevent the disc surface from getting damaged hold CDs by the edges or the center hole only Clean the disc surface with a piece of soft cloth before playback wipe it from the center to the outside edge Do not damage the disc surface or attach pieces of sticky tape or paper Make certain only CDs are insert ed into the CD player Do not insert more than one CD at a time Keep CDs in their cases after use to protect them from scratches or dirt Depending on the type of CD R CD RW CDs certain CDs may not operate normally according to the manufacturing companies In such circumstances continued use may cause malfunctions to your audio system NOTICE Playing an Incompatible Copy Protected Audio CD Some copy protected CDs which do not comply with international audio CD standards Red Book may not play on your car audio Please note that inabilities to properly play a cop
60. are located along Never try to open or repair any com both sides of the roof rails above the ponents of the side curtain air bag front and rear doors system This should only be done by an authorized Kia dealer Safety features of your vehicle Why didn t my air bag go off in Air bag collision sensors a collision Inflation and non inflation conditions of the air bag There are many types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expected to provide additional protection These include rear impacts sec ond or third collisions in multiple impact accidents as well as low speed impacts OTF034039N OTF034040 0TF034041 OMG035053 OTF030048N 1 SRS control module 3 Side impact sensor 2 Front impact sensor 4 Side impact sensor Safety features of your vehicle Problems may arise if the sensor Air bag inflation conditions installation angles are changed due to the deformation of the front bumper body or B pillar where side collision sensors are installed Have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer Installing aftermarket bumper guards or replacing a bumper with non gen uine parts may adversely affect your vehicle s collision and air bag deploy ment performance 1JBA3513 Front air bags Front air bags are designed to inflate in a frontal collision depending on the intensity speed or angles of impact of the front collision io sce aeses ns nl eee ee ee ease e
61. buttons until the indi cator light begins to flash after 20 seconds 2 Release both buttons Do not hold for longer than 30 seconds The Integrated HomeLink Wireless Control System is now in the training learn mode and can be pro grammed at any time following the appropriate steps in the Programming sections above FCC ID NZLZTVHL3 IC 4112A ZTVHL3 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harm ful interference and 2 This device must accept any inter ference received including inter ference that may cause undesired operation NVS9 and ZNav are registered trademarks Nav are of Gentex Corporation Zeeland Michigan HomeLink is a registered trade mark owned by Johnson Controls Technology Company Holland Michigan Features of your vehicle Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust mirror angles before driving Your vehicle is equipped with both left hand and right hand outside rearview mirrors The mirrors can be adjusted remotely with the remote switch if equipped The mirror heads can be folded to prevent damage dur ing an automatic car wash or when passing through a narrow street The right outside rearview mirror is convex Objects seen in the mirror are closer than they appear Use your interior rearview mirror or direct observation to determine the actual distance of followi
62. can disable the power window switches on the rear passen gers doors by pressing the power window lock switch to the lock posi tion pressed When the power window lock switch is pressed The driver s master control can operate all the power windows The front passenger s control can operate the front passen ger s power window The rear passenger s control cannot operate the rear passen ger s power window A CAUTION Opening closing Window To prevent possible damage to the power window system do not open or close two windows or more at the same time This will also ensure the longevity of the fuse Always double check to make sure all arms hands head and other obstructions are safely out of the way before closing a window Features of your vehicle HOOD Opening the hood 2 Go to the front of the vehicle raise o the hood slightly pull the second 1 Pull the release lever to unlatch ary latch 1 inside of the hood the ae hood should pop center and lift the hood 2 open slightly l Bal Sif vat i Open the hood after turning off the Deo dee Lele pE bcn engine on a flat surface shifting the raised about halfwa shift lever to the P Park position for y automatic transaxle and to the 1st First gear or R Reverse for manual transaxle and setting the parking brake OTF040024 RR rem Features of your vehicle Closing the hood 1 Before closing the hood check the fo
63. connection Pairing is necessary to connect and use the Bluetooth Wireless Technology feature The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology Features of your vehicle 2 Select OK button to enter the Pair Phone screen Pairing Key Key on the Steering Remote Controller When No Devices have been Paired 1 Press the key or the key on the steering remote controller 1 Car Name Name of device as shown when searching from your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device 2 Passkey Passkey used to pair the device 3 From your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device i e Mobile Phone search and select your car audio system Non SSP supported device SSP Secure Simple Pairing 4 After a few moments a screen is displayed where the passkey is entered Hear enter the passkey 0000 to pair your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device with the car audio system SSP supported device 4 After a few moments a screen is displayed 6 digits passkey Hear check the passkey on your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device and confirm 5 Once pairing is complete the fol lowing screen is displayed Features of your vehicle During the pairing proc
64. driver s seat always make sure the shift lever is engaged in 1st gear for the manual transaxle or P Park for the auto matic transaxle set the parking brake fully and shut the engine off ACC Accessory The steering wheel is unlocked and electrical accessories are operative If difficulty is experienced turning the ignition switch to the ACC position turn the key while turning the steer ing wheel right and left to release the tension ON The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started This is the normal running position after the engine is started Do not leave the ignition switch ON if the engine is not running to prevent battery discharge Driving your vehicle START Turn the ignition switch to the START position to start the engine The engine will crank until you release the key then it returns to the ON position The brake warning light can be checked in this position Driving your vehicle ENGINE START STOP BUTTON IF EQUIPPED Illuminated ENGINE START STOP button OTF054005 Whenever the front door is opened the ENGINE START STOP button will illuminate for your convenience The light will go off after about 30 seconds after the door is closed ENGINE START STOP button position OFF Not illuminated To turn off the engine START STOP position or vehicle power ON posi tion press the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the P Park position When
65. driving on roads where the road surface is pitted or has differ ent surface heights Driving in these conditions increases the stopping distance for your vehi cle The ABS continuously senses the speed of the wheels If the wheels are going to lock the ABS system repeatedly modulates the hydraulic brake pressure to the wheels When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels you may hear a tik tik sound from the brakes or feel a cor responding sensation in the brake pedal This is normal and it means your ABS is active In order to obtain the maximum ben efit from your ABS in an emergency situation do not attempt to modulate your brake pressure and do not try to pump your brakes Press your brake pedal as hard as possible or as hard as the situation allows the ABS to control the force being delivered to the brakes NOTICE A click sound may be heard in the engine compartment when the vehi cle begins to move after the engine is started These conditions are normal and indicate that the anti lock brake system is functioning properly Even with the anti lock brake sys tem your vehicle still requires suf ficient stopping distance Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Always slow down when cornering The anti lock brake system cannot prevent accidents resulting from excessive speeds On loose or uneven road surfaces operation of the anti lock brake
66. ems 5 12 With an ignition key 0 5 11 Steering wheel 4 2 use Ee eps ERE 4 40 Electric power steering 00 4 40 Heated steering wheel 0 4 42 HOM MDC 4 41 Tilt and telescopic steering 4 41 Steering wheel audio controls 4 146 Storage compartment ieee r eonen 0000 4 137 Center console storage 004 4 137 COOL box as iaaa e ERR Rt chere cs 4 138 Glove box oe ones Ier REA 4 137 sunglass holder ci oci ER etu 4 138 surnglass holder ccc eee eee eee ees 4 138 SUntOoOf cec pet shee deel Re LI ERR Iud E ERE 4 34 SUDVISOF Levin geste e eed eee we esd 4 141 Index E T Transaxle Automatic transaxle llle jecten 5 17 T cliometet zi orc onesies cer vU as Demo weet oases 4 56 Manual transaxle 0 0 a ee 5 14 Tether anchor system 000 00 ccc e eee aes 3 31 Transaxle Shift Indicator 00 4 59 Theft alarm system ame ae ee 4 14 Trp Bs td acier cut o ect rac iecit datas and 4 78 Tilt and telescopic steering lice 4 41 Trip computer 6 6 eee eee eee 4 75 a ssec csse te Ure RURSUS ER 5 67 F el Economy i sees kerk eae RR eR eas as 4 76 Tire mobility kit 2 6 23 TAPAB o pe REESE ER reer ies 4 78 Tire pressure monitoring system 00 6 9 di CRUCEROS TREE TEMPE EET 4 21 WATE MOCAMOM ersen E EERE wie NE SEEE E 7 49 Emerg
67. for about 20 minutes The trunk room lamp comes on only with the trunk lid open To prevent battery discharge close the trunk lid securely after accessing the trunk However if a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ON position the map lamp and the room lamp stay on continuously eatures of your vehicle Glove box lamp if equipped OTF040112 The glove box lamp comes on when the glove box is opened CAUTION To prevent unnecessary charg ing system drain close the glove box securely after use Vanity mirror lamp if equipped OLM049105 Push the switch to turn the light on or off 44 The lamp will turn on if this button is pressed Q The lamp will turn off if this button is pressed Always have the switch in the off position when the vanity mirror lamp is not in use If the sunvisor is closed without turning the lamp off it may discharge the battery or damage the sunvisor io sceSaeses ns else ELA LL IL Eee UL cena AE Ea ELEME LAE Meceasa xa aet ease eae ee eines ae Features of your vehicle DEFROSTER CAUTION Conductors To prevent damage to the con ductors bonded to the inside surface of the rear window never use sharp instruments or window cleaners containing abrasives to clean the window If you want to defrost and defog the front windshield refer to Windshield Defrosting and Defogging in this chapter Rear window defroster OTF044114L Th
68. indicator light does not blink but illuminates The indicator light blinks more rapidly The indicator light does not illumi nate at all High Beam Indicator Light SD This indicator light illuminates When the headlights are on and in the high beam position When the turn signal lever is pulled into the Flash to Pass position Light ON Indicator Light DO This indicator light illuminates When the tail lights or headlights are on Front Fog Indicator Light if equipped 0 This indicator light illuminates When the front fog lights are on Features of your vehicle Cruise Indicator Light if equipped CRUISE This indicator light illuminates When the cruise control system is enabled For more details refer to Cruise Control System in chapter 5 Cruise SET Indicator Light if equipped SET This indicator light illuminates When the cruise control speed is set For more details refer to Cruise Control System in chapter 5 KEY OUT Indicator Light KEY if equipped OUT When the ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC or ON position if any door is open the system checks for the smart key This indicator light blinks When the smart key is not in the vehicle and any door is open with the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop button in the ACC or ON position At this time if you close all doors the chime will also sound for approximately 5 seconds The i
69. is ON or all doors are locked the map lamp and the room lamp will turn off imme diately If a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or LOCK position the map lamp and the room lamp stays on for about 20 minutes However if a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ON position the map lamp and the room lamp stays on continuously If the type B room lamp switch is OFF it doesn t work B Type A L OTF040109 To turn the room lamp push lens 3 Jo scceaeses es else Ice LI EEeEaEU E Lm AE Ea ELEME tA Meca E Da x aM aet M DE nemi ee Features of your vehicle E Type B OFF The lights turn off even ifa Trunk room lamp if equipped DOOR door is opened In the DOOR position the map lamp ON The room lamp stays on at all and the room lamp come on when any times door is opened regardless of the igni tion switch position When doors are unlocked by the transmitter or smart key the map lamp and the room lamp come on for approximately 30 sec onds as long as any door is not open The map lamp and the room lamp go out gradually after approximately 30 seconds if the door is closed OTF044110 However if the ignition switch is ON or all doors are locked the map lamp The trunk room lamp comes on and the room lamp will turn off imme when the trunk is opened diately If a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or LOCK A CAUTION position the map lamp and the room lamp stay on
70. levels Off Low Mid High of TUNE knob Voice Recognition Volume Adjusts voice recognition volume Select Voice Recognition Vol gt Set volume of TUNE knob Features of your vehicle SYSTEM SETTINGS Press the key gt Select System gt Select menu through TUNE knob Memory Information Displays currently used memory and total system memory Select Memory Information gt OK The currently used memory is dis played on the left side while the total system memory is displayed on the right side Prompt Feedback This feature is used to change voice command feedback between Normal and Expert modes Select Prompt Feedback gt Set through TUNE knob On This mode is for beginner users and provides detailed instructions during voice command operation Off This mode is for expert users and omits some information during voice command operation When using Expert mode guidance instructions can be heard through the Help or Menu commands Language This menu is used to set the display and voice recognition language Select Language gt Set through TUNE knob The system will reboot after the language is changed 3 Language support by region English Francais Espanol d oe E e eee em ate sence cee E mena seseet a eae a See eee ace sce eet ee eoes ase sees cee eee ete Meee s meted ene EE Seen eee Features of your vehicle RADIO FM AM OR SIRIUS
71. lever is shifted out of P Park All doors will automatically unlock when the transaxle shift lever is shifted into P Park An authorized Kia dealer can acti vate or deactivate some auto door lock unlock features as follows Auto door unlock by using the dri ver s door lock button Auto door lock unlock by shifting the transaxle shift lever out of P Park or into P Park Auto door unlock when the ignition key is removed from the ignition switch for smart key when the ENGINE START STOP button is turned to the OFF position If you want to activate or deactivate some door lock unlock feature refer to user setting mode in this chapter Features of your vehicle Child protector rear door lock l OTF040014 The child safety lock is provided to help prevent children from acciden tally opening the rear doors from inside the vehicle The rear door safety locks should be used whenev er children are in the vehicle 1 Open the rear door 2 Insert a key or screwdriver into the hole and turn it to the lock Qj posi tion The child safety lock 1 locat ed on the rear edge of the door to the lock position When the child safety lock is in the lock position rear door will not open even when the inner door handle is pulled 3 Close the rear door To open the rear door pull the out side door handle 2 Even though the doors may be unlocked the rear door will not open
72. music Command Function My Music Plays the music saved in My Music AUX Auxiliary Plays the connected external device Bluetooth Audio Plays the music saved in connected Bluetooth device Please repeat Repeats the most recent comment Mute Mutes the sound Cancel Exit Ends voice command Features of your vehicle FM AM radio commands Commands available during Satellite radio commands Commands that can be FM AM radio operation used while listening to Satellite Radio Command Function Command Function Preset 1 6 Plays the broadcast station saved in Preset 1 6 Channel 0 223 Plays the selected Satellite Radio channel Scan Scans receivable frequencies from the current Scan Scans receivable channels from the current broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each Preset Scan Moves to the next preset from the current Preset 1 6 Plays the broadcast saved in Preset 1 6 present and plays for 10 seconds each Information Displays the information of the current broad Information Displays the information of the current broad cast cast This feature can be used when receiving RBDS broadcasts Features of your vehicle Audio CD commands Commands available during MP3 CD USB commands Commands available dur Command Function Command Function Random Randomly plays the tracks within the CD Rand
73. normal and indicate that the EPB is functioning proper ly When leaving your keys with a parking lot attendant or valet make sure to inform him her how to operate the EPB The EPB may malfunction if you drive with the EPB applied When you automatically release EPB by depressing the accelerator pedal depress it slowly Driving your vehicle System warning W Type B W Type A AUTO HOLD wil be deactivated Press brake pedal OTF054100L When the conversion from Auto Hold to EPB is not working properly a warning will sound and a message will appear CAUTION Depress the brake pedal when the above message appears for the Auto Hold and EPB may not activate System warning m Type A m Type B Parking brake automatically locked OTF054101L If the EPB is applied while Auto Hold is activated because of ESC Electronic Stability Control signal a warning will sound and a message will appear EPB malfunction indicator if equipped OTFS054079 This warning light illuminates if the engine start stop button is changed to the ON position and goes off in approximately 3 seconds if the sys tem is operation normally If the EPB malfunction indicator remains on comes on while driving or does not come on when the igni tion switch or the engine start stop button is changed to the ON position this indicates that the EPB may have malfunctioned Driving your vehicle If this occ
74. of the vehicle that could affect the advanced air bag system including the occupant detection system Advanced air bags are combined with pre tensioner seat belts to help provide enhanced occupant protec tion in frontal crashes Front air bags are not intended to deploy in colli sions in which sufficient protection can be provided by the pre tensioner seat belt alone Front air bags are not intended to deploy in side impact rear impact or rollover crashes In addition front air bags will not deploy in frontal crash es below the deployment threshold Rear impact y 1JBA3522 Safety features of your vehicle Side air bag OTD030035 JANE The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration Your vehicle is equipped with a side air bag in each front seat The purpose of the air bag is to pro vide the vehicle s driver and or the front passenger with additional pro tection than that offered by the seat belt alone The side air bags are designed to deploy only during certain side impact collisions depending on the crash severity angle speed and point of impact The side air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact situations The side air bag is supplemental to the driver s and the passenger s seat belt systems and is not a substitute for them Therefore your seat belts must be worn at all times while the vehicle is in operation For best
75. of USB accessories such as rechargers or heaters using USB I F may lower performance or cause trouble Continued S E A c uDAL cesar clc ears eL Ea LEER LAE Acme Eee EE n es E A Ee tm E Ee E Features of your vehicle Continued If you use devices such as a USB hub purchased separately the vehicle s audio system may not recognize the USB device In that case connect the USB device directly to the multimedia terminal of the vehicle If the USB device is divided by log ical drives only the music files on the highest priority drive are rec ognized by car audio Devices such as MP3 Player Cellular phone Digital camera can be unrecognizable by standard USB I F can be unrecognizable Charging through the USB may not be supported in some mobile devices USB HDD or USB types liable to connection failures due to vehicle vibrations are not supported i stick type Some non standard USB devices METAL COVER TYPE USB can be unrecognizable Continued Continued Some USB flash memory read ers such as CF SD micro SD etc or external HDD type devices can be unrecognizable Music files protected by DRM DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGE MENT are not recognizable The data in the USB memory may be lost while using this audio Always back up important data on a personal storage device Please avoid using USB memory prod i amp ucts which can be 3 used as key chains or cellular phone acces sories a
76. of electrical power To prevent unnecessary charging system drain don t adjust the power z seat longer than necessary PAMFSOUUO while the engine is not running Push the control switch forward or Do not operate two or more Backward to move the seat to the power seat control switches at desired position Release the switch the same time Doing so may Once the seat reaches the desired result in power seat motor or POSition electrical component malfunc tion The front seat can be adjusted by using the control switch located on the outside of the seat cushion Before driving adjust the seat to the proper position so as to easily con trol the steering wheel pedals and switches on the instrument panel Safety features of your vehicle Seatback angle OTF030007 Push the control switch forward or backward to move the seatback to the desired angle Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position Seat cushion height for driver s side 7 OTF030008 Pull the front portion of the control switch up to raise or down to lower the front part of the seat cushion Pull the rear portion of the control switch up to raise or down to lower the rear part of the seat cushion Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position Lumbar support for driver s seat if equipped The lumbar support can be adjusted by pressing the lumbar support switch on the side of the driver s seat Pre
77. off Random Press the key Set RDM through the 9 TUNE knob or key to randomly play songs within the current folder K Press RDM again to turn off Information Press the key Set Info through the TUNE knob or key to display information of the cur rent song 3 Press the key to turn off info display MENU MP3 CD USB Press the CD MP3 mode key to set the Repeat Folder Random Folder Repeat All Random Information and Copy features Repeat Press the key gt Set CORPT through the 9 TUNE knob or key to repeat the current song K Press RPT again to turn off Jo scceaeses es ele Iam LL c MERE UE Lm AE La LEER LAE Meca E Desa xata M Dee Eee met Features of your vehicle Folder Random Press the key gt Set FRDM through the TUNE knob or key to randomly play songs within the current folder Press F RDM again to turn off Folder Repeat Press the key Set S F RPT through the TUNE knob or key to repeat songs within the cur rent folder Press F RPT again to turn off All Random Press the key gt Set A RDM through the TUNE knob or key to randomly play all songs within the CD Press A RDM again to turn off Information Press the key gt Set sS Info through the TUNE knob or key to display information of the cur rent song Press the key to turn off info display Copy Press the key gt Set Copy through the 9 TUNE knob or Gi key
78. or abuse the engine Examples of misuse are coasting with the ignition off and descending steep grades in gear with the ignition off Do not operate the engine at high idle speed for extended periods 5 minutes or more Do not modify or tamper with any part of the engine or emission con trol system All inspections and adjustments must be made by an authorized Kia dealer Avoid driving with a extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire dam aging the catalytic converter Failure to observe these precautions could result in damage to the catalyt ic converter and to your vehicle Additionally such actions could void your warranties Jie sceeaeses ns oak eee see LLL Luc enm IERI La LEE ELLE Meca c e Mesa meae E Es LE EM eee Maintenance E CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE NOTICE Perchlorate Material special han dling may apply See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste p erchlorate Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers Perchlorate containing materials such as air bag inflators seatbelt pretensioners and keyless remote entry batteries must be disposed of according to Title 22 California Code of Regulations Section 67384 10 a Dimensions aaae eese esiste eii siste eio 8 2 Engine nae ecce eei erre acco 8 2 Grossivehicle weieht 55 999 9 909225 8 3 Luggage volume osecas eese 8 3 Bulb wattage 5 050 cenoeroste ons 8 4 Tires and wheels eee eee esse sees 8 5 Recommend
79. or debris could seriously damage the compact spare Any continuous road use of this tire could result in tire failure loss of vehicle control and possible per sonal injury Do not exceed the vehicle s maxi mum load rating or the load carry ing capacity shown on the sidewall of the compact spare tire Avoid driving over obstacles The compact spare tire diameter is smaller than the diameter of a con ventional tire and reduces the ground clearance approximately 1 inch 25 mm which could result in damage to the vehicle What to do in an emergency Do not take this vehicle through an automatic car wash while the com pact spare tire is installed Do not use tire chains on the com pact spare tire Because of the smaller size a tire chain will not fit properly This could damage the vehicle and result in loss of the chain The compact spare tire should not be installed on the front axle if the vehicle must be driven in snow or on ice Do not use the compact spare tire on any other vehicle because this tire has been designed especially for your vehicle The compact spare tire s tread life is shorter than a regular tire Inspect your compact spare tire regularly and replace worn com pact spare tires with the same size and design mounted on the same wheel The compact spare tire should not be used on any other wheels nor should standard tires snow tires wheel covers or trim rings be used with the com
80. over age 12 must be seated in the front seat the child should be securely restrained by the available lap shoul der belt and the seat should be placed in the rearmost position Children age 12 and under should be restrained securely in the rear seat NEVER place a child age 12 and under in the front seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in the front seat of a vehicle If the shoulder belt portion slightly touches the child s neck or face try placing the child closer to the center of the vehicle If the shoulder belt still touches their face or neck they need to be returned to a child restraint system Restraint of pregnant women Pregnant women should wear lap shoulder belt assemblies when ever possible according to specific recommendations by their doctors The lap portion of the belt should be worn AS SNUGLY AND LOW AS POSSIBLE on the hips not across the abdomen Safety features of your vehicle Injured person A seat belt should be used when an injured person is being transported When this is necessary you should consult a physician for recommenda tions One person per belt Two people including children should never attempt to use a single seat belt This could increase the severity of injuries in case of an acci dent Do not lie down To reduce the chance of injuries in the event of an accident and to achieve maximum effectiveness of the restraint system all passengers should be sitting
81. paired phone list select the device you want to connect and select Connect Press the key gt Select Phone gt Select Phone List 1 2 1 Connected Phone Device that is currently connected 2 Paired Phone Device that is paired but not connected Features of your vehicle Changing Priority What is Priority It is possible to pair up to five Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices with the car audio system The Change Priority feature is used to set the connection priority of paired phones key gt Select Press the Phone gt Select Phone List From the paired phone list select the phone you want to switch to the highest priority then select Change Priority button from the Menu The selected device will be changed to the highest priority Priority icon will be displayed when the selected phone is set as a pri ority phone Features of your vehicle Disconnecting a Device Deleting a Device When deleting the currently con nected device the device will auto matically be disconnected to pro Press the key gt Select Press the key gt Select ceed with the deleting process Phone gt Select Phone List Phone gt Select Phone List e If a paired Bluetooth Wireless Technology device is deleted the device s call history and contacts data will also be deleted To re use a deleted device you must pair the device again From the paired phone list select t
82. properly Changing tires D OED066033 1 Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake firmly 2 Shift the shift lever into R Reverse for manual transaxle or P Park for automatic transaxle 3 Activate the hazard warning flash er What to do in an emergenc 1JBA6504 4 Remove the wheel lug nut wrench jack jack handle and spare tire from the vehicle 5 Block both the front and rear of the wheel that is diagonally opposite the jack position To prevent vehicle movement while changing a tire always set the park ing brake fully and always block the wheel diagonally opposite the wheel being changed We recommend that the wheels of the vehicle be chocked and that no person remain in a vehicle that is being jacked OTF064004 6 Loosen the wheel lug nuts counter clockwise one turn each but do not remove any nut until the tire has been raised off the ground Losec aeses es Soak ee cdam LI Lecce te Lm Mea ELLE Ea LEE ELLA Meca LUE MEE es oS cR xau M D Ee eder ees What to do in an emergenc 9 Loosen the wheel nuts and remove them with your fingers Slide the wheel off the studs and lay it flat so it cannot roll away To put the wheel on the hub pick up the spare tire line up the holes with the studs and slide the wheel onto them If this is difficult tip the wheel slightly and get the top hole in the wheel lined up with the top stud Then jiggle the wheel back and OTF064008 forth
83. provided with the soap Do not bleach or re dye the webbing because this may weaken it Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehicle become fogged that is cov ered with an oily greasy or waxy film they should be cleaned with glass cleaner Follow the directions on the glass cleaner container CAUTION Rear windows Do not scrape or scraich the inside of the rear window This may result in damage to the rear window defroster grid Maintenance n EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM The emission control system of your vehicle is covered by a written limited warranty Please see the warranty information contained in the Warranty amp Consumer Information manual in your vehicle Your vehicle is equipped with an emission control system to meet all applicable emission regulations There are three emission control systems as follows 1 Crankcase emission control sys tem 2 Evaporative emission control sys tem 3 Exhaust emission control system In order to assure the proper function of the emission control systems it is recommended that you have your vehicle inspected and maintained by an authorized Kia dealer in accor dance with the maintenance sched ule in this manual Caution for the Inspection and Maintenance Test With Electronic Stability Control ESC system To prevent the vehicle from mis firing during dynamometer test ing turn the Electronic Stabi
84. refill the washer fluid Features of your vehicle Turn on FUSE SWITCH if equipped W Type A 044153L m Type B Turn on FUSE SWITCH OTF044154L This warning message illuminates if the fuse switch on the fuse box is OFF It means that you should turn the fuse switch on For more details refer to Fuses in chapter 7 Align steering wheel if equipped E Type B Align steering wheel OTF044166L This warning message illuminates if you start the engine when the steering wheel is turned to more than 90 degrees to the left or right It means that you should turn the steering wheel and make the angle of the steering wheel be less than 30 degrees Features of your vehicle TRIP COMPUTER Overview Trip Modes Type A Trip Modes Type B siii ee Tripmeter A lt lt FUEL ECONOMY e trip computer is a microcomput r er controlled driver information sys t Paen y mia 4 tem that displays information related Tripmeter B Veg J Hel cB to driving Instant Fuel Economy x NOTICE Distance to empty 1 Some driving information stored in TRIP A the trip computer for example Average Fuel Economy e Tripmeter A Average Vehicle Speed resets if the t Average Vehicle Speed A battery is disconnected Elapsed Time A Instant Fuel Economy f Average Vehicle Speed TRIP B T Tripmeter B Eiapsed Time Average
85. replace Maintenance E NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 37 500 miles 60 000 km or 30 months Inspect air cleaner filter C Inspect vacuum hose Q Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped C Replace engine oil and filter 2 4 GDI 37 500 miles 60 000 km or 60 months C Add fuel additive Every 7 500 miles 12 000 km or 12 months 3 amp Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace 45 000 miles 72 000 km or 36 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Inspect vacuum hose Q Inspect air conditioning refrigerant Inspect brake hoses and lines Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler Q Inspect front disc brake pads calipers and rotors Q Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint C Inspect suspension mounting bolts C Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit Q Inspect rear disc brake pads parking brake C Replace engine oil and filter 2 4 GDI 45 000 miles 72 000 km or 72 months Q Add fuel additive Every 7 500 miles 12 000 km or 12 months C Replace spark plugs iridium coated 2 0 T GDI 3 amp Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance n EE NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 52 500 miles 84 000 km or 42 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Inspect vacuum hose C Replace engine oil and f
86. seat OTF034046 When the operation of the air ventila tion is not needed keep the switches in the OFF position Each time you press the switch the airflow will change as follows OFF HIGH 3 sims LOW zx T When pressing the switch for more than 1 5 seconds with the seat cooler operating the seat cooler will turn OFF When the air ventilation seat is turned on the seat may get cooler after about 5 minutes Because the air ventilation uses the air in the vehicle cooling effi ciency depends on the tempera ture of the air In order to improve cooling efficiency use the air con ditioning system together The air ventilation seat defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is turned to the ON position CAUTION e The air ventilation seat is a supplementary cooling heat ing system Use the air venti lation seat when the climate control system is on Using the air ventilation seat for pro longed periods of time with the climate control system off could cause the air ventilation seat performance to impair When cleaning the seats do not use an organic solvent such as paint thinner ben zene alcohol and gasoline Doing so may damage the sur face of the seats Do not spill liquid such as water or beverages on the sur face of the front seats and seatbacks or the air vent holes may be blocked and pre vented from working properly Continued Safety feature
87. soon as possible These Owner Maintenance Checks are generally not covered by war ranties and you may be charged for labor parts and lubricants used Owner maintenance schedule When you stop for fuel e Check the engine oil level Check the coolant level in coolant reservoir Check the windshield washer fluid level Look for low or under inflated tires While operating your vehicle Note any changes in the sound of the exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes in the vehicle Check for vibrations in the steering wheel Notice any increased steer ing effort or looseness in the steer ing wheel or change in its straight ahead position Notice if your vehicle constantly turns slightly or pulls to one side when traveling on smooth level road When stopping listen and check for unusual sounds pulling to one side increased brake pedal travel or hard to push brake pedal If any slipping or changes in the operation of your transaxle occurs check the transaxle fluid level Check the automatic transaxle P Park function Check the parking brake Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle water dripping from the air conditioning system during or after use is normal Maintenance ess At least monthly Check the coolant level in the engine coolant reservoir Check the operation of all exterior lights including the stoplights turn signals and hazard warning flash ers Check
88. the button wm Press the button when shifting gt The shift lever can be shifted freely OTF054010 Driving your vehicle For smooth operation depress the Transaxle ranges brake pedal when shifting from N 4 CAUTION Transaxle The indicator light in the instrument Neutral to a forward or reverse To avoid damage to your cluster displays the shift lever posi gear transaxle do not accelerate the _ tion when the ignition switch is in the engine in R Reverse or any for ON position ward gear position with the brakes on The transaxle may be damaged if you shift into P P Park Park while the vehicle is in Always come to a complete stop motion before shifting into P Park This position locks the transaxle and pre vents the front wheels from rotating When stopped on an incline do not hold the vehicle with engine power Use the service brake or the parking Shifting into P Park while the vehi brake cle is in motion will cause the drive wheels to lock which will cause you to lose control of the vehicle Driving your vehicle R Reverse Use this position to drive the vehicle backward CAUTION Shifting Always come to a complete stop before shifting into or out of R Reverse you may damage the transaxle if you shift into R Reverse while the vehicle is in motion except when Rocking the Vehicle explained in this chapter N Neutral The wheels and transaxle are not engaged The veh
89. the inflation pressures of all tires including the spare At least twice a year i e every Spring and Fall Check the radiator heater and air conditioning hoses for leaks or damage Check the windshield washer spray and wiper operation Clean the wiper blades with clean cloth dampened with washer fluid Check the headlight alignment Check the muffler exhaust pipes shields and clamps Check the lap shoulder belts for wear and function Check for worn tires and loose wheel lug nuts At least once a year Clean the body and door drain holes Lubricate the door hinges and check the hood hinges Lubricate the door and hood locks and latches Lubricate the door rubber weather strips Check the air conditioning system Check the power steering fluid level Inspect and lubricate automatic transaxle linkage and controls Clean the battery and terminals Check the brake clutch fluid level Maintenance mec M N SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE Follow the Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of the following conditions apply If any of the following conditions apply follow the Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions Repeated short distance driving Driving in dusty conditions or sandy areas Extensive use of brakes Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are being used Driving on rough or muddy roads Driving
90. the position of the lower anchors for child restraints Safety features of your vehicle Follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions to properly install child restraint seats with LATCH or LATCH compatible attachments Once you have installed the LATCH child restraint assure that the seat is properly attached to the LATCH and tether anchors Also test the child restraint seat before you place the child in it Tilt the seat from side to side Also try to tug the seat forward Check to see if LATCH anchors have been provided the anchors hold the seat in place in your vehicle The LATCH anchors are located in the left and right out board rear seating positions Their locations are shown in the illustration There is no LATCH anchor provided for the center rear seating position The LATCH anchors are located between the seatback and the seat cushion of the rear seat left and right outboard seating positions When you install your child s restraint system using the LATCH anchors buckle the shoulder lap belt then lock the retractor and pull the belt to remove the slack in the belt so it lies flat against the vehicle seat Safety features of your vehicle AIR BAG ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM 1 2 3 4 Driver s front air bag Passengers front air bag Side air bag Curtain air bag Se HS YH WH Even in vehicles with air bags you and your passengers must always wear the safety be
91. the socket align with the slots on the assembly 5 Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket Pull the bulb out of the socket 6 Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place 7 Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise 8 Install the service cover by pulling Be nOnagse it into the service hole Stop and tail light Rear turn sig nal light 1 Turn off the engine 2 Open the trunk 3 Open the service cover Type B If the light LED does not operate have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer Maintenance Backup light Tail light 4 Disconnect the cable and then Backup light 1 if equipped remove the nuts by turning the nuts counter clockwise OTF074054 OTF074055 5 Take the light assembly out 6 Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket 7 Install the light assembly to the 1 Turn off the engine 2 Open the trunk trunk 3 Loosen the retaining screw of the 8 Reinstall the nuts and connector trunk lid cover and then remove the and then the trunk lid cover by cover pushing in the screw Maintenance License plate light bulb 3 Loosen the retaining screw of the High mounted stop light replacement tr
92. there may be serious engine damage In this case 1 Stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so 2 Turn off the engine and check the oil level If the oil level is low fill the engine oil to the proper level 3 Start the engine again If the warning light stays on after the engine is started turn the engine off immediately In this case have your vehi cle inspected by an author ized Kia dealer Features of your vehicle Low Fuel Level Warning Light ry This warning light illuminates When the fuel tank is nearly empty If the fuel tank is nearly empty Add fuel as soon as possible A CAUTION Low Fuel Level Driving with the Low Fuel Level warning light on or with the fuel level below can cause the engine to misfire and damage the catalytic converter if equipped Low Tire Pressure Warning Light if equipped 1 This warning light illuminates Once you set the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop Button to the ON position It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off When one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated The location of the underinflated tires are displayed on the LCD display For more details refer to Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in chapter 6 This warning light remains on after blinking for approximately 60 seconds or repeats blinking and off at the intervals of approximately 3 seconds When there is a mal
93. touch screen When cleaning the device make sure to turn off the audio system and use a dry and smooth cloth Never use tough materials chemical cloths or solvents alcohol benzene thinners etc as such materials may damage the device panel or cause color quality deterioration Continued Continued e Do not place beverages close to the audio system Spilling beverages may lead to system malfunction In case of product malfunction please contact your place of pur chase or After Service center Placing the audio system within an electromagnetic environment may result in noise interference Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume and cosmet ic oil from contacting the dashboard because they may cause damage or discol oration Features of your vehicle USING THE USB DEVICE To use an external USB device make sure the device is not con nected when starting up the vehicle Connect the device after starting up If you start the engine when the USB device is connected it may damage the USB device USB flashdrives are very sensitive to electric shock If the engine is started up or turned off while the external USB device is connected the external USB device may not work The System may not play unau thenticated MP3 or WMA files 1 It can only play MP3 files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps 2 It can only play WMA music files with the compression rate between 8Kbps
94. towing dolly under the front wheels When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not used the front of the vehicle should always be lifted not the rear NOTICE If the EPB does not release normal ly take your vehicle to an author ized Kia dealer by loading the vehi cle on a flatbed tow truck and have the system checked HXDOS CAUTION Towing Do not tow the vehicle back wards with the front wheels on the ground as this may cause damage to the vehicle e Do not tow with sling type equipment Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment What to do in an emergenc Removable towing hook if equipped OTF064009 1 Open the trunk and remove the towing hook from the tool case 2 Remove the hole cover pressing the lower part of the cover on the bumper 3 Install the towing hook by turning it clockwise into the hole until it is fully secured 4 Remove the towing hook and install the cover after use Emergency towing m Front if equipped amp OTF064010 OTF064011 If towing is necessary have it done by an authorized Kia dealer or a commercial tow truck service If towing service is not available in an emergency your vehicle may be temporarily towed using a cable or chain secured to the emergency tow ing hook under the rear of the vehi cle Use extreme caution when tow ing the vehicle A driver must be in the vehicle to steer it and operate the b
95. until the wheel can be slid over the other studs 8 Insert the jack handle into the jack and turn it clockwise raising the vehicle until the tire just clears the ground This measurement is approximately 1 in 30 mm Before removing the wheel lug nuts make sure the vehicle is stable and that gt there is no chance for movement OTF064019 or slippage 7 Place the jack at the front 1 or rear 2 jacking position closest to the tire you are changing Place the jack at the designated locations under the frame The jacking posi tions are plates welded to the frame with two tabs and a raised dot to index with the jack What to do in an emergency Wheels and wheel covers may have 10 To install the wheel hold it on the sharp edges Handle them carefully studs put the wheel nuts on the to avoid possible injury Before put studs and tighten them finger ting the wheel into place be sure tight Jiggle the tire to be sure it is that there is nothing on the hub or completely seated then tighten wheel such as mud tar gravel etc the nuts as much as possible that prevents the wheel from fitting with your fingers again solidly against the hub 11 Lower the vehicle to the ground by turning the wheel nut wrench counterclockwise OTF060007 Then position the wrench as shown in the drawing and tighten the wheel nuts Be sure the socket is seated completely over the nut Do not stand on the wrench handle or use an exte
96. vehicle If you notice a continuous noise i standstill even though the brake or burning smell when ie EE pedal is not depressed after the driv eigen Loic sie Me er brings the vehicle to a complete authorized Kia dealer stop by depressing the brake pedal When the EPB electric parking brake is not released If the EPB does not release normal ly take your vehicle to an authorized b hr N OTF S054095 Depress the brake pedal start the Kia dealer by loading the vehicle on engine and then press the Auto a flatbed tow truck and have the sys Hold button The white AUTO tem checked HOLD indicator will come on indi cating the system is in standby Before the Auto Hold will engage the driver s door engine hood and trunk must be closed and the dri ver s seat belt must be fastened Jose aeses ns ele Imam LLL Eee UE Lm MeL ELLE Ea ELEME tLAE Meceasa x AM aet M DAE cee ee oe Driving your vehicle Wihiiite N Green n L aA l OTFS054096 2 When coming to a complete stop by depressing the brake pedal the AUTO HOLD indicator changes from white to green indicating the AUTO HOLD is engaged and EPB is applied The vehicle will remain at a standstill even if you release the brake pedal 3 If EPB is applied Auto Hold will be released 4 f you press the accelerator pedal with the shift lever in R Reverse D Drive or sports mode the Auto Hold will be released automatically an
97. vehicle with the booster battery and let it run at 2 000 rpm then start the engine of the vehicle with the discharged battery If the cause of your battery discharg ing is not apparent you should have your vehicle checked by an author ized Kia dealer Push starting Your manual transaxle equipped vehicle should not be push started because it might damage the emis sion control system Vehicles equipped with automatic transaxle cannot be push started Follow the directions in this chapter for jump starting E What to do in an emergency IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS If your temperature gauge indicates overheating you will experience a loss of power or hear loud pinging or knocking the engine is probably too hot If this happens you should 1 Pull off the road and stop as soon as it is safe to do so 2 Place the shift lever in P automat ic transaxle or neutral manual transaxle and set the parking brake If the air conditioning is on turn it off 3 If engine coolant is running out under the vehicle or steam is com ing out from underneath the hood stop the engine Do not open the hood until the coolant has stopped running or the steaming has stopped If there is no visible loss of engine coolant and no steam leave the engine running and check to be sure the engine cool ing fan is operating If the fan is not running turn the engine off 4 Check to see if the water pump drive belt is missing I
98. when the temperature is below freezing or when the sunroof is covered with snow or ice the glass or the motor could be damaged Features of your vehicle Sunshade OYF049214 To open the sunshade pull the sunroof control lever backward to the first detent position To close the sunshade when the sunroof glass is closed push the sunroof control lever forward To stop the sliding at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily NOTICE It is normal for wrinkles to form on the blind because of its material characteristic Resetting the sunroof Whenever the vehicle battery is dis connected or discharged or related fuse is blown you must reset your sunroof system as follows 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position and close the sunroof completely 2 Release the control lever 3 Push and hold the control lever for ward for more than 10 seconds until the sunroof tilts and slightly moves Then release the lever 4 Push the sunroof control lever for ward in the direction of close until the sunroof operates as follows SUNSHADE OPEN gt TILT OPEN SLIDE OPEN SLIDE CLOSE SUNSHADE CLOSE Then release the control lever When this is complete the sunroof system is reset X For more detailed information contact an authorized Kia dealer NOTICE If the sunroof is not reset when the vehicle battery is disconnected or discharged or related fuse is bl
99. while the vehicle is in motion A WARNING Keep cans or bottles out of direct sun light and do not put them in a vehicle that is heated up It may explode gt OTF040160 Features of your vehicle Sunvisor if equipped OVG049174 Use the sunvisor to shield direct light through the front or side windows To use the sunvisor pull it downward To use the sunvisor for the side win dow pull it downward unsnap it from the bracket 1 and swing it to the side 2 Adjust the sunvisor extension for ward or backward 3 To use the vanity mirror pull down the visor and slide the mirror cover 4 The ticket holder 5 is provided for holding a tollgate ticket if equipped CAUTION Vanity mirror lamp Close the vanity mirror cover securely and return the sunvi sor to its original position after use If the vanity mirror is not closed securely the lamp will stay on and could result in bat tery discharge and possible sunvisor damage Power outlet if equipped J The power outlet is designed to pro vide power for mobile telephones or other devices designed to operate with vehicle electrical systems The devices should draw less than 10 amps with the engine running Use the power outlet only when the engine is running and remove the accessory plug after use Using the accessory plug for prolonged periods of time with the engine off could cause the battery to discharge SO
100. your foot rest ing on the brake pedal This will create abnormally high brake temperatures which can cause excessive brake lining and pad wear Wet brakes may impair the vehicle s ability to safely slow down the vehi cle may also pull to one side when the brakes are applied Applying the brakes lightly will indicate whether they have been affected in this way To dry the brakes apply them lightly while maintaining a safe forward speed until brake performance returns to normal Driving your vehicle In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate while the vehicle is in motion you can make an emergency stop with the parking brake The stopping dis tance however will be much greater than normal Disc brakes wear indicator When your brake pads are worn and new pads are required you will hear a high pitched warning sound from your front brakes or rear brakes if equipped You may hear this sound come and go or it may occur when ever you depress the brake pedal Please remember that some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when you first apply or lightly apply the brakes This is nor mal and does not indicate a problem with your brakes CAUTION Replace brake pads Do not continue to drive with worn brake pads Continuing to drive with worn brake pads can damage the braking system and result in costly brake repairs Always replace the front or rear brake pad
101. 0 Electronic stability control ESC 5 38 Emergency starting 0 eee eee eee 6 5 Jump starting osse 6 5 Emergency while driving 5 6 3 Emission control system llle eese 7 99 Crankcase emission control system 7 99 Evaporative emission control System 7 99 Exhaust emission control system 7 100 Engime 2iewek lE wee esd SERRE RR REPRE 8 2 Engine coolant icone b a ere EVER 7 31 Engine Coolant Temperature guage 4 57 Engine number oco sonst e tact ERE REP RR 8 10 Engine 01 5 ones mee eee eee IR 7 29 Engine overheats i sense EE RREVER E EEUES 6 8 Engine start stop button 0008 5 8 Engine will notstart cee ee pee mee 6 4 Escort welcome ice ree 4 96 Evaporative emission control System 7 99 Exhaust emission control system 7 100 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7 25 Extenorcare coils es tyre Ye A PY RR 7 92 Index F G Platten 4 ov ioe oepa eai way Oe E RE 6 15 Changing tires 2 5 5 neni bees haat oe ddd PER 6 16 Compact spare ts iuis e e or 6 21 Jack and tools i erbe PRESS 6 15 Removing and storing the spare tire 6 16 Tire mobility kit teeri ierti bebe RR Es 6 23 Floor mat anchor s eeir everted cee eee eens 4 143 Fluid Brakes clutch fluid 0 0 00 0004 7 34 Washertluid peii tinea
102. 000 miles 120 000 km or 120 months C Add fuel additive Every 7 500 miles 12 000 km or 12 months Maintenance E NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 82 500 miles 132 000 km or 66 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter C Inspect vacuum hose C Replace engine oil and filter 2 4 GDI 82 500 miles 132 000 km or 132 months C Add fuel additive Every 7 500 miles 12 000 km or 12 months K Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace 90 000 miles 144 000 km or 72 months C Inspect vacuum hose Q Inspect air conditioning refrigerant Inspect brake hoses and lines Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler Q Inspect front disc brake pads calipers and rotors Q Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint Q Inspect suspension mounting bolts Q Inspect brake clutch if equipped fluid Q Inspect fuel filter Q Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections Inspect fuel tank air filter if equipped Q Inspect rear disc brake pads parking brake Q Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap fuel tank Inspect drive belt auto tensioner generator p str g a con w pump First 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 48 months after every 15 000 miles 24 000 km or 12 months Q Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit Continued Maintenance eS ey NORMAL MAINTENANCE
103. 070021 If the main fuse is blown it must be removed as follows 1 Turn off the engine 2 Disconnect the negative battery cable 3 Remove the nuts shown in the pic ture above 4 Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating Reinstall in the reverse order of removal C1 Multi fuse If the multi fuse is blown it must be removed as follows 1 Remove the fuse panel in the engine compartment 2 Remove the nuts shown in the pic ture above 3 Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating 4 Reinstall in the reverse order of removal Maintenance Fuse relay panel description Inside the fuse relay panel covers you can find the fuse relay label describing fuse relay name and capacity Instrument fuse panel Sent ee gt P SEAT OTFO070023 BASS 2 NOTICE cr ai YeeaTenann TINTER Not all fuse panel descriptions in sear venter SPARE ia oan this manual may be applicable to your vehicle It is accurate at the time of printing When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle refer to the fuse panel label USE THE DESIGNATED FUSE ONLY OTF074084N Maintenance a SS Inner Fuse panel Description Fuse Rating Protected Component MULTIMEDIA 15A ISG LDC AUDIO AUDIO_UVO AUDIO PA30A B NAVI1 5 NAVI_3 0 NAVI_4 0 TMU PDM 1 25A Smart Key Control Module With Smart Key SPARE 10A PDM2 10A SMK UNIT BUTTON START SW P SEAT
104. 2032 When replacing the battery make sure the battery position 4 Install the battery in the reverse order of removal Features of your vehicle The transmitter or smart key is designed to give you years of trou ble free use however it can mal function if exposed to moisture or static electricity If you are unsure how to use or replace the battery contact an authorized Kia dealer Using the wrong battery can cause the transmitter or smart key to mal function Be sure to use the correct battery An inappropriately dis posed battery can be harm ful to the environment and human health Dispose the battery according to your local law s or regulation A CAUTION Transmitter damage Do not drop wet or expose the keyless entry system transmit ter to heat or sunlight Immobilizer system if equipped Your vehicle may be equipped with an electronic engine immobilizer sys tem to reduce the risk of unautho rized vehicle use Your immobilizer system is com prised of a small transponder in the ignition key and electronic devices inside the vehicle With the immobilizer system when ever you insert your ignition key into the ignition switch and turn it to ON it checks and determines and verifies that the ignition key is valid If the key is determined to be valid the engine will start If the key is determined to be invalid the engine will not start To deactivate the immobili
105. 25 33 225 33 225 45R18 95V 7 5Jx18 240 35 240 35 240 35 240 35 65 79 T125 80D16 97M 4 0Tx16 pe ee bes b 9711 88 107 Compact 60 60 60 60 spare tire 420 420 420 420 T135 80D17 103M 4 0Tx17 60 60 60 60 Normal load Up to 3 persons 2 f your vehicle is not equipped with a compact spare tire you will be equipped with a Tire Mobility Kit CAUTION When replacing tires use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or make it work irregularly Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability use only lubricants of the proper quality The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle Lubricant Volume Classification Engine oil drain and refill 20 T GDI ACEA AS or above Recommends D 5 28 US qt Si 24 GDI 5 0 API Service SM ILSAC GF 4 or above on ACEA A5 or above API GL 4 SAE 75W 85 fill for life Manual transaxle fluid 1 90 US qt 1 8 or other brands meeting the GL 4 specitication approved by Kia Motors Corp MICHANG ATF SP IV SK ATF SP IV Autematicteansadeciinid 2 0 TGDI 8 24 US at 7 8 1 NOCA
106. 27 0 00 0L 50 0 010 2 0 1 0 0 Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels for any reason make sure the new wheels are equivalent to the original factory units in diameter rim width and offset A wheel that is not the correct size may adversely affect wheel and bearing life braking and stopping abilities handling characteristics ground clearance body to tire clear ance snow chain clearance speedometer and odometer calibra tion headlight aim and bumper height CAUTION Wheel Wheels that do not meet Kia s specifications may fit poorly and result in damage to the vehicle or unusual handling and poor vehicle control Tire traction Tire traction can be reduced if you drive on worn tires tires that are improperly inflated or on slippery road surfaces Tires should be replaced when tread wear indicators appear Slow down whenever there is rain snow or ice on the road to reduce the possibility of losing con trol of the vehicle Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation correct wheel alignment helps to decrease tire wear If you find a tire is worn unevenly have your dealer check the wheel alignment When you have new tires installed make sure they are balanced This will increase vehicle ride comfort and tire life Additionally a tire should always be rebalanced if it is removed from the wheel Tire sidewall labeling 1030B04JM This identifies and information describ
107. 4139L Press START button again for smart key system W Type A Go Press START button again OTF044143L m Type B Keu not in vehicle OTF044138L This warning message illuminates if the smart key is not in the vehicle when you press the Engine Start Stop Button It means that you should always have the smart key with you m Type B Key not detected OTF044140L This warning message illuminates if the smart key is not detected when you press the Engine Start Stop Button W Type B Press START button again OTF044144L This warning message illuminates if you can not operate the Engine Start Stop Button when there is a problem with the Engine Start Stop Button system Features of your vehicle It means that you could start the engine by pressing the Engine Start Stop Button once more f the warning illuminates each time you press the Engine Start Stop Button have your vehi cle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Press start button with smart key for smart key system W Type A Garr Press START button with key OTF044145L m Type B Press START button with keu amp OTF044146L This warning message illuminates if you press the Engine Start Stop Button while the warning message Key not detected is illuminating At this time the immobilizer indica tor light blinks Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse for smart key system and auto mat
108. A C off or recirculated air position is manually selected while the auto defogging system is on the auto defogging indicator will blink 3 times to give notice that manual operation is canceled CAUTION Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the driver side windshield glass Damage to the system parts could occur and may not be cov ered by your vehicle warranty Features of your vehicle STORAGE COMPARTMENT These compartments can be used to store small items To avoid possible theft do not leave valuables in the storage compartment Always keep the storage compart ment covers closed while driving A WARNING Flammable materials Do not store flammable explo sive materials in the vehicle These items may catch fire and or explode if the vehicle is exposed to hot temperatures for extended periods Center console storage if equipped m Type A s OTF040171 To open the center console storage pull the lever up Glove box OTF040153 To open the glove box push the but ton 1 and the glove box will auto matically open Close the glove box after use Pesce aeses es ele Emacs LL IEEE UE cena AE La LEER LAE Meca E Desa EAM aet M DE ee Soke ee oie ae Features of your vehicle Cool box if equipped OTF044351 You can keep beverage cans or other items cool in the glove box 1 Turn on the air conditioning 2 Slide the open close lever o
109. ATF SP IV Kia genuine ATF SP IV or other brands meeting the above specification approved b 2 4 GDI 7 50 US qt 7 11 a tee as PR y 6 87 6 97 US qt Goalant 20 FDI 6 5 6 6 Mixture of antifreeze and water Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator 2 4 GDI 7 18 US at 6 8 0 7 0 8 US qt Brake clutch fluid 3 FMVSS116 DOT 3 or DOT 4 0 7 0 8 1 Fuel 18 49 US gal 70 Unleaded gasoline Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available Along with other additional benefits they contribute to fuel econ omy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction Often these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving but in a year s time they can offer significant cost and energy savings API SL ILSAC GF 3 ACEA A3 oil can be used if the recommended oil is not available Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects Recommended SAE viscosity number Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug drain plug or dipstick before checking or draining any lubricant This is especially important in dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads Cleaning the plug Engine oil viscosity thickness has an effect on fuel economy and cold weather operation engine start and engine oil flow
110. Box Fuel Filter Relay A CON 7 5A A C Control Module E R Fuse amp Relay Box RLY 14 SPARE 15A WIPER 25A E R BOX WIPER RLY C LIGHTER 20A Cigarette Lighter MODULE 6 7 5A PANORAMA SUNROOF IG2 IONIZER DSL BOX RR SEAT WARMER HTD MIRR 10A Driver Passenger Power Outside Mirror Maintenance Engine compartment fuse panel for Theta 2 4 a D ZU OVG079025L du re ENSOR Zog E USE THE DESIGNATED FUSE AND RELAY ONLY 91955 2T730 OTF074086N NOTICE Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle It is accurate at the time of printing When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle refer to the fuse panel label Maintenance n Engine Compartment fuse panel for theta 2 4 GDI Description Fuse Rating Protected Component RR HTD 40A E R BOX RR HTD RLY COIL HORN 15A HORN LH RH F PUMP 20A FUEL PUMP MTR ECU 3 15A PCU GDI BATT DIRECT SENSOR 1 15A DN O2 SENSOR GDI UP O2 SENSOR GDI INJECTOR 10A E R BOX F PUMP RLY COIL SENSOR 3 10A CMP1 2 GDI TGDI SMATRA IMMOBILIZER SENSOR 2 10A CKP GDI VIS GDI OCV1 2 GDI PCSV GDI CCV GDI IGN COIL 20A ENGINE IG COIL ECU 1 30A ECU RLY SPARE 10A A SPARE 15A SPARE 20A WIPER 10A BCM RAIN SNSR WIPER MTR AMS 10A BATTERY SENSOR Maintenance D UUUA A AALELAEALEL A AESEZBEMEC CL Descr
111. C will appear in the display 2 To calibrate the compass drive the vehicle in 2 complete circles at less than 5 mph 8 km h Integrated HomeLink Wireless Control System The HomeLink Wireless Control System provides a convenient way to replace up to three hand held radio frequency RF transmitters with a single built in device This innovative feature will learn the radio frequency codes of most current transmitters to operate devices such as gate opera tors garage door openers entry door locks security systems even home lighting Both standard and rolling code equipped transmitters can be programmed by following the outlined procedures Additional HomeLink information can be found at www homelink com or by calling 1 800 355 3515 CAUTION Before programming HomeLink to a garage door opener or gate operator make sure that people and objects are out of the way of the device to prevent potential harm or dam age Do not use HomeLink with any garage door opener that lacks the safety stop and reverse features required by U S federal safety standards this includes any garage door opener model manufactured before April 1 1982 A garage door that cannot detect an object signaling the door to stop and reverse does not meet current U S federal safely standards Using a garage door opener without these features increases the risk of serious injury or death Features of your vehicle Retain the o
112. C DC Converter Tire Pressure Monitoring Module A BAG 15A A BAG UNIT IG1 WCS PASS IG1 Driver Passenger Smart Key Outside Handle With Smart Key Driver Passenger Door Lamp A C Control Module Ignition Key ILL amp Door Warning Switch W O Smart Key RF Receiver With Smart INTERIOR LAMP 10A Key Driver IMS Module BCM Data Link Connector Driver Passenger Door Scuff Lamp Power Outside Mirror Switch Auto Light amp Photo Sensor W O B Alarm Lamp Auto Cut Relay Instrument Cluster CLUSTER 10A CLUSTER IGN1 MDPS 75A Crash Pad Switch EPS Control Module With MDPS Steering Angle Sensor W O MDPS ATM Lever Indicator EPB Switch EPB Control Module PDM 3 7 5A Smart Key Control Module With Smart Key Maintenance a a ee Description Fuse Rating Protected Component EPB 10A EPB SPARE 20A IG 1 25A E R BOX IG1 SPARE 10A POWER OUTLET 20A Front Power Outlet Auto Head Lamp Leveling Device Module Auto HLLD Head Lamp Leveling Device Switch Manual HLLD Head Lamp Leveling Device Actuator LH RH BCM Front Smart Parking Assist Sensor Module MODULE 10A Instrument Cluster Electro Chromic Mirror A C Control Module Driver IMS Module Rear Parking Assist Buzzer Lane Keeping Assist Module START 7 5A B ALARM RLY HTD STRG 15A Steering Wheel Heater MODULE 5 75A Smart Key Control Module With Smart Key Rear Seat Warmer Relay LH RH E R Fuse amp Relay Box RLY 2 Diesel
113. CE installed securely to prevent fuel A WARNING Static When using an approved portable spillage in the event of an accident electricity fuel container be sure to place the SSS SS Before touching the fuel noz container on the ground prior to A WARNING Fire explo zle you should eliminate refueling Static electricity discharge sion risk potentially dangerous static from the container can ignite fuel electricity discharge by touch vapors causing a fire Once refueling ing another metal part of the has begun contact with the vehicle vehicle a safe distance away should be maintained until the fill from the fuel filler neck noz ing is complete Use only approved zle or other gas source portable plastic fuel containers Do not get back into a vehicle designed to carry and store gasoline once you have begun refuel Read and follow all warnings posted at the gas station facili ty Failure to follow all warnings will result in severe personal injury severe burns or death due to fire or explosion ing since you can generate static electricity by touching WARNING ee rubbing or sliding against any item or fabric polyester satin Do not use cellular phones nylon etc capable of produc while refueling Electric current ing static electricity Static and or electronic interference electricity discharge can from cellular phones can poten ignite fuel vapors resulting in tially ignite fuel vapors causing rapi
114. Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield Maintenance OHMO078059 OSBLO071002 Type B 4 Push down the wiper arm 3 and 1 Raise the wiper arm install the new blade assembly in the reverse order of removal A CAUTION 5 Return the wiper arm on the wind Do not allow the wiper arm to shield fall against the windshield since it may chip or crack the i windscreen j OSBL07100 2 Turn the wiper blade clip Then lift up the blade clip 3 Push the clip 1 and push up the wiper arm 2 E Maintenance BATTERY For best battery service OTF070016 Keep the battery securely mount ed Keep the battery top clean and dry Keep the terminals and connec tions clean tight and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the battery immediately with a solution of water and baking soda If the vehicle is not going to be used for an extended time discon nect the battery cables A WARNING Risk of explosion Keep lit cigarettes and 9 all other flames or sparks away from the battery The battery contains A hydrogen a highly combustible gas which will explode if it comes in contact with a flame or spark A WARNING Sulfuric acid in batteries Keep batteries out of the amp reach of children because batteries con tain highly corrosive SULFURIC ACID and electrolytes
115. Drive safely even though the vehicle is equipped with a Blind Spot Detection System BSD Do not solely rely on the system but check for your self before changing lanes The system may not alert the driver in some conditions so always check the surround ings while driving Continued Continued e The Blind Spot Detection System BSD is not a substi tute for proper and safe lane changing procedures Always drive safely and use caution when changing lanes The Blind Spot Detection System may not detect every object alongside the vehicle AE Driving your vehicle CAUTION The system may not work properly if the bumper has been replaced or if a repair work has been done near the sensor The detection area differs according to the roads width If the road is narrow the sys tem may detect other vehicles in the next lane On the contrary if the road is very wide the system may not detect other vehicles The system may turn off due to strong electromagnetic waves Non operating condition Driver s Attention The driver must be cautious in the below situations for the system may not assist the driver and may not work properly Curved roads tollgates etc The surrounding of the sensor is polluted with rain snow mud etc The rear bumper near the sensor is covered or hidden with a foreign matter such as a sticker bumper guard bicycle stand etc The rear bumper is da
116. EE EE AE EEE E E E AE EE Features of your vehicle Only use 12V electric accessories which are less than 10A in electric capacity Adjust the air conditioner or heater to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet Close the cover when not in use Some electronic devices can cause electronic interference when plugged into a vehicle s power outlet These devices may cause excessive audio static and malfunctions in other elec tronic systems or devices used in your vehicle Digital clock m Type A Whenever the battery terminals or related fuses are disconnected you must reset the time When the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the clock but tons operate as follows Features of your vehicle e HOUR 1 Pressing the H button will advance the time display by one hour e MINUTE 2 Pressing the M button will advance the time display by one minute e Display conversion To change the 12 hour format to the 24 hour format press the H and M button at the same time for more than 5 seconds For example if the time is 10 15 p m the display will change to 22 15 Clothes hanger if equipped OUN026348 To use the hanger pull down the upper portion of the hanger A CAUTION Hanging clothing Do not hang heavy clothes since those may damage the hook Floor mat anchor s For driver s side For passenger s side M Vv When usi
117. ESC is in opera ESC OFF state When the ignition is turned tion ESC indicator light This car has 2 kinds of ESC ON ESC and ESC OFF lt lt blinks IE off states indicator lights illuminate When the Electronic OFF f the engine stops when for approximately 3 sec onds then ESC is turned on Press the ESC OFF but ton for at least half a sec ond after turning the igni tion ON to turn ESC off ESC OFF indicator will illuminate To turn the ESC on press the ESC OFF button ESC OFF indicator light will go off When starting the engine you may hear a slight tick ing sound This is the ESC performing an automatic system self check and does not indicate a prob lem Stability Control is operat ing properly you can feel a slight pulsation in the vehi cle This is only the effect of brake control and indi cates nothing unusual When moving out of the mud or slippery road pressing the accelerator pedal may not cause the engine rpm revolutions per minute to increase ESC is off ESC remains off Upon restarting the engine the ESC will automatically turn on again io sccS neces es ele ELM Ac mL LL IL Ec ERE UE LE AE Ea LEER LEE nee ce aoe cee E Dea nee eee aac DAE ce eese eee Driving your vehicle Traction Control disabled OTF054110L ESC off state 1 To cancel ESC operation press the ESC OFF button ESC OFF shortly ESC OFF indicator light ESC OFF 43 illuminates At this state
118. EU DIMENSIONS FRONT AVANT 205 65R16 REAR 4 ARRI RE 205 65R16 235kPa 34psi 235kPa 34psi TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY VE FRONT REAR NOMBRE DE PLACES 77 AVANT ARRIERE ants and cargo shoud never exceed Ager a bs chargement ne doit jamais d passer COLD TIRE PRESSURE PRESSION DES PNEUS FROID Xds total des occupant TIRE SIZE PNEU DIMENSIONS FRONT AVANT passen 235kPa 34psi ARRIERE passisse7 235kPa 34psi 22s 45R18 E SPARE T13580017 420kPa 60psi SPARE X DE SECOURS NONE AUCUN Driving your vehicle VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT Tire and loading information label The label located on the driver s door sill gives the original tire size cold tire pressures recommended for your vehicle the number of people that can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight Vehicle capacity weight 904 Ibs 410 kg Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi mum combined weight of occupants and cargo If your vehicle is equipped with a trailer the combined weight includes the tongue load OTF054040N OTF054041N OTF050042N OTF054043N OTF054044N OTF054045N Driving your vehicle Seating capacity Total 5 persons Front seat 2 persons Rear seat 3 persons Seating capacity is the maximum number of occupants including a driver your vehicle may carry
119. IVE MODE button again f the system is activat ed While holding vehicle speed it maintains the gear and RPM for some time even though the accelerator pedal is not depressed Up shifting is delayed NOTICE In Sport drive mode the fuel effi ciency may decrease Losec aeses es else I cec LLL ece eee eee te cena Ste ELE Ea ALERTA Meca Eee E Dea xat E eere es Driving your vehicle BLIND SPOT DETECTION SYSTEM BSD IF EQUIPPED 1 BSD Blind spot detection The warning range depends on your vehicle speed However if your vehicle is about 6 mph 10 km h faster than the other vehi cle the system will not warn you 2 LCA Lane change assist When a vehicle approaches you at high speed the system will warn you 3 RCTA Rear cross traffic alert When your vehicle moves rear ward the sensor detects the approaching vehicle in the left OVI053129L and right side the system will The Blind Spot Detection System warn you BSD uses a radar sensor to alert the driver It senses the rear side territory of the vehicle and provides and indication to the driver Driving your vehicle BSD Blind Spot Detection LCA Lane Change Assist Operating conditions OTF054143N The indicator on the switch will illumi nate when the Blind Spot Detection System BSD switch is pressed with the Engine Start Stop Button ON If vehicle speed exceeds 18 6 mph 30 km h the system will activ
120. Indicator Light With Smart Key if equipped This indicator light illuminates for up to 30 seconds When the vehicle detects the smart key in the vehicle properly while the Engine Start Stop Button is ACC or ON At this time you can start the engine The indicator light goes off after starting the engine This indicator light blinks for a few seconds When the smart key is not in the vehicle At this time you can not start the engine This indicator light illuminates for 2 seconds and goes off When the vehicle can not detect the smart key which is in the vehi cle while the Engine Start Stop Button is ON In this case have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer This indicator light blinks When the battery of the smart key is weak At this time you can not start the engine However you can start the engine if you press the Engine Start Stop Button with the smart key For more details refer to Starting the Engine in section 5 When there is a malfunction with the immobilizer system In this case have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Features of your vehicle Turn Signal Indicator Light lt This indicator light blinks When you turn the turn signal light on If any of the following occurs there may be a malfunction with the turn signal system In this case have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer The
121. K Frequently driving in stop and go conditions B Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long dis tances C Driving on rough dusty muddy unpaved graveled or salt spread roads D Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather E Driving in sandy areas Maintenance ee EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS Engine oil and filter The engine oil and filter should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule If the car is being driven in severe conditions more frequent oil and filter changes are required Drive belts Inspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts cracks excessive wear or oil saturation and replace if necessary Drive belts should be checked peri odically for proper tension and adjusted as necessary Fuel filter A clogged filter can limit the speed at which the vehicle may be driven damage the emission system and cause multiple issues such as hard starting If an excessive amount of foreign matter accumulates in the fuel tank the filter may require replacement more frequently After installing a new filter run the engine for several minutes and check for leaks at the connections Fuel filters should be installed by an authorized Kia dealer Fuel lines fuel hoses and con nections Check the fuel lines fuel hoses and connections for leakage and dam age Have an authorized Kia dealer replace any damaged or leaki
122. M SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Armed de stage Disarmed stage D Theft alarm stage 98 This system is designed to provide protection from unauthorized entry into the vehicle This system is oper ated in three stages the first is the Armed stage the second is the Theft alarm stage and the third is the Disarmed stage If triggered the system provides an audible alarm with blinking of the hazard warning lights Armed stage Park the vehicle and stop the engine Arm the system as described below 1 Remove the ignition key from the ignition switch and exit the vehicle 2 Make sure that all doors and trunk and engine hood are closed and latched 3 Lock the doors by depressing the door lock button on the transmit ter or smart key After completion of the steps above the hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that the system is armed If any door trunk or engine hood remains open the hazard warn ing lights won t operate and theft alarm will not arm After this if all doors trunk and engine hood are closed the hazard warning lights blink once Lock the doors by pressing the button of the front outside door handles with the smart key in your possession After completion of the steps above the hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that the System is armed If any door remains open the hazard warning ligh
123. OFF Wiper is not in operation INT Wiper operates intermittently at the same wiping intervals Use this mode in a light rain or mist To vary the speed setting turn the speed control knob LO Normal wiper speed HI Fast wiper speed If there is a heavy accumulation of snow or ice on the windshield defrost the windshield for about 10 minutes or until the snow and or ice is removed before using the windshield wipers to ensure proper operation AUTO Automatic control if equipped rie OYF049103 The rain sensor located on the upper end of the windshield glass senses the amount of rainfall and controls the wiping cycle for the proper inter val The more it rains the faster the wiper operates When the rain stops the wiper stops io sccS neces es nl Lec LL I Eee te Lm AE Ea LEER tA Meca E Dea xat M Ee ch mise e Features of your vehicle To vary the speed setting turn the speed control knob 1 If the wiper switch is set in AUTO mode when the ignition switch is ON the wiper will operate once to per form a self check of the system Set the wiper to OFF position when the wiper is not in use Always remove all snow and ice and defrost the windshield properly prior to operating the windshield wipers NOTICE Sensor cover Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the pas senger side windshield glass as this may damage the sensor system NOTICE Winter driving Always s
124. PASS 20A Passenger Seat Manual Switch AMP 30A AMP P SEAT DRV 30A Driver IMS Module Driver Seat Manual Switch Driver Lumbar Support Switch 2WAY MEMORY 2 7 5A PIC_RF_RECEIVER TRUNK 10A Trunk Lid Relay Trunk Room Lamp MODULE 7 10A SPORT_MODE_SW RR POWER WINDOW SW DR LOCK 20A Door Lock Unlock Relay Dead Lock Relay RHD Turn Signal Lamp Sound Relay S HEATER RR 20A Rear Seat Warmer Relay LH RH P WDW RH 25A Driver Safety Power Window Module RHD Passenger Safety Power Window Module LHD Rear Safety Power Window Module RH Power Window RH Relay P WDW LH 25A Driver Safety Power Window Module LHD Passenger Safety Power Window Module RHD Rear Safety Power Window Module LH Power Window LH Relay MODULE 2 10A BCM Panorama Sunroof Rain Sensor Maintenance C aaa Description Fuse Rating Protected Component BRAKE SWITCH 10A Smart Key Control Module Start Stop Button Switch FOB Holder Stop Lamp Switch MEMORY 1 10A SEAT EXTN IMS DR TRIM EXTN FOLD G CLUSTER A CON ECM AUTO FOLDING RLY TPMS POWER OUTLET A L PHOTO SNSR MUT SUNROOF 20A Panorama Sunroof S HEATER FRT SEAT VERNT FRT 20A SEAT EXTN HEAT VENT SPARE 10A A BAG IND 10A Instrument Cluster MODULE 3 10A Sport Mode Switch Key Solenoid W O Smart Key Driver Passenger CCS Control Module With CCS Driver Passenger Seat Warmer Module W O MODULE 4 10A CCS Front Seat Warmer amp CCS Switch Oil Pump Inverter ISG Low D
125. PCSV closes so that evap orated fuel is not taken into the engine After the engine warms up during ordinary driving the PCSV opens to introduce evaporated fuel to the engine 3 Exhaust emission control system The Exhaust Emission Control System is a highly effective system which controls exhaust emissions while maintaining good vehicle per formance Vehicle modifications This vehicle should not be modified Modification of your vehicle could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate gov ernmental safety and emissions reg ulations In addition damage or performance problems resulting from any modifi cation may not be covered under warranty f you use unauthorized electronic devices it may cause the vehicle to operate abnormally wire damage battery discharge and fire For your safety do not use unauthorized electronic devices Engine exhaust gas precautions carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide can be present with other exhaust fumes Therefore if you smell exhaust fumes of any kind inside your vehi cle have it inspected and repaired immediately If you ever suspect exhaust fumes are coming into your vehicle drive it only with all the windows fully open Have your vehicle checked and repaired immediately Maintenance Do not operate the engine in con fined or closed areas such as garages any more than what is necessary to move the vehicle in or out of the area
126. R COMBINATION LAMP IN LH RH A CON 10A A C CONTROL MODULE Auto A C Maintenance Engine room Battery terminal cover LA 91970 2T600 AIE FAR AFBOEAL USE THE DESIGNATED FUSE ONLY USE SOLO LOS FUSIBLES ESPECIFICADOS NOTICE Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle It is accurate at the time of printing When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle refer to the fuse panel label OTF074089N Maintenance LIGHT BULBS Use only the bulbs of the specified wattage CAUTION Light replacement Be sure to replace the burned out bulb with one of the same wattage rating Otherwise it may cause damage to the fuse or electric wiring system If you don t have necessary tools the correct bulbs and the expertise con sult an authorized Kia dealer In many cases it is difficult to replace vehicle light bulbs because other parts of the vehicle must be removed before you can get to the bulb This is especially true if you have to remove the headlight assembly to get to the bulb s Removing installing the headlight assembly can result in damage to the vehicle Headlight position light turn signal light side marker light and front fog light bulb replacement Jo scceaeses es else ELA LL LL EEedERE UE Lea AE La ALLEE LAE Meca LE MED esa xax aet MEE te ees e hei Maintenance 1 Headlight High Headlight bulb Always ha
127. TA system will return to the state right before the vehicle was turned off Always turn the RCTA system off when not in use The system operates when the vehicle speed is below 6 2 mph 10 km h with the shift lever in R Reverse The RCTA Rear Cross Traffic Alert detecting range is 0 5m 20m based on the side direction If the approaching vehicle speed is 2 5 mph 4 km h 22 mph 36 km h within sensing range it is detected However the system sensing range is different base on conditions Always pay attention to the surrounding Driving your vehicle Warning type BRE OVI053132 f the vehicle detected by sensors approaches your vehicle the warn ing chime will sound and the warn ing light will blink on the outside rearview mirror If the detected vehicle is out of the sensing range of your vehicle move the vehicle away from the detected object slowly the warning will be cancelled The system may not operate prop erly due to other factors or circum stances Always pay attention to your surrounding If your vehicle s left or right side bumper is blinded by barrier or vehicles the system sensing abili ty may be deteriorated A WARNING The warning light on the out side rearview mirror will illu minate whenever a vehicle is detected at the rear side by the system To avoid accidents do not focus only on the warning light and neglect to see the surrounding of the vehicle
128. Temperature range 40 F 140 F 40 C 60 C The outside temperature on the dis play may not change immediately like a Hg thermometer to prevent the driver from being inattentive The temperature unit from C to F or from F to C can be changed by using the User Settings mode of the LCD display or While pressing the OFF button press the AUTO button for 3 seconds or more for automatic climate control system For more details refer to LCD Display in this chapter Features of your vehicle Transaxle Shift Indicator e Park P Automatic Transaxle Shift e Reverse R Indicator if equipped e Neutral N Drive D Sports Mode 1 2 3 4 5 6 W Type A sss e OTF044364 m Type B OTF044125L This indicator displays which auto matic transaxle shift lever is selected Features of your vehicle LCD DISPLAY IF EQUIPPED LCD Modes for Type B cluster Modes Symbol Explanation This mode displays driving information like the tripmeter fuel economy and so on Jio eeu ug amd For more details refer to Trip Computer in this chapter Service MEORUM NE This mode informs of service interval mileage or days and warning messages related to TPMS and so on Master warning A User Settings e On this mode you can change settings of the doors lamps etc K For controlling the LCD modes refer to LCD Display Control in this chapter Features of your veh
129. Vehicle Speed B ds Elapsed Time B Service mode lt lt To change the trip mode press the MOVE button User settings To enter the user settings mode press the MODE gil button Rr E E Features of your vehicle Fuel Economy Distance to empty Range 1 W Type A Distance to Empty 1 576 mi Avg Fuel Economy 2 Inst Fuel Economy e MPG SSS 0 25 m Type B 576 mi 27 4 mpa 4 d 20 30 The Distance to empty range is the estimated distance the vehicle can be driven with the remaining fuel Distance range 30 1999 mi or 50 1999 km If the estimated distance is below 30 mi 50 km the trip computer will display as distance to empty NOTICE If the vehicle is not on level ground or the battery power has been interrupted the distance to empty function may not operate correctly The distance to empty may differ from the actual driving distance as it is an estimate of the available driving distance The trip computer may not regis ter additional fuel if less than 6 liters 1 6 gallons of fuel are added to the vehicle The fuel economy and distance to empty may vary significantly based on driving conditions driving habits and condition of the vehicle OTF044193N Features of your vehicle Average Fuel Economy 2 The average fuel economy is calcu lated by the total driving distance and fuel consumption since the las
130. a Dealer concerning the proper equipment and installation Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects Kia motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed all applicable safety standards For your safety however we strongly urge you to read and follow all directions in this Owner s Manual particu larly the information under the headings NOTICE CAUTION and WARNING If after reading this manual you have any questions regarding the operation of your vehicle safety issues and defects please contact your Kia s toll free Consumer Assistance hot line as below National Consumer Affairs Manager Kia Motors America Inc P O Box 52410 Irvine CA 92619 2410 1 800 333 4Kia 4542 REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS U S ONLY If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Kia Motors America Inc If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists ina group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy cam paign However NHTSA cannot become involved in indi vidual problems between you your dealer or Kia Motors America Inc To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or
131. a crash A WARNING Seat belt buckle Do not allow foreign material gum crumbs coins etc to obstruct the seat belt buckle This may prevent the seat belt from fastening securely Safety features of your vehicle Seat belt warning Conditions Warning Pattern Seat belt warning for driver s seat Vehicle Chime for front passenger s seat Seat Belt Light Blink Speed Sound Unbuckled 6 seconds Buckled 6 seconds None Below 3 mph 6 seconds None 5 km h Buckled gt 3 mph Unbuckled 6 mph Above 6 mph 6 sec on 24 sec off 6 seconds 10 km h 11 times Above 6 mph 10 km h 6 seconds 1GQA2083 OTF034085N Unbuckled 4 4 The driver s seat belt warning light d A The front passenger s seat belt elow 3 mph Stop and chime will activate to the follow 5 km h warning light will activate to the fol ing table when the ignition switch is lowing table when the ignition switch in ON position Warning pattern repeats 11 times with is in ON position an interval of 24 seconds If the driver s seat belt is buckled the light will stop within 6 seconds and chime will stop immediately The light will stop within 6 seconds and chime will stop immediately Safety features of your vehicle Conditions Warning Pattern Seat Belt bun Light Blink Unbuckled 6 seconds Unbuckled ADoVE SmpN Continuously 10 km
132. ability Lower viscosi ty engine oils can provide better fuel economy and cold weather perform ance however higher viscosity engine oils are required for satisfac tory lubrication in hot weather Using oils of any viscosity other than those recommended could result in engine damage When choosing an oil consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be operated in before the next oil change Proceed to select the recom mended oil viscosity from the chart and dipstick areas will prevent dirt Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers and grit from entering the engine and 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 other mechanisms that could be Temperature F 0 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 damaged Engine Oil 2 0 T GDI Engine Oil 10W 30 2 4 GDI 5W 20 5W 30 For better fuel economy it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W 20 API SM ILSAC GF 4 However if the engine oil is not available in your country select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN OTF080001 The vehicle identification number VIN is the number used in register ing your vehicle and in all legal mat ters pertaining to its ownership etc VIN label VIN Label if equipped OVQ076002N The VIN is also on a plate attached to the top of the dashboard The number o
133. ad always use full names including first and last names for these con tacts Do not use special characters e g Q V in amp etc Do not use abbreviations i e use Lieutenant instead of Lt or acronyms i e use County Finance Department instead of C F D Be sure to say the name exactly as it is entered in the con tacts list Contact List Best Practices 1 Do not use acronyms i e use County Finance Department instead of CFD 2 If a name is not recognized from the contact list change it to a more descriptive name e g use Grandpa Joseph instead of Pa Joe Features of your vehicle Illustration on using voice commands L More Help em Here are some examples of mode commands Starting voice command You can say a radio type like FM AM or Satellite Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds You can also say a media source like USB My Music or iPod f Please say a command after the beep BEEP Additionally there are phone commands like Beep Contacts Call History or Dial Number You can find more detailed commands in the user s More Help E manual Please say a command after the beep P More Help f Here are some examples of mode commands You can say a radio type like FM AM or Satellite End voice command You can also say a media source like USB My Briefly pressing the key under 0 8 seco
134. ading contacts first check to see that your mobile phone supports the contacts download feature Features of your vehicle Audio Streaming Press the key gt Select Phone gt Select Audio Streaming When Audio Streaming is turned on you can play music files saved in your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device through the audio system Outgoing Volume Press the key Select Phone gt Select Outgoing Volume Use Q TUNE knob to adjust the out going volume level While on a call the volume can be changed by using the key Turning Bluetooth System Off Press the key Select Phone Select Bluetooth System Off Once Bluetoothe Wireless Technology is turned off Bluetoothe Wireless Technology related features will not be supported within the audio system Wireless To turn Bluetooth Technology back on go to Phone and select Yes Po scceaeses es ele ELA LL c ERE UL Lm AE La LEER LAE Meca E ea x aM aet M DE Ee Ens ce em Features of your vehicle VOICE RECOGNITION Using Voice Recognition Starting Voice Recognition Shortly press the key on the steering wheel Say a command If prompt feedback is in ON then the system will say Please say a command after the beep BEEP e If prompt feedback is in OFF mode then the system will only say BEEP To change Prompt Feedback On Off go to Kai System gt Prompt Feedback For proper rec
135. afer when properly restrained in the rear seats than in the front seat Larger children who are not in a child restraint should use one of the seat belts provided You should be aware of the specific requirements in your state Child and or infant safety seats must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat You must use a commer cially available child restraint system that meets the requirements of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards FMVSS Child restraint systems are designed to be secured in vehicle seats by seat belt or by a tether anchor and or LATCH anchors if equipped Children could be injured or killed in a crash if their restraints are not properly secured For small children and babies a child seat or infant seat must be used Before buying a par ticular child restraint system make sure it fits your car seat and seat belts and fits your child Follow all the instructions provided by the man ufacturer when installing the child restraint system When the child restraint system is not in use store it in the luggage area or fasten it with a seat belt so that it will not be thrown forward in case of a sudden stop or an acci dent Safety features of your vehicle Using a child restraint system For safety reasons we recommend that the child restraint system be used in the rear seats Since all passenger seat belts move freely under normal conditions and only lock under extreme or emer
136. aising cover slightly upward 2 Pull the hook of cable 3 After use securely close the cover Features of your vehicle Emergency trunk safety release OTF044018 Your vehicle is equipped with an emergency trunk release lever locat ed inside the trunk If someone is inadvertently locked in the trunk moving the handle in the direction of the arrow will release the trunk latch mechanism and open the trunk Features of your vehicle WINDOWS 1 Driver s door power window Switch 2 Front passenger s door power window switch 3 Rear door left power window switch 4 Rear door right power window Switch 5 Window opening and closing 6 Automatic power window down 7 Power window lock button OTF040019N Features of your vehicle In cold and wet climates power win dows may not work properly due to freezing conditions Power windows The ignition switch must be in the ON position for power windows to oper ate Each door has a power window switch that controls the door s win dow The driver has a power window lock switch which can block the oper ation of passenger windows The power windows can be operated for approximately 30 seconds after the ignition key is removed or turned to the ACC or LOCK position However if the front doors are opened the power windows cannot be operated even within the 30 sec ond period NOTICE While driving with the rear windows down or w
137. all If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions Kia recom mends the use of snow tires or all season tires on all four wheels Snow tires If you equip your car with snow tires they should be the same size and have the same load capacity as the original tires Snow tires should be installed on all four wheels other wise poor handling may result Snow tires should carry 4 psi 28 kPa more air pressure than the pressure recommended for the stan dard tires on the tire label on the dri ver s side of the center pillar or up to the maximum pressure shown on the tire sidewall whichever is less Do not drive faster than 75 mph 120 km h when your vehicle is equipped with snow tires Maintenance ee Tire chains Tire chains if necessary should be installed on the front wheels Be sure that the chains are installed in accordance with the manufactur er s instructions To minimize tire and chain wear do not continue to use tire chains when they are no longer needed When driving on roads covered with snow or ice drive at less than 20 mph 30 km h Use the SAE S class or wire chains If you hear noise caused by chains contacting the body retighten the chain to avoid contact with the vehicle bogy To prevent body damage retighten the chains after driving 0 3 0 6 miles 0 5 1 0 km Do not use tire chains on vehicles equipped with aluminum wheels In unavoidable circumstances
138. als This applies not only to the vis ible surfaces but particularly to the underside of the vehicle To help prevent corrosion You can help prevent corrosion from getting started by observing the fol lowing Keep your vehicle clean The best way to prevent corrosion is to keep your vehicle clean and free of corrosive materials Attention to the underside of the vehicle is partic ularly important f you live in a high corrosion area where road salts are used near the ocean areas with industrial pollution acid rain etc you should take extra care to prevent corrosion In winter hose off the underside of your vehicle at least once a month and be sure to clean the underside thoroughly when winter is over When cleaning underneath the vehicle give particular attention to the components under the fenders and other areas that are hidden from view Do a thorough job just dampening the accumulated mud rather than washing it away will accelerate corrosion rather than prevent it Water under high pres sure and steam are particularly effective in removing accumulated mud and corrosive materials When cleaning lower door panels rocker panels and frame mem bers be sure that drain holes are kept open so that moisture can escape and not be trapped inside to accelerate corrosion Keep your garage dry Don t park your vehicle in a damp poorly ventilated garage This cre ates a favorable environment for cor
139. an hour after operating heater button the heating system will be main tained in its on condition Heated steering wheel if equipped CAUTION Do not install any grip to oper ale the steering wheel This causes damage to the heated steering wheel system When cleaning the heated steering wheel do not use an organic solvent such as paint OTF044038N With the ENGINE START STOP but ton in the ON position pressing the heated steering wheel button warms the steering wheel The indicator on the button will illuminate To turn the heated steering wheel off press the button once again The indicator on the button will turn off It will turn off automatically approxi mately 30 minutes after the heated steering wheel is turned on thinner benzene alcohol and gasoline Doing so may dam age the surface of the steering wheel If the surface of the steering wheel is damaged by a sharp object damage to the heated steering wheel components could occur Features of your vehicle MIRRORS Inside rearview mirror Adjust the rearview mirror so that the center view through the rear window is seen Make this adjustment before you start driving Do not place objects in the rear seat which would interfere with your vision through the rear window Day night rearview mirror if equipped OTF040040 Make this adjustment before you start driving and while the day night lever is in the day positio
140. and paddle shifters at the same time you can t shift the gear Shift lock system For your safety the automatic transaxle has a shift lock system which prevents shifting the transaxle out of P Park unless the brake pedal is depressed To shift the transaxle from P Park into R Reverse 1 Depress and hold the brake pedal 2 Start the engine or turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Move the shift lever If the brake pedal is repeatedly depressed and released with the shift lever in the P Park position a chattering noise near the shift lever may be heard This is a normal con dition OTF054011N Shift lock override with smart key system If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P Park or N Neutral posi tion into the R Reverse position with the brake pedal depressed con tinue depressing the brake then do the following 1 Carefully remove the cap 1 cover ing the shift lock access hole 2 Insert a screwdriver into the access hole and press down on the screwdriver 3 Move the shift lever 4 Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer immediately Driving your vehicle Ignition key interlock system if equipped The ignition key cannot be removed unless the shift lever is in the P Park position Good driving practices Never move the shift lever from P Park or N Neutral to any other position with the accelerator pedal depressed Never move the
141. arted within 3 seconds The ignition switch is in the ON position for 30 seconds or more Smart key The door unlock button is pressed The button of the front outside door is pressed while carrying the smart key The engine is started within 3 seconds After the doors are unlocked the haz ard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the system is disarmed After pressing the unlock button if any door or trunk is not opened within 30 seconds the system will be rearmed Features of your vehicle Avoid trying to start the engine while the alarm is activated The vehicle starting motor is disabled during the theft alarm stage If the system is not disarmed with the transmitter insert the key into the ignition switch turn the ignition switch to the ON position and wait for 30 seconds Then the system will be disarmed If you lose your keys consult your authorized Kia dealer If the system is not disarmed with the transmitter insert the key into the ignition switch and start the engine Then the system will be disarmed If you lose your keys consult your authorized Kia dealer Features of your vehicle DOOR LOCKS Operating door locks from outside the vehicle m m Pues Unlock OTF044009 Turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle to unlock and toward the front of the vehicle to lock If you lock unlock the door with a key all vehicle doors will lock unloc
142. at to do in an emergenc Using the Tire Mobility Kit 1 Detach the speed restriction label 0 from the sealant bottle 1 and place it in a highly visible place inside the vehicle such as on the steering wheel to remind the driver not to drive too fast 2 Screw connection hose 9 onto the connector of the sealant bottle 3 Ensure that button 8 on the com pressor is not pressed 4 Unscrew the valve cap from the valve of the defective wheel and screw filling hose 2 of the sealant bottle onto the valve 5 Insert the sealant bottle into the housing of the compressor 4 so that the bottle is upright NOTICE If a foreign object is seen that has punctured the tire do not remove it before using Tire Mobility Kit OTF064023N 6 Ensure that the compressor is switched off position 0 7 Connect between compressor and the vehicle power outlet using the cable and connectors 8 With the engine start stop button position on or ignition switch posi tion on switch on the compressor and let it run for approximately 5 7 minutes to fill the sealant up to proper pressure refer to the Tire and Wheels chapter 8 The infla tion pressure of the tire after filling is unimportant and will be checked corrected later Be careful not to overinflate the tire and stay away from the tire when filling it CAUTION Tire pressure Do not attempt to drive your vehicle if the tire pressure is below 29 PSI 200kpa This
143. ate If you press the switch again the switch indicator and system will be turned off If the ignition switch is turned OFF and ON the system returns to the previous state When the system is not used turn the system off by turning off the switch When the system is turned on the warning light will illuminate for 3 sec onds on the outside rearview mirror Warning type The system will activate when 1 The system is on 2 Vehicle speed is above 18 6 mph 30 km h 3 Other vehicles are detected in the rear side Jo scce nese ses otek ese eases ae LL Me ERE C cena Ste ELE mL eee sete eae ease ee nee ce aoe cee E Dea xat ema an E neue E Driving your vehicle a OTF054107 If a vehicle is detected within the boundary of the system a warning light will illuminate on the outside rearview mirror If the detected vehicle is not in detecting range the warning will turn off according to driving conditions 2nd stage OTF054108 The second stage alarm will activate when 1 The first stage alert is on 2 The turn signal is on to change a lane When the second stage alert is acti vated a warning light will blink on the outside rearview mirror and a alarm will sound If you move the turn signal switch to the original position the second stage alert will be deactivated Detecting sensor OTF054109 The sensors are located inside of the rear bumper Always keep the rear bumper clean fo
144. ates the front passenger air bag based on these conditions Always be sure that you and all vehi cle occupants are seated and restrained properly sitting upright with the seat in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with the person s legs comfortably extended feet on the floor and wear ing the safety belt properly for the most effective protection by the air bag and the safety belt The ODS Occupant Detection System may not function properly if the passenger takes actions which can defeat the detection system These include 1 Failing to sit in an upright position 2 Leaning against the door or center console 3 Sitting towards the sides or the front of the seat 4 Putting legs on the dashboard or resting them on other locations which reduce the passenger weight on the front seat 5 Improperly wearing the safety belt 6 Reclining the seat back Safety features of your vehicle Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection system Indicator Warning light Devices Condition detected by the occu PASSENGER AIR pant detection system BAG OFF indicator SRS warning light eae oa light M 1 Adult or child age 13 and up Off Off Activated 2 Infant or child restraint system with 12 month old On Off Deactivated 3 Unoccupied On Off Deactivated 4 Malfunction in the system Off On Activated 1 The system judges a person of a
145. ation may slightly be reduced eventhough you depress the accelerator fully The air conditioner performance may be limited The shift pattern of the automatic transaxle may change The engine noise may get louder The above situations are normal conditions when the active eco sys tem is activated to improve fuel effi ciency Driving your vehicle Limitation of Active ECO opera tion If the following conditions occur while Active ECO is operating the system operation is limited even though there is no change in the ECO indi cator When the coolant temperature is low The system will be limited until engine performance becomes nor mal When driving up a hill The system will be limited to gain power when driving uphill because the engine torque is restricted When using manual mode The system will be limited accord ing to the shift location When the accelerator pedal is deeply depressed for a few sec onds The system will be limited judging that the driver wants to speed up SPORT mode SPORT mode focuses on SPORT dynamic driving by auto matically controlling the steering wheel engine and transaxle system When the DRIVE MODE button is pressed and the SPORT mode is selected the SPORT indicator yellow will illu minate When the SPORT mode is activated and the engine start stop button is turned off and on it will change to NORMAL mode To turn on the SPORT mode press DR
146. ation pressure setting briefly switch off the compressor NOTICE The pressure gauge may show high er than actual reading when the compressor is running To get an accurate tire reading the compres sor needs to be turned off To reduce the inflation pres sure Press the button 8 on the compressor CAUTION Tire pressure sensor When you use the Tire Mobility Kit including sealant not approved by Kia the tire pres sure sensors may be damaged by sealant The sealant on the tire pressure sensor and wheel should be removed when you replace the tire with a new one and inspect the tire pressure sensors at an authorized dealer What to do in an emergency Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit Park your car at the side of the road so that you can work with the TMK away from moving traffic Place your warning triangle in a prominent place to make passing vehicles aware of your location To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you re on fairly level ground always set your park ing brake Only use the TMK for sealing infla tion passenger car tires Do not use on motorcycles bicycles or any other type of tires Do not remove any foreign objects such as nails or screws that have penetrated the tire Before using the TMK read the precautionary advice printed on the sealant bottle Provided the car is outdoors leave the engine running Otherwise operating the compressor may event
147. ave your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer NOTICE Electric Parking Brake EPB Warning Light The Electric Parking Brake EPB Warning Light may illuminates when the Electronic Stability control ESC Indicator Light comes on to indicates that the ESC is not work ing properly This does not indicate malfunction of the EPB AUTO HOLD Indicator Light if equipped AUTO HOLD This indicator light illuminates White When you activate the auto hold system by pressing the AUTO HOLD button Green When you stop the vehicle completely by depressing the brake pedal with the auto hold sys tem activated Yellow When there is a malfunc tion with the auto hold system In this case have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer For more details refer to Auto Hold in chapter 5 Electronic Power Steering EPS Warning Light if equipped el This warning light illuminates Once you set the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop Button to the ON position It remains on until the engine is started When there is a malfunction with the EPS In this case have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Features of your vehicle Malfunction Indicator Lamp MIL c This warning light illuminates Once you set the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop Button to the ON position It remains on until the engine is started When there is a malfu
148. be towing a trail er load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehi cle io sccSaeses es eek EI cea L LL Ecce E eno AE Ea ALERTA nee ce aoe cee E MD ca xat M D ew emcees ae eee Driving your vehicle Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Vehicle Vehicle i k Vehicle _ Capacity E Capacity 37 E Capacity gan o A B C A B C C C190F01JM C190F02JM C190F03JM Item Description Total Item Description Total Item Description Total A Vehicle Capacity 849 lbs Vehicle Capacity 849 lbs A Vehicle Capacity 849 lbs Weight 385 kg Weight 385 kg Weight 385 kg Subtract Occupant 300 Ibs Subtract Occupant 750 lbs Subtract Occupant 805 Ibs B Weight 136 kg B Weight 840 kg B Weight 365 kg 150 Ibs 68 kg x 2 150 Ibs 68 kg x 5 161 Ibs 73 kg x 5 C Available Cargo and 549 Ibs C Available Cargo and 99 Ibs C Available Cargo and 44 Ibs Luggage weight 249 kg Luggage weight 45 kg Luggage weight 20 kg Refer to your vehicle s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle s capacity weight and seating positions The combined weight of the driver passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle s capacity weight Driving your vehicle Certification label PAINT TRIM RIMS COLD TIRE INFL OENO056020 The certi
149. brak ing it may be more uncomfortable to ride in and there is more noise com pare with normal tires CAUTION Because the sidewall of the low aspect ratio tire is shorter than the normal the wheel and tire of the low aspect ratio tire is easi er to be damaged So follow the instructions below When driving on a rough road or off road drive cautiously because tires and wheels may be damaged And after driv ing inspect tires and wheels When passing over a pothole speed bump manhole or curb stone drive slowly so that the tires and wheels are not dam aged If the tire is impacted we rec ommend that you inspect the tire condition or contact an authorized Kia dealer To prevent damage to the tire inspect the tire condition and pressure every 1 900 miles 3 000 km CAUTION e It is not easy to recognize the tire damage with your own eyes But if there is the slight est hint of tire damage even though you cannot see the tire damage with your own eyes have the tire checked or replaced because the tire damage may cause air leak age from the tire If the tire is damaged by driv ing on a rough road off road pothole manhole or curb stone it will not be covered by the warranty You can find out the tire infor mation on the tire sidewall Maintenance FUSES Blade type A vehicle s electrical system is pro tected from electrical overload dam ix TE age by fuses This veh
150. by pulling the inner door handle until the rear door child safety lock is unlocked Features of your vehicle TRUNK Opening the trunk OTF044015 Press the trunk unlock button for more than 1 second on the trans mitter or smart key Press the button on the trunk han dle with the smart key in your pos session Once the trunk is opened and then closed the trunk locks automati cally j OTF040016 To open the trunk from inside the vehicle pull the trunk lid release button Once the trunk is opened and then closed the trunk locks automati cally NOTICE In cold and wet climates trunk lock and trunk mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing condi tions CAUTION Make certain that you close the trunk before driving your vehi cle Possible damage may occur to the trunk lift cylinders and attached hardware if the trunk is not closed prior to driving Features of your vehicle Emergency trunk lid release A CAUTION Closing the trunk cable Rad Ml To close lower the trunk lid then While driving the vehicle do press down on it until it locks To be not use emergency trunk lid Sure the trunk lid is securely fas release tened always check by trying to pull e If there is a problem with the it up again trunk have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer Mh 1 6 4 OTF040017 1 Take the cover out by putting the screwdriver or key at left side and r
151. chains on the tire will provide greater driving force but will not prevent side skids Tire chains are not legal in all states Check state laws before installing tire chains Snow tires If you mount snow tires on your vehi cle make sure they are radial tires of the same size and load range as the original tires Mount snow tires on all four wheels to balance your vehicle s handling in all weather conditions Keep in mind that the traction provid ed by snow tires on dry roads may not be as high as your vehicle s orig inal equipment tires You should drive cautiously even when the roads are clear Check with the tire dealer for maximum speed recommendations Do not install studded tires without first checking local state and munic ipal regulations for possible restric tions against their use Driving your vehicle Tire chains 1JBA4068 Since the sidewalls of radial tires are thinner they can be damaged by mounting some types of snow chains on them Therefore the use of snow tires is recommended instead of snow chains Do not mount tire chains on vehicles equipped with aluminum wheels snow chains may cause damage to the wheels If snow chains must be used use wire type chains with a thickness of less than 0 47 in 12 mm Damage to your vehicle caused by improper snow chain use is not covered by your vehicle manufacturers warranty Install tire chains only on the front tires CAUTION Snow chain
152. charging the battery turn off all accessories and stop the engine The negative battery cable must be removed first and installed last when the battery is disconnected Reset items Items should be reset after the bat tery has been discharged or the bat tery has been disconnected Auto down window See chapter 4 Sunroof See chapter 4 Trip computer See chapter 4 Climate control system See chapter 4 Clock See chapter 4 Audio See chapter 4 Maintenance TIRES AND WHEELS Tire care For proper maintenance safety and maximum fuel economy you must always maintain recommended tire inflation pressures and stay within the load limits and weight distribution recommended for your vehicle Recommended cold tire infla tion pressures All tire pressures including the spare should be checked when the tires are cold Cold Tires means the vehicle has not been driven for at least three hours or driven less than one mile 1 6 km Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride top vehi cle handling and minimum tire wear For recommended inflation pressure refer to Tire and wheels in chapter 8 7A OMG055004 All specifications sizes and pres sures can be found on a label attached to the drivers side center pillar Maintenance S Underinflation also results in excessive wear poor handling and reduced fuel economy Wheel deformation also is possible Keep
153. clockwise slowly to the first stop Step back while the pressure is released from the cooling system When you are sure all the pressure has been released press down on the cap using a thick towel and con tinue turning counterclockwise to remove it Changing the coolant Have the coolant changed by an authorized Kia dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this chapter Put a thick cloth or fabric around the radiator cap before refilling the coolant in order to prevent the coolant from overflowing into engine parts such as the alternator Maintenance BRAKE CLUTCH IF EQUIPPED FLUID Checking the brake clutch fluid level OTF070008 Check the fluid level in the reservoir periodically The fluid level should be between MAX and MIN marks on the side of the reservoir Before removing the reservoir cap and adding brake clutch fluid clean the area around the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent brake clutch fluid contamination if equipped CAUTION Proper fluid Only use brake clutch fluid in brake clutch system Small amounts of improper fluids such as engine oil can cause damage to the brake clutch sys tem If the level is low add fluid to the MAX level The level will fall with accumulated mileage This is a nor mal condition associated with the wear of the brake linings and or clutch disc if equipped If the fluid level is excessively low have the brake clutch
154. cohol and gasoline Doing so may damage the sur face of the heater or seats To prevent overheating the seat warmer do not place any thing on the seats that insu lates against heat such as blankets cushions or seat covers while the seat warmer is in operation Do not place heavy or sharp objects on seats equipped with seat warmers Damage to the seat warming components could occur A WARNING Seat warmer burns Passengers should use extreme caution when using seat warm ers due to the possibility of excess heating or burns The seat warmer may cause burns even at low temperatures espe cially if used for long periods of time The occupants must be able to feel if the seat is becom ing too warm and to turn the seat warmer off In particular the driver must exercise extreme care for the following types of passengers 1 Infants children elderly or disabled persons or hospital outpatients 2 Persons with sensitive skin or those that burn easily 3 Fatigued individuals 4 Intoxicated individuals 5 Individuals taking medication that can cause drowsiness or sleepiness sleeping pills cold tablets etc Safety features of your vehicle Air ventilation seat if equipped The air ventilation is provided to cool the driver s seat during hot weather by blowing air through small vent holes on the surface of the seat and seat back While the engine is running press the switch to cool the
155. conomy will reset automatically when refueling Manual Reset The average fuel economy will not reset automatically whenever refu eling For more details refer to Trip Computer in this chapter Seat Easy Access if equipped If this item is checked the driver s seat will automatically move forward or rearward for the driver to enter or exit the vehicle comfortably Welcome Sound If this item is checked the welcome sound function will be activated Steering Position if equipped If this item is checked the warning function regarding the steering wheel alignment will be activated For more details refer to Warning Messages in this chapter Driving Assist if equipped RCTA If this item is checked RCTA Rear cross traffic alert function in BSD Blind spot detection system will be activated For more details refer to Blind spot detection system in chapter 5 Features of your vehicle Service Interval W Type A Service Interval Back OD Off m On 01000mi HOmonths Service Interval m Type B gt Back Off On 36 month 28000 mi Y Move Select OPS043133 On this mode you can activate the service interval function with mileage mi or km and period months Warning Messages Shift to P position for smart key system and automatic transaxle m Type A E s SHIFT Shift to P OTF044147L m Type B Shift to P EU OTF044148L Thi
156. could result in an accident due to sudden tire failure 9 Switch off the compressor 10 Detach the hoses from the sealant bottle connector and from the tire valve Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its stor age location in the vehicle What to do in an emergency Distributing the sealant 11 Immediately drive approximately 4 6miles 7 10km or about 10min to evenly distribute the sealant in the tire Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph 80 km h If possible do not fall below a speed of 12 mph 20 km h While driving if you experience any unusual vibration ride disturbance or noise reduce your speed and drive with caution until you can safely pull off of the side of the road Call for road side service or towing When you use the Tire Mobility Kit the tire pressure sensor valve stem and wheel may be stained by sealant After use wipe off sealant residue and inspect Consult you Kia dealership if necessary Checking the tire inflation pressure 1 After driving approximately 4 6 miles 7 10 km or about 10 min stop at a safe location 2 Connect connection hose 9 of the compressor directly to the tire valve 3 Plug the compressor power cord into the vehicle power outlet 4 Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the recomended tire inflation With the ignition switch on pro ceed as follows To increase the inflation pres sure Switch on the compressor position To check the current infl
157. crews 4 Remove the bumper cover and under pad by rotating the screw 5 Remove the nuts of headlamp assembly 6 Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly 7 Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket Pull the bulb out of the socket 8 Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place OTF070068 OTF070050N OTF070051N Maintenance ees 9 Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly Push the socket into assembly and turn the socket clockwise 10 Reinstall the headlamp assem bly under pad and bumper to the body of the vehicle Front turn signal light 1 Turn off the engine 2 Open the hood 3 Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly 4 Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket Pull the bulb out of the socket 5 Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place 6 Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly
158. d position 3 AE Safety features of your vehicle OTF030018 Removal and installation To remove the headrest raise it as far as it can go then press the release button 1 while pulling the headrest upward 2 To reinstall the headrest put the headrest poles 3 into the holes while pressing the release button 1 Then adjust it to the appropriate height and ensure that it locks in position Make sure the headrest locks in position after adjusting Seat warmer if equipped OTF034025 The seat warmer is provided to warm the rear seats during cold weather With the ignition switch in the ON position push either of the switches to warm the seat During mild weather or under condi tions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed keep the switches in the OFF position Each time you press the button the temperature setting of the seat will change as follows CS gt LOW t The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is turned on NOTICE With the seat warmer switch in the ON position the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature Safety features of your vehicle Armrest Folding the rear seat To fold the rear seatback The rear seatbacks may be foldedto 1 Set the front seatback to the facilitate carrying long items or to upright position and if necessary increase the luggage capac
159. d burning If you must re a fire enter the vehicle you should once again eliminate poten tially dangerous static elec tricity discharge by touching a metal part of the vehicle away from the fuel filler neck noz zle or other gasoline source Features of your vehicle Make sure to refuel your vehicle Emergency fuel filler lid release according to the Fuel requirements suggested in chapter 1 If the fuel filler cap requires replace ment use only a genuine Kia cap or the equivalent specified for your vehi cle An incorrect fuel filler cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel system or emission control sys tem CAUTION Exterior paint f Do not spill fuel on the exterior _ OTF044031 elias 7 m eee ay If the fuel filler lid does not open ay EOI UCI SpuiCd OM pane using the remote fuel filler lid surfaces may damage the paint teigase you can open it manually Remove the panel in the cargo area Pull the handle out slightly CAUTION Do not pull the handle exces sively otherwise the luggage compartment area trim or release handle may be damaged Pio scce neces es ele ELA teen esac Reet eee te eno AE Ea LEER seee M ce aoe cee E et oS Meee aet M D Ese Ee eee Features of your vehicle SUNROOF IF EQUIPPED OTFO44404N If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the sunroof control lever located on the overhead console
160. d hold sequences of the button and are detailed below There is a difference between mag netic north and true north The com pass in the mirror can compensate for this difference when it knows the Magnetic Zone in which it is operat ing This is set either by the dealer or by the user The operating Zone Numbers for North America are shown in the figure on the following section B520C05NF AE Features of your vehicle To adjust the Zone setting 1 Determine the desired Zone Number based upon your current location on the Zone Map Press and hold the button for more than 3 but less than 6 sec onds the current Zone Number will appear on the display Pressing and holding the button again will cause the numbers to increment Note they will repeat 13 14 15 1 2 Releasing the button when the desired Zone Number appears on the display will set the new Zone 4 Within about 5 seconds the com pass will start displaying a com pass heading again N Co There are some conditions that can cause changes to the vehicle mag nets such as installing a ski rack or a CB antenna Body repair work on the vehicle can also cause changes to the vehicle s magnetic field In these situa tions the compass will need to be re calibrated to quickly correct for these changes To re calibrate the compass 1 Press and hold the button for more than 6 seconds When the compass memory is cleared a
161. d or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pres sure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pres sure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is sig nificantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pres sure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to over heat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel effi ciency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire mainte nance and it is the driver s responsi bility to maintain correct tire pres sure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumina tion of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS mal function indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximate ly one minute and then remain con tinuously
162. d the vehicle will start to move The indicator changes from green to white indicating the Auto Hold is in standby and the EPB is released A WARNING When driving off from Auto Hold by depressing the acceler ator pedal always check the surrounding area near your vehicle Slowly depress the accelerator pedal for a smooth launch Cancel To cancel the Auto Hold operation press the Auto Hold switch The AUTO HOLD indicator will go out To cancel the Auto Hold operation when the vehicle is at a standstill press the Auto Hold switch while depressing the brake pedal Driving your vehicle NOTICE The following are conditions when the Auto Hold will not engage Auto Hold light will not turn green and the Auto Hold system remains in stand by The driver s seat belt is unfas tened and driver s door is opened The engine hood is opened The trunk is opened The shift lever is in P Park The EPB is applied For your safety the Auto Hold automatically switches to EPB under any of the following condi tions Auto Hold light remains white and the EPB automatically applies The driver s seat belt is unfas tened and driver s door is opened The engine hood is opened The trunk is opened The vehicle is in a standstill for more than 10 minutes The vehicle is standing on a steep slope The vehicle moved several times Continued Continued In these cases the b
163. d weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed Le poids total Ges occupants et du chargement ne doit jamais oio COLD TIRE PRESSURE PRESSION DES PNEUS AFROID TIRE SIZE PNEU DIMENSIONS FRONT AVANT REAR ARRI RE P215 55R1 z T125 80016 P215 55R1 d 235kPa 34psi 235kPa 34psi 420kPa 60psi TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY wwe I Tr REAR NOMBRE DE PLACES Z JANT m j ne combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed Le poids total des occupants et du chargement ne dot jamais d passer PRESSION DES Pen OMENSIONS PNEUS FROID 240kPa 35psi 225 45R18 240kPa 35psi anne TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATINGCAPAOTY sora g LFRONT REAR NOMBRE OE PLACES id AVANT E ARRIERE combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed gor ay Le poids total des occupants et du changement ne doit jamais d passer kgou b COLD TIRE PRESSURE PRESSION DES Pan PNEUS FROID FRONT z AVANT 235kPa 34psi REAR A ARRI RE y 235kPa 34psi TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY eru g FRONT REAR NOMBRE DE PLACES AVANT JARR RE The comtuned wesght o Le poids total des oc COLD TIRE PRESSURE PRESSION DES PNEUS FROID TIRE SIZE PN
164. de the retractor pre tensioner will release some of the pressure on the affected seat belt ODMESA2024 Q The seat belt pre tensioner system consists mainly of the following com ponents Their locations are shown in the illustration 1 SRS air bag warning light 2 Retractor pre tensioner assembly 3 SRS control module 4 Emergency fastening device EFD Both the driver s and front passen ger s pre tensioner seat belts may be activated in certain frontal collisions The pre tensioners will not be acti vated if the seat belts are not being worn at the time of the collision NOTICE When the pre tensioner seat belts are activated a loud noise may be heard and fine dust which may appear to be smoke may be visible in the passenger compartment These are normal operating condi tions and are not hazardous Safety features of your vehicle Because the sensor that activates the SRS air bag is connected with the pre tensioner seat belt the SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds after the ignition switch has been turned to the ON position and then it should turn off If the pre tensioner seat belt does not work properly this warning light will illuminate even if the SRS air bag has not malfunctioned If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON or if it remains illuminated after illuminating for appro
165. dio Media Setup and Menu pop up screen the number menu is selected Features of your vehicle SETUP Display Settings Press the key gt Select Display through TUNE knob or key gt Select menu through 9 TUNE knob Mode Pop up Mode Pop up Changes Con Cot 5 selection mode During On state press the or key to display the mode change pop up screen Text Scroll Text Scroll gt Set Con YC Maintains scroll Scrolls only one 1 time Media Display When playing an MP3 file select the desired display info from Folder File or Album Artist Song Pisce aeseses ele Lec LL LEER UE Lm AE Ea LEE ELE Meca E Mc xa aet M Dee tuse ae Features of your vehicle SOUND SETTINGS Press the key gt Select Sound through TUNE knob or key gt Select menu through TUNE knob Sound Settings This menu allows you to set the Bass Middle Treble and the Sound Fader and Balance Select Sound Settings gt Select menu through 9 TUNE knob Turn TUNE knob left right to set Bass Middle Treble Selects the sound tone Fader Balance Moves the sound fader and balance Default Restores default settings Back While adjusting values pressing the TUNE knob will restore the parent menu Speed Dependent Volume Control This feature will gradually increase the volume as speed increases to offset outside noise Select Speed Dependent Vol gt Set in 4
166. dult size as an adult When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat the system may recognize him her as a child depending on his her physique and posture 2 Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat When a smaller child than the same age sits in the front passenger seat the system may recognize him her as an infant depend ing on his her physique or posture 3 Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat 4 The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12 months to 12 years old with or without child restraint system sits in the front passenger Seat This is a normal condition Safety features of your vehicle Continued B990A080 1KMN3663 1KMN3665 Never put a heavy load in the Never sit with the hips shifted Never place the feet on the front passenger seat towards the front of the seat dashboard OVQ036014N 1KMN3662 1KMN3664 Never place the feet on the Never excessively recline the Never lean on the door or cen front passenger seatback front passenger seatback ter console i Never sit on one side of the front passenger seat EE EA E EEE E SE E E E E EE EA E O E E E E soe mee ee d Safety features of your vehicle B990A010 When an adult is seated in the front passenger seat if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator is on turn the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion and ask the passeng
167. e CAUTION NEVER use a puncture repair ing agent to repair and or inflate a low pressure tire The tire sealant can damage the tire pressure sensor If used you will have to replace the tire pres sure sensor Each wheel is equipped with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem You must use TPMS specific wheels It is rec ommended that you always have your tires serviced by an authorized Kia dealer Even if you replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire the Low Tire Pressure telltale will blink or remain on until the low pressure tire is repaired and placed on the vehicle After you replace the low pressure tire with the TPMS spare tire the Low Tire Pressure telltale may blink or illuminate after a few minutes because the TPMS sensor mounted on the spare wheel is not initiated Once the low pressure tire is reinflat ed to the recommended pressure and installed on the vehicle or the TPMS sensor mounted on the replaced spare wheel is initiated by an authorized Kia dealer the TPMS malfunction indicator and the low tire pressure telltale will extinguish within a few minutes of driving If the indicator is not extinguished after a few minutes of driving please visit an authorized Kia dealer CAUTION If an original mounted tire is replaced with the spare tire the TPMS sensor on the replaced spare wheel should be initiated and the TPMS sensor on the original mounted wheel s
168. e f Sh leash leas Do not remove fuses relays m and terminals fastened with bolts or nuts The fuses relays and terminals may be fas tened incompletely and it may OTROS cause a possible fire If fuses 1 Turn the ignition switch and all relays and terminals fastened other switches off with bolts or nuts are blown we recommend that you con sult with an authorized Kia dealer Do not input any other objects except fuses or relays into fuse relay terminals such as a driver or wiring It may cause contact failure and system malfunction 2 Open the fuse panel cover Maintenance OTFO70018 3 Pull the suspected fuse straight out Use the fuse puller provided in the engine compartment fuse panel 4 Check the removed fuse replace it if it is blown Push in a new fuse of the same rating and make sure it fits tightly in the clips If it fits loosely consult an authorized Kia dealer If vee do not have a spare use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehi cle such as the cigar lighter fuse C1 If the headlights or other electrical components do not work and the fuses are OK check the fuse block in the engine compartment If a fuse is blown it must be replaced Memory fuse OTF074019 Your vehicle is equipped with a fuse switch to prevent battery discharge if your vehicle is parked without being operated for prolonged periods Use the fo
169. e vehicle to bounce Avoid sharp turns or locked wheel braking CAUTION Snow chains e Chains that are the wrong size or improperly installed can damage your vehicle s brake lines suspension body and wheels Stop driving and retighten the chains any time you hear them hitting the vehicle Use high quality ethylene gly col coolant Your vehicle is delivered with high quality ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling system It is the only type of coolant that should be used because it helps prevent corrosion in the cool ing system lubricates the water pump and prevents freezing Be sure to replace or replenish your coolant in accordance with the maintenance schedule in chapter 7 Before winter have your coolant tested to assure that its freezing point is sufficient for the temperatures anticipated during the winter Check battery and cables Winter puts additional burdens on the battery system Visually inspect the battery and cables as described in chapter 7 The level of charge in your battery can be checked by an authorized Kia dealer or a service station Change to winter weight oil if necessary In some climates it is recommended that a lower viscosity winter weight oil be used during cold weather See chapter 8 for recommendations If you aren t sure what weight oil you should use consult an authorized Kia dealer Check spark plugs and igni tion system Inspect your spark plugs as descr
170. e coolant temperature gauge OTF044057 This gauge shows the temperature of the engine coolant when the igni tion switch is ON Do not continue driving with an over heated engine If your vehicle over heats refer to If the engine over heats in chapter 6 If the gauge pointer moves beyond the normal range area toward the H position it indicates overheating that may damage the engine Fuel gauge W Type A cC OTF044058L The fuel gauge indicates the approx imate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank The fuel tank capacity is given in chapter 8 The fuel gauge is supplemented by a low fuel warning light which will illuminate when the fuel tank is nearly empty On inclines or curves the fuel gauge pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel warning light may come on earlier than usual due to the movement of fuel in the tank CAUTION Low fuel Avoid driving with extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the catalytic converter Features of your vehicle Odometer W Type A Outside Temperature Gauge W Type A m Type B m Type B OTF044121N Odometer The odometer indicates the total dis tance the vehicle has been driven You will also find the odometer useful to determine when periodic mainte nance should be performed OTF044123N This gauge indicates the current out side air temperatures by 1 F 1 C
171. e defroster heats the window to remove frost fog and thin ice from the interior and exterior of the rear window while the engine is running To activate the rear window defroster press the rear window defroster button located in the center facia switch panel The indicator on the rear window defroster button illu minates when the defroster is on If there is heavy accumulation of snow on the rear window brush it off before operating the rear defroster The rear window defroster automati cally turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the ignition switch is turned off To turn off the defroster manually press the rear window defroster button again Outside mirror defroster if equipped If your vehicle is equipped with the outside rearview mirror defrosters they will operate at the same time you turn on the rear window defroster Wiper deicer if equipped If your vehicle is equipped with the wiper deicer it will operate at the same time you turn on the rear win dow defroster Features of your vehicle MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM 1 Fan speed control knob 5 Air intake control button 2 Front windshield defroster button 6 Mode selection button 3 Rear window defroster button 7 Air conditioning button 4 Temperature control knob OTF044311 Features of your vehicle Heating and air conditioning 1 Start the engine 2 Set the mode to the desired posi tion To improve the effective
172. e engine on and off 2 or 3 times 1 Make sure the booster battery is A CAUTION AGM battery 12 volt and that its negative termi cap nal is grounded Do not open or remove the cap 2 If the booster battery is in another on top of the battery This may vehicle do not allow the vehicles to cause the leak of dangerous touch internal electrolytes 3 Turn off all unnecessary electrical loads 4 Connect the jumper cables in the exact sequence shown in the illus tration First connect one end of a jumper cable to the positive termi nal of the discharged battery 1 then connect the other end to the positive terminal on the booster battery 2 Proceed to connect one end of the other jumper cable to the negative terminal of the booster battery 3 then the other end to a solid sta tionary metallic point for example the engine lifting bracket away from the battery 4 Do not con nect it to or near any part that moves when the engine is cranked What to do in an emergency Do not allow the jumper cables to contact anything except the correct battery terminals or the correct ground Do not lean over the bat tery when making connections A CAUTION Battery cables Do not connect the jumper cable from the negative terminal of the booster battery to the negative terminal of the dis charged battery This can cause the discharged battery to over heat and crack releasing bat tery acid 5 Start the engine of the
173. e stop start button Requested by other systems is in the OFF position but you the EPB has been released 3 T d cannot release it have the system checked by For your safety depress the brake an authorized Kia dealer NOTICE pedal and release the parking Do not drive your vehicle with If the driver turns the engine off by brake manually with the EPB the EPB applied It may cause mistake while Auto Hold is operat switch when you drive downhill or excessive brake pad and ing EPB will be automatically when backing up the vehicle brake rotor wear applied Vehicles equipped with Auto Hold Do not follow the above procedure when driving on a flat level ground The vehicle may suddenly move for ward Driving your vehicle System warning W Type A m Type B Release Parking brake OTF054102L If you try to drive off depressing the accelerator pedal with the EPB applied but the EPB doesn t release automatically a warning will sound and a message will appear If the driver s seat belt is not fas tened and the engine hood or trunk is opened a warning will sound and a message will appear If there is a problem with the vehi cle a warning may sound and a message may appear If the above situation occurs depress the brake pedal and release EPB by pressing the EPB switch CAUTION A click or electric brake motor whine sound may be heard while operating or releasing the EPB but these conditions are
174. ease 4 23 WINA OWS oce eee MUN E EE ITE De eA sels 4 24 sPower WIDdOWS 9 299 9 9 9 9 99 4 25 e Power window lock button eeeeee 4 28 Elood d oe deer uses cse oS 4 29 Opening the hood emet ereeeisis 4 29 lt Closing the hood oone seme SS 4 30 uel fillers lid E eer crorsverere 4 31 e Opening the fuel filler lid 4 31 e Closing the fuel filler lid su u 4 31 e Emergency fuel filler lid release 4 33 TUSCE EID OU ET ID OO IUE 4 34 Sliding the Sunroof seee eaae a erotic e ls ererere 4 34 e Closing the sunroob susie siaveretavers a 4 35 eo Tilting theisunroof 5 79 5 4 36 Sunshade aee eee e DID UO OUO DO 4 37 Resetting the sunroof eeeeeeeee 4 37 Driver position memory system 4 38 e Storine positions 5 99 eres 4 38 e Easy ACCESS FUMCEUIOM 55 6 5 5155 eee Seis seen es 4 39 Steering wheel vans cir serie acres ei eres 4 40 Electric power steering eee 4 40 e Tilt and telescoping steering 005 4 41 COHEN ETM roses fore sits nU OUO ODUOIOOUOOHBOOUOD 4 41 Heated steering wheel stele state ee se erisa 4 42 NM UFPEOES eere nee Ue ree rere see TO ETE 4 43 s Self diagnosis 3 000006 e000 ces ea rrr aces 4 94 Inside rearview M rTOr 5996929999529 95 4 43 Rear camera display eias oae ae a 4 95 Outside rearview mirror eee eens 4 51 Welcome systemi sar
175. echanical key If you have a problem with the smart key contact an authorized Kia dealer Features of your vehicle If the smart key is in close proximity to your cell phone or smart phone the signal from the smart key could be blocked by normal operation of your cell phone or smart phone This is especially important when the phone is active such as making call receiving calls text messaging and or sending receiving emails Avoid placing the smart key and your cell phone or smart phone in the same pants or jacket pocket and maintain adequate distance between the two devices CAUTION Transmitter Keep the smart key away from water or any liquid as it can become damaged and not func tion properly This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harm ful interference and 2 This device must accept any inter ference received including inter ference that may cause undesired operation NOTICE Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment If the keyless entry sys tem is inoperative due to changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compli ance it will not be covered by your manufacturer s vehicle warranty Features of your vehicle REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY IF EQUIPPED Remote
176. ections for leakage and damage Replace any damaged parts Coolant The coolant should be changed at the intervals specified in the mainte nance schedule Manual transaxle fluid if equipped Inspect the manual transaxle fluid according to the maintenance sched ule Maintenance ee Automatic transaxle fluid if equipped Automatic transaxle fluid should not be checked under normal usage conditions But in severe conditions the fluid should be changed at an authorized Kia dealer in accordance to the scheduled maintenance at the begin ning of this chapter NOTICE Automatic transaxle fluid color is basically red As the vehicle is driven the auto matic transaxle fluid will begin to look darker It is normal condition and you should not judge the need to replace the fluid based upon the changed color Brake hoses and lines Visually check for proper installation chafing cracks deterioration and any leakage Replace any deteriorat ed or damaged parts immediately Brake clutch fluid Check brake fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir The level should be between MIN and MAX marks on the side of the reservoir Use only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification Parking brake Inspect the parking brake system including the parking brake pedal and cables Brake discs pads calipers and rotors Check the pads for excessive wear discs for run out and
177. ed lubricants and capacities 8 6 e Recommended sae viscosity number 8 8 Vehicle identification number VIN 8 9 Vehicle certification label LLL 8 9 Tire specification and pressure label 8 10 Ensinemnumbeb 5 esee s 8 10 Refrigerant label 555099990 s 8 11 Consumer assistance U S Only 8 11 Electrical equipment U S Only 8 13 Reporting safety defects U S Only 8 14 Online factory authorized manuals US Only cscs esse cases siemens ew e Ust 8 15 Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects DIMENSIONS Item in mm Overall length 190 7 4 845 Overall width 72 0 1 830 Overall height 57 1 1 450 Front tread 63 0 1 601 62 8 1 595 62 6 1 591 Rear tread 63 0 1 601 62 8 1 595 62 6 1 591 Wheelbase 110 0 2 795 with R16 tire with R17 tire 3 with R18 tire ENGINE Item 2 4 GDI 2 0 T GDI Displacement cu in cc 143 96 cu in 2 359 cc 121 92 cu in 1 998 cc 3 46 x 3 46 in 3 46 x 3 82 mm Bore x Stroke in mm 86 x 86 mm 88 x 97 mm 1535452 153542 Firing order No of cylinders 4 In line 4 In line Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT ITEM Gasoline 2 4L Gasoline 2 0L M T 4 299 Ibs 1 950 kg Gross vehicle weight A T 4 365 Ibs
178. ed that the tires be rotated every 7 500 miles 12 000 km or sooner if irregular wear develops During rotation check the tires for correct balance When rotating tires check for uneven wear and damage Abnormal wear is usually caused by incorrect tire pres sure improper wheel alignment out of balance wheels severe braking or severe cornering Look for bumps or bulges in the tread or side of tire Replace the tire if you find either of these conditions Replace the tire if fabric or cord is visible After rotation be sure to bring the front and rear tire pressures to specification and check lug nut tightness Refer to Tire and wheels in chapter 8 Maintenance Without a spare tire Rotate radial tires that have an Wheel alignment and tire bal asymmetric tread pattern only from ance front to rear and not from right to left The wheels on your vehicle were E E Do not use the compact spare tire for aligned and balanced carefully at the dum tire rotation factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance E3 E In most cases you will not need to have your wheels aligned again S2BLA790A However if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling one way or the other the alignment may need to be reset Directional tires if equipped If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road your wheels may need to be rebalanced E3
179. ee eee eee 4 66 Washer fluid ir si 2s4eee soe GR RR ORBE toe exe 7 35 Welcome Hebt 4 ois sene 9 Bv EY CREER 4 96 Welcome systeM 0 0 eee dipr oaint 4 96 Escort welcome sisters Sau ERR Re RR E S 4 96 Interior light welcome 4 96 Welcomie light dcr Lr XR ES 4 96 Wheel alignment and tire balance 7 50 Wheel replacement 2 26 96 lr RE ERA 7 52 WindOWS er 85303 a kbxg axe he eee hes PIRE 4 24 Power window lock button 0 4 28 Windshield defrosting and defogging 4 131 Windshield washers 0 00 00 0005 4 104 Windshield wipers 0 0 0 esee 4 103 Winter drivin eui soe sped Seed POI Siw edd 5 66 SNOW MES sib Sst SAO oie SHAE RS ECHOS 5 66 Tire Chams 553 2 ne pee EE 5 67 Wiper blades rp EERE SERRE RA e eae ews 7 41 Wipers and washers 00 00 orus 4 103 Windshield washers 00 000 4 104 Windshield wipers 00 000 4 103 2013 KIA MOTORS AMERICA INC
180. ees ereer anent ESTER ES ER 4 96 Instrument cluster cece ee eee eee 4 54 Welcome light T 4 96 Instrument Cluster Control 4 55 SiEscortiwelconie masero ee aea eae ee cee 4 96 LCD Display Control eee 4 55 eInterioplliehte c e NE 4 96 ULEPUIGI OURnHOUHONHUODUODSORUSUDODUNUUSOUNgUO 4 56 Dishtingz 59 9 0c OL AE E 4 97 Transaxle Shift Indicator Le eee esee 4 59 e Battery saver function c eese 4 97 LED Display v c 2969 eer eh erheben 4 60 Headlight escort function 0 eee eee 4 97 E SEG DINTOdes 1 nu E 4 60 Headlight leveling device 000000 4 97 ei Services Mode eeren eoe rrr a E 4 61 Daytime running light 000008 4 98 eWser Settings Moder cc pcm DIE 4 63 s Tighting contkol er er eus S 4 98 Warnings Messagest eoi ME 4 66 High beam operation eese 4 100 Trip Computer on aaee e E E 4 75 Turn signals and lane change signals 4 101 MOVERVIEW seca ee os rre wees cece cine see sees 4 75 Front fos light n 5 999 sisse emos 4 102 SEuel Economy 0 DEPT TNI UE 4 76 Wipers and washers eeeeeee 4 103 rip BE E 4 78 Windshield wipers cise c se cess 41s1 crete erates es 4 103 Warning and indicator lights 4 80 e Windshield washers eee eee 4 104 earning lights erae 99 d dre 4 80 Interior dight o 5 992999 siete crete 99v 4 106 e Indicator Lights emnes 4 88 e Au
181. elboxcs rr 4 137 20 Electric parking brake 5 27 21 Auto HOLD control button 5 33 OTF014002N Your vehicle at a glance ENGINE COMPARTMENT E 2 4L Engine 1 Engine coolant reservoir 23Enginerollillenicapie S 3 Brake clutch fluid reservoir A A Air cleaner eee secre E 2 0L Engine Do Fea Dor meer ae 6 Positive battery terminal 7 Negative battery terminal 8 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 7 35 9 Radiator cap 10 Engine oil dipstick OTF074002N OYF071200N Front seat adjustment manual 3 4 e Front seat adjustment power esee 3 6 s Seat warmer front venere eee sees eese 3 9 Air ventilation seat e eoe ho 00 000 50 3 11 Rearseat adjustment ceert eooo ane aE 3 13 Seat warmer Teak seor ee oeo aeoe ER eres 3 14 Holding the rear seat 0e eve svn ere Dee 3 15 Seatibelts 5 5 ete erre 3 17 e Seat belt restraint system 00 cece eee 3 17 Pre tensioner seat belt ooe ersene seee cete ess eese 3 22 Seat belt precautions seeen eres eee nasenne 3 24 Care of Seatbelts cist 2 crerecsteversjereieisverenverss E EEA 3 26 Child restraint system e oe oeeo e eens 3 27 e Using a child restraint system leue 3 28 e Tether anchorage system 0eeceeeeeee 3 31 e ower anchor system s ve 99 rese esee 3 32 Air bag advanced supplemental restraint System seses ITI TL IL DO 3 34
182. elerator pedal and let the vehicle slow down while driving straight ahead Do not apply the brakes immedi ately or attempt to pull off the road as this may cause a loss of control When the vehicle has slowed down to such a speed that it is safe to do so brake carefully and pull off the road Drive off the road as far as possible and park on a firm level ground If you are on a divided highway do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes 2 When the vehicle is stopped turn on your emergency hazard flash ers set the parking brake and put the transaxle in P automatic transaxle or reverse manual transaxle 3 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle Be sure they all get out on the side of the vehicle that is away from traffic 4 When changing a flat tire follow the instruction provided later in this chapter If engine stalls while driving 1 Reduce your speed gradually keeping a straight line Move cau tiously off the road to a safe place 2 Turn on your emergency flashers 3 Try to start the engine again If your vehicle will not start contact an authorized Kia dealer or seek other qualified assistance What to do in an emergency IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START If the engine doesn t turn over or turns over slowly 1 If your vehicle has an automatic transaxle be sure the shift lever is in N Neutral or P Park and the emergency brake is set 2 Check the battery connections to be sure
183. en you re ready to go Driving your vehicle Remember your vehicle does not require extended warm up After the engine has started allow the engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds prior to placing the vehicle in gear In very cold weather however give your engine a slightly longer warm up period Don t lug or over rev the engine Lugging is driving too slowly in a very high gear resulting in engine bucking If this happens shift to a lower gear Over revving is racing the engine beyond its safe limit This can be avoided by shifting at the recommended speed Use your air conditioning sparingly The air conditioning system is operated by engine power so your fuel economy is reduced when you use it Open windows at high speeds can reduce fuel economy Fuel economy is reduced by cross winds and headwinds To help off set some of this loss slow down when driving in these conditions Keeping a vehicle in good operating condition is important both for econ omy and safety Therefore have an authorized Kia dealer perform scheduled inspections and mainte nance Driving your vehicle SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditions are encountered such as water snow ice mud sand or similar haz ards follow these suggestions Drive cautiously and allow extra distance for braking Avoid sudden braking or steering When braking with non ABS brakes
184. ency trunk lid release cable 4 22 Tire specification and pressure label 8 10 Emergency trunk safety release 4 23 Tires and wheels 0 0 0 c ec cee cee eens 8 5 Trunk room lamp 0 000000 ekiras 4 108 Checking tire inflation pressure 7 48 Turn signals meet re mln 4 101 Compact spare tire replacement 7 51 Low aspect ratio tire 6 2 eee eee esses 7 60 U Recommended cold tire inflation pressures 7 47 Tirecare lle 7 47 User Settings Mode lseseeee sees 4 63 Tire maintenance 2 05 5 ces ee eee RR 7 52 Tire replacement esdir sensu cy sce ance Rr 7 51 V Tire rotation ssis knees bees RR REPE ees 7 49 Tire sidewall labeling 000 7 52 Vanity mirror lamp 0 0000005 4 109 Tire traction 0 cece I 7 52 Vehicle identification number VIN 8 9 Wheel alignment and tire balance 7 50 Vehicle load limit 2 2 0 0 0 cece eee 5 70 Wheel replacement 00000 e eee eee 7 52 Tire and loading information label 5 70 TOWNE ziii ere cad kee RR RR RN OR EERO 6 29 Vehicle stability management VSM 5 42 Emergency towing 000 cee eee eee 6 30 Vehicle weight 22 e Pad AER ERREUR 5 75 Removable towing hook 6 30 Index W Warming light eben ur EE a a s 4 80 Warning Messages sees
185. ent could combine the EDR data with the type of per sonally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investiga tion To read data recorded by an EDR special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer other parties such as law enforcement that have the special equipment can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR Exterior overview e cese 00se008s00n8 a8 2 2 Interior GVeEVIe Wero eese seien dst 2 4 Instrument panel overview e 2 5 Engine compartment eeeeeees 2 6 Your vehicle at a glance EXTERIOR OVERVIEW Front view 24 Headilamp ee ee 3 Fog lamp 4 Wheel and tire 5 Outside rearview mirror 4 51 6 Front windshield wiper blades 4 103 7 41 TEATE NE ro T 4 24 3 The actual shape may differ from the illustration OTF014003N Your vehicle at a glance E Rear view 83Doordockse n a E R 4 17 9JRuel tillerligi s em ESST 4 31 10 Rear combination lamp 7 85 11 High mounted stop lamp 7 88 d23mpUnkceeeeet e ee EE 4 21 1S Antenna a error 4 145 14 Back up warning system 4 92 15 Rear camera display 4 95 3 The actual shape may differ from the illustration OTF014004 Your vehicle at a glance INTERIOR OVERVIEW 1 Driv
186. ent lever up and hold it 2 Slide the seat to the position you desire 3 Release the lever and make sure the seat is locked in place Adjust the seat before driving and make sure the seat is locked securely by trying to move forward and back ward without using the lever If the seat moves it is not locked properly Safety features of your vehicle Seatback angle Seat Cushion height Lumbar support for driver s seat for driver s seat OTF030003 OTF030004 To recline the seatback 1 Lean forward slightly and lift up the To change the height of the seat Press the front portion of the switch to seatback recline lever cushion push the lever upwards or increase support or the rear portion 2 Carefully lean back on the seat downwards of the switch to decrease support and adjust the seatback of the To lower the seat cushion push the seat to the position you desire lever down several times 3 Release the lever and make sure To raise the seat cushion push the the seatback is locked in place lever up several times The lever MUST return to its orig inal position for the seatback to lock A Safety features of your vehicle Front seat adjustment power Forward and backward The power seat is driven by an electric motor Stop operating once the adjustment is com pleted Excessive operation may damage the electrical equipment When in operation the power seat consumes a large amount
187. entering vehicle eeeeees 5 4 Necessary inspections cc cce cee ceeees 5 4 s Before starting eee 5 4 Key POSITIONS 5 aose eoe eeaeee no e 5 6 Illuminated ignition switch eee 5 6 Ignition switch position sse ss esso ses se esessess 5 6 Engine start stop button Lees 5 8 Illuminated engine start stop button 5 8 e Engine start stop button position 5 8 Starting the engine sss sse eee eroe sees 5 11 Starting the engine with an ignition key 5 11 Starting the engine with a smart key 5 12 Manu l transaxle 5 99er sss eses 5 14 e Manual transaxle operation 0005 5 14 Good driving practices s sssssssesssssssssessss 5 16 Automatic transaxle seee ee emeses ee eesse 5 17 e Automatic transaxle operation sees 5 17 Good driving practices eee 5 22 Brake system 2262225602 5 otto 5 23 s Powerbrakess veis usse ss 5 23 e Parking brake 2 eee sees eos meals 5 25 Electric parking brake EPB 5 27 Auto hold iiie oes et he S Oe 5 33 e Anti lock brake system ABS 5 36 Electronic stability control ESC 5 38 e Hill start assist control HAC 5 41 e Vehicle stability management VSM 5 42 e Good braking practices lees 5 44 Cruise control system eeeeeeee 5 45
188. equired Common causes of corrosion The most common causes of corro sion on your vehicle are Road salt dirt and moisture that is allowed to accumulate underneath the vehicle Removal of paint or protective coatings by stones gravel abra sion or minor scrapes and dents which leave unprotected metal exposed to corrosion High corrosion areas If you live in an area where your vehi cle is regularly exposed to corrosive materials corrosion protection is particularly important Some of the common causes of accelerated cor rosion are road salts dust control chemicals ocean air and industrial pollution Moisture breeds corrosion Moisture creates the conditions in which corrosion is most likely to occur For example corrosion is accelerated by high humidity partic ularly when temperatures are just above freezing In such conditions the corrosive material is kept in con tact with the vehicle surfaces by moisture that is slow to evaporate Mud is particularly corrosive because it dries slowly and holds moisture in contact with the vehicle Although the mud appears to be dry it can still retain the moisture and promote corrosion Maintenance O_O High temperatures can also acceler ate corrosion of parts that are not properly ventilated so the moisture can be dispersed For all these rea sons it is particularly important to keep your vehicle clean and free of mud or accumulations of other mate ri
189. er position memory system 4 38 2 Door lock unlock button 4 17 3 Outside rearview mirror control Switches ee ETE 4 51 4 Power window lock button 4 28 5 Power window switches 4 24 6 Central door lock switch 4 18 7 Instrument panel illumination controllo 4 55 SSESGIOEDSDUIONEET E 5 38 9 Steering wheel heater On Off button 4 42 1OsBSDi n Off buttompesmsss eee 11 Steering wheel tilt lever i il22E5usedoxes eO TES 13 Hood release lever 14 Parking brake pedal 1S Brake peda se eee 16 Accelerator pedal 17 Fuel filler lid release lever 4 31 18 Trunk lid release lever 4 21 Your vehicle at a glance INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW He INStiUMe Mt ClUSte teense ere 4 54 2 Light control Turn signals 4 98 4 101 3 Wiper Washer AIEO EE E 5 Steering wheel audio control 4 146 6 Auto cruise control 7 Drivers anba ME 8 Steering wheel 9 Ignition switch or ENGINE START STOP button 5 6 5 8 10 Digital clock E Tisblazardiss eere HRS ql2cAudios TIE 13 Climate control system 4 111 4 120 VAR ShiTleVE e S 5 14 5 17 15 Aux USB and iPod port 4 147 16 Power outlet 17 Seat warmer 18 Passenger s air bag 3 45 9xGlov
190. er to sit properly sitting upright with the seat back in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor Restart the engine and have the person remain in that position This will allow the system to detect the person and to enable the passenger air bag If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator is still on ask the passen ger to move to the rear seat NOTICE The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator illuminates for about 4 sec onds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or after the engine is started If the front passenger seat is occupied the occu pant detection sensor will then clas sify the front passenger after several more seconds Safety features of your vehicle Any child age 12 and under should ride in the rear seat Children too large for child restraints should use the available lap shoulder belts No matter what type of crash children of all ages are safer when restrained in the rear seat NOTICE Do not modify or replace the front passenger seat Don t place anything on or attach anything such as a blan ket front seat covers or after market seat heater to the front passenger seat This can adversely affect the occupant detection system If the occupant detection system is not working properly the SRS air bag warning light on the instru ment panel will illuminate because the passenger s fro
191. ers which are available for installation in motor vehicles or factory installed as well as for the home portable and wire less devices and through an Internet connection on personal computer Vehicles that are equipped with a factory installed SiriusXM Satellite Radio system include Hardware and an introductory trial subscription term which begins on the date of sale or lease of the vehicle For a small upgrade fee access to SiriusXM music channels and other select channels over the Internet using any computer con nected to the Internet U S cus tomers only For information on extended sub scription terms contact SiriusXM at 1 800 643 2112 NOTE SiriusXM service requires a sub scription sold separately after 3 month trial included with vehicle purchase If you decide to contin ue your SiriusXM service at the end of your trial subscription the plan you choose will automatical ly renew and bill at then current rates until you call SiriusXM at 1 866 635 2349 to cancel See our Customer Agreement for com plete terms at www siriusxm com Programming subject to change Sirius satellite service is available only to those at least 18 and older in the 48 contiguous USA D C and PR with coverage limita tions Traffic information not available in all markets See sir iusxm com traffic for details Sirius XM and all related marks and logos are trademarks of Sirius XM Radio Inc Feat
192. es the fundamental charac teristics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall 1 Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or Brand name is shown Maintenance SS LE c cmsosi 2 Tire size designation A tire s sidewall is marked with a tire size designation You will need this information when selecting replace ment tires for your car The following explains what the letters and num bers in the tire size designation mean Example tire size designation These numbers are provided as an example only your tire size designa tor could vary depending on your vehicle P205 55R16 89H P Applicable vehicle type tires marked with the prefix P are intended for use on passenger vehicles or light trucks however not all tires have this marking 205 Tire width in millimeters 55 Aspect ratio The tire s section height as a percentage of its width R Tire construction code Radial 16 Rim diameter in inches 89 Load Index a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry H Speed Rating Symbol See the speed rating chart in this section for additional information Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with impor tant information that you need if you ever have to replace one The follow ing explains what the letters and numbers in the wheel si
193. ess make sure that all connection requests on the phone are accepted for phone book download and to allow accept ance of all future connection requests and Visit http Avww kia com blue tooth for additional information on pairing your Bluetooth enabled mobile phone and to view a phone compatibility list e If Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices are paired but none are currently connected pressing the key or the key on the steering wheel displays the follow ing screen Select Pair button to pair a new device or select Connect to connect a previously paired device Features of your vehicle Pairing through PHONE Setup Press the key gt Select Phone gt Select Pair Phone gt Select TUNE knob 1 The following steps are the same as those described in the section When No Devices have been Paired on the previous page Bluetoothe Wireless Technology features supported within the vehi cle are as follows Some features may not be supported depending on your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device Outgoing Incoming Handsfree calls Operations during a call Switch to Private Switch to call waiting MIC on off Downloading Call History Downloading Mobile Contacts Bluetoothe Wireless Technology device auto connection Bluetooth Audio Streaming Up to five Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices can be paired to the Car Handsfree system Only one Bluetooth device can be co
194. essing the accelerator If the engine stalls while the vehicle is in motion do not attempt to move the shift lever to the P Park posi tion If traffic and road conditions per mit you may put the shift lever in the N Neutral position while the vehicle is still moving and turn the ignition switch to the START position in an attempt to restart the engine CAUTION Starter Do not engage the starter for more than 10 seconds If the engine stalls or fails to start wait 5 to 10 seconds before re engaging the starter Improper use of the starter may damage it Driving your vehicle Starting the engine with a smart key if equipped OTF054007 1 Carry the smart key or leave it inside the vehicle 2 Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied 3 Place the transaxle shift lever in P Park 4 Press the ENGINE START STOP button while depressing the brake pedal 5 In extremely cold weather below O F 18 C or after the vehicle has not been operated for several days let the engine warm up without depressing the accelerator Whether the engine is cold or warm it should be started without depress ing the accelerator Even if the smart key is in the vehi cle but is far away from you the engine may not start When the ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC position or above if any door is opened the System checks for the smart key If the smart key is not in the vehicle the warning Key no
195. est wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C cor responds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the labora tory test wheel than the minimum required by law Tire terminology and definitions Air Pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on the tire Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch psi or kilo pascal kPa Accessory Weight This means the combined weight of optional acces sories Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transaxle power seats and air con ditioning Aspect Ratio The relationship of a tire s height to its width Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Cold Tire Pressure The amount of air pressure in a tire measured in pounds per square inch psi or kilo pascals kPa before a tire has built up heat from driving Curb Weight This means t
196. et Distance range 0 0 9999 9 mi or km To reset the tripmeter press the SELECT RESET button OK on the steering wheel for more than 1 second when the tripmeter is dis played Average Vehicle Speed 2 The average vehicle speed is cal culated by the total driving dis tance and driving time since the last average vehicle speed reset Speed range 0 160MPH 260km h To reset the average vehicle speed press the SELECT RESET button OK on the steering wheel for more than 1 second when the average vehicle speed is displayed NOTICE The average vehicle speed is not displayed if the driving distance is less than 0 03 miles 50 meters or the driving time is less than 10 sec onds since the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop button is turned to ON Even if the vehicle is not in motion the average vehicle speed keeps going while the engine is running Features of your vehicle Elapsed Time 3 The elapsed time is the total driv ing time since the last elapsed time reset Time range hh mm 00 00 99 59 To reset the elapsed time press the SELECT RESET button OK on the steering wheel for more than 1 second when the elapsed time is displayed NOTICE Even if the vehicle is not in motion the elapsed time keeps going while the engine is running One time driving information mode for Type B cluster Drive Info 248 9 mi 64 upc 347 mi OTF044367N This display shows trip dis
197. et the auto wiper switch to the off position in the winter to avoid auto activation during icy conditions which may damage the windshield wipers CAUTION Wiper position When washing the vehicle set the wiper switch in the OFF position to stop the auto wiper operation The wiper may operate and be damaged if the switch is set in the AUTO mode while washing the vehicle Windshield washers OYF049101 In the OFF position pull the lever gently toward you to spray washer fluid on the windshield and to run the wipers 1 3 cycles Use this function when the wind shield is dirty The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever If the washer does not work check the washer fluid level If the fluid level is not sufficient you add appropriate non abrasive wind shield washer fluid to the washer reservoir Features of your vehicle The reservoir filler neck is located in the front of the engine compartment A CAUTION Wipers amp on the passenger side windshields e To prevent possible damage x lo the wipers or windshield A CAUTION aser do not operate the wipers pump when the windshield is dry To prevent possible damage to the washer pump do not oper ate the washer when the fluid reservoir is empty To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use gaso line kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other compo ne
198. etails 3 The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively 4 Inspect for excessive tappet noise and or engine vibration and adjust if necessary Maintenance E NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 3 000 miles 5 000 km or 6 months C Replace engine oil and filter 2 0 T GDI At first replace at 3 000 miles 5 000 km or 6 months after that every 5 000 miles 8 000 km or 6 months 7 500 miles 12 000 km or 6 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect vacuum hose C Replace engine oil and filter 2 4 GDI 7 500 miles 12 000 km or 12 months C Add fuel additive Every 7 500 miles 12 000 km or 12 months Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace 15 000 miles 24 000 km or 12 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter C Inspect vacuum hose Q Inspect air conditioning refrigerant Inspect brake hoses and lines Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler Q Inspect front disc brake pads calipers and rotors Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint C Inspect suspension mounting bolts C Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit Inspect rear disc brake pads parking brake C Replace engine oil and filter 2 4 GDI 15 000 miles 24 000 km or 24 months C Add fuel additive Every 7 500 miles 12 000 km or 12 months
199. f it is not missing check to see that it is tight If the drive belt seems to be satisfactory check for coolant leak ing from the radiator hoses or under the vehicle If the air condi tioning had been in use it is nor mal for cold water to be draining from it when you stop 5 If the water pump drive belt is bro ken or engine coolant leaks stop the engine immediately and call the nearest authorized Kia dealer for assistance 6 If you cannot find the cause of the overheating wait until the engine temperature has returned to nor mal Then if coolant has been lost carefully add coolant to the reser voir to bring the fluid level in the reservoir up to the halfway mark 7 Proceed with caution keeping alert for further signs of overheat ing If overheating happens again call an authorized Kia dealer for assistance Serious loss of coolant indicates there is a leak in the cooling system and this should be checked as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer What to do in an emergenc TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS W Type B OTF044169L OTF044185L 1 Low tire pressure telltale TPMS malfunction indicator 2 Low tire pressure position telltale shown on the LCD display Low Tire Pressure Each tire including the spare if pro vided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehi cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac ar
200. f the vent installed in the glove box to the open position 3 When the cool box is not used slide the lever to the closed posi tion If some items in the cool box block the vent the cooling effectiveness of the coolbox is reduced NOTICE Do not put perishable food in the cool box because it may not main tain the necessary consistent tem perature to keep the food fresh NOTICE If the temperature control knob is in the warm or hot position warm or hot air will flow into the glove box Sunglass holder OTF040155N To open the sunglass holder press the cover and the holder will slowly open Place your sunglasses with the lenses facing out To close the sunglass holder push it up Do not place other items in the sun glass holder Features of your vehicle Pio sccSaeses es ele Ime LL LEER UL Lm AE La ELEME LAE Meee ce ae cee E ccu x aue D Ee ae eae eae Features of your vehicle INTERIOR FEATURES Cup holder Cups or small beverage cans may be placed in the cup holders A WARNING Hot liquids Do not place uncovered cups of hot liquid in the cup holder while the vehicle is in motion If the hot liquid spills you may burn yourself Such a burn to the driver could lead to loss of control of the vehicle To reduce the risk of personal injury in the event of a sudden stop or collision do not place uncovered or unsecured bot tles glasses cans etc in the cup holder
201. fication label 0 0 2 2 0 0 cee eee eee 5 73 Chains MresCHaiMs 0052 00542 back eho a Gacehe haw Paes 5 67 Checking tire inflation pressure 7 48 Child restraint system lees eese 3 27 Lower anchor system 000005 3 32 Seat belt 2 064 ese else sep E bee kret 3 28 Tether anchor system llle eese 3 31 Child protector rear door lock sues 4 20 Climate control air filter llle esses 7 39 Clothes hanger oce 0 00 osse ne me memes 4 143 Combined instrument see instrument cluster 4 54 Compact spare tire ee eee eee 6 21 Compact spare tire replacement 7 51 Cool DOK be csonot cet emet eet eee he 4 138 Coolant ee ae eee ee 7 31 Cooling fluid see engine coolant 7 31 Crankcase emission control system 7 99 Cruise control system lees esee 5 45 To set cruise control speed 5 45 Cup holder 2 eek vere p mem d 4 140 Curtam at Dag ssi orenen er EUR aan 3 49 D Dashboard illumination see instrument panel Illumination os oie eee rr Rr ree hs 4 55 Dashboard see instrument cluster 4 54 Day night rearview mirror 0 4 43 Daytime running light 0 0 4 98 Defogging Windshield 04 4 131 Defopgging logic 122 seien e tar Seis 4 133 Auto defogging system 004 4 135 Index a 9 9
202. fication label is located on the driver s door sill at the center pil lar This label shows the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle This is called the GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel and cargo This label also tells you the maxi mum weight that can be supported by the front and rear axles called Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR To find out the actual loads on your front and rear axles you need to go to a weigh station and weigh your vehicle Your dealer can help you with this Be sure to spread out your load equally on both sides of the center line The label will help you decide how much cargo and installed equipment your vehicle can carry If you carry items inside your vehicle like suitcases tools packages or anything else they are moving as fast as the vehicle If you have to stop or turn quickly or if there is a crash the items will keep going and can cause an injury if they strike the driv er or a passenger Driving your vehicle NOTICE Overloading your vehicle may cause damage Repairs would not be cov ered by your warranty Do not over load your vehicle Driving your vehicle VEHICLE WEIGHT This chapter will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle and or trailer to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capa bility with or without a trailer Properly loading your ve
203. flation pressure when the tires are cold Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 mile 1 6 km Maintenance ess Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem Press the tire gauge firm ly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the tire and loading information label no further adjust ment is necessary If the pressure is low add air until you reach the rec ommended amount If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gauge Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and mois ture Inspect your tires frequently for proper inflation as well as wear and damage Always use a tire pres sure gauge Tires with too much or too little pressure wear unevenly causing poor handling loss of vehicle con trol and sudden tire failure leading to accidents injuries and even death The recommended cold tire pressure for your vehicle can be found in this manual and on the tire label located on the driver s side center pillar Remember to check the pressure of your spare tire Kia recommends that you check the spare every time you check the pressure of the other tires on your vehicle Tire rotation To equalize tread wear it is recom mend
204. for moderate severity impacts A second stage level is provided for more severe impacts The passengers front air bag is designed to help reduce the injury of children sitting close to the instru ment panel in low speed collisions However children are safer if they are restraint in the rear seat According to the impact severity seating position and seat belt usage the SRSCM SRS Control Module controls the air bag inflation Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident Additionally your vehicle is equipped with an occupant detection system in the front passenger s seat The occu pant detection system detects the presence of a passenger in the front passenger s seat and will turn off the front passenger s air bag under cer tain conditions For more detail see Occupant detection system in this section Do not place any objects that may cause magnetic fields near the front seat These may cause a malfunction of the seat track position sensor Safety features of your vehicle Manufacturers are required by gov ernment regulations to provide a contact point concerning modifica tions to the vehicle for persons with disabilities which modifications may affect the vehicle s advanced air bag system That contact is Kia s toll free Customer Assistance center at 1 800 333 4KIA However Kia does not endorse nor will it support any changes to any part or structure
205. function with the TPMS In this case have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible For more details refer to Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in chapter 6 Door Ajar Warning Light Aa This warning light illuminates When a door is not closed securely g This warning light illuminates When the trunk is not closed secure ly Trunk Open Warning Light Features of your vehicle Master Warning light A This warning light informs the driv er of the following situations Low washer fluid TPMS if equipped Service required The Master Warning Light illumi nates when more than one of the above warning situations occur At this time the LCD Modes Icon will change from a to A If the warning situation is solved the master warning light will be turned off and the LCD Modes Icon will be changed back to its previous icon 4 ex refill the washer fluid Features of your vehicle Indicator Lights Electronic Stability Control ESC Indicator Light oo This indicator light illuminates Once you set the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop Button to the ON position It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off When there is a malfunction with the ESC system In this case have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer This indicator light blinks While the ESC is operating For more details refer to Elect
206. g system operates when the heater or air conditioning is on This indicator illuminates when the auto defogging system senses the mois ture inside the windshield and operates AUTO If more moisture is in the vehicle higher steps operate as follows For example if auto defogging does not defog inside the windshield at step 1 Outside air posi tion it tries to defog again at step 2 Blowing air toward the windshield Step 1 Operating the air conditioning Step 2 Outside air position Step 3 Blowing air toward the wind shield Step 4 Increasing air flow toward the windshield Pisce aeses es ele Lees L LEER UL ene AE La LEER EE Meceasa x aM aet M DE ee E Features of your vehicle If your vehicle is equipped with the auto defogging system it is automati cally activated when the conditions are met However if you would like to cancel the auto defogging system press the front defroster button 4 times within 2 seconds while pressing the AUTO button To use the system repeat the above procedure again When cancelled The indicator in the front defroster button will blink 3 times interval of 1 seconds to noti fy you that the system is cancelled When activated The indicator in the front defroster button will blink 6 times interval of 0 5 seconds to notify you that the system is set If the battery has been disconnected or discharged it resets to the auto defogging status NOTICE If the
207. h Buckled 6 seconds Above 6mph Buckled gt 10 km h Continuously Unbuckled Below 6mph 10 km h Nong 1 The seat belt warning light will go off if the vehicle speed decreases below 3 mph 5 km h If the vehicle speed increases above 3 mph 5 km h the warning light will blink again e You can find the front passenger s seat belt warning light on the cen ter fascia panel Although the front passenger seat is not occupied the seat belt warn ing light will blink for 6 seconds The seat belt warning light can blink when a briefcase or purse is placed on the front passenger seat Seat belt Driver s 3 point system with emergency locking retractor B180A01NF 1 To fasten your seat belt To fasten your seat belt pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab 1 into the buckle 2 There will be an audible click when the tab locks into the buckle The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt portion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips If you lean forward in a slow easy motion the belt will extend and let you move around If there is a sud den stop or impact however the belt will lock into position Safety features of your vehicle It will also lock if you try to lean for ward too quickly If you are unable to pull out the seat belt from the retractor firmly pull the belt out and release it Then you
208. h smoke and powder are non toxic They may cause irritation to the skin eyes nose and throat etc If this is the case wash and rinse with cold water immediately and consult a doctor if the symptom persists Installing a child restraint on a front passenger s seat is forbidden SET e Vey Never place a rear facing child restraint in the front passenger s seat If the air bag deploys it would impact the rear facing child restraint causing serious or fatal injury In addition do not place front facing child restraint in the front passen ger s seat either If the front passen ger air bag inflates it would cause serious or fatal injuries to the child Safety features of your vehicle Air bag warning light The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds The light comes on while the vehi e M cle is in motion The purpose of the air bag warning light in your instrument panel is to alert you of a potential problem with your air bag Supplemental Restraint System SRS When the ignition switch is turned ON the indicator light should illumi nate for approximately 6 seconds then go off Have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer if The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ignition ON W7 147 Jose neces es sls EE LL IEEE Eae UE Lm AE Ea LEER LAE Meca E Dea x aate M DE f c m eeu Safety features of your vehicle SRS component
209. he From the paired phone list select the currently connected device and device you want to delete and select select Disconnect button Delete button AE Features of your vehicle USING Bluetooth Wireless Technology Phone Menu Screen Phone Menus With a Bluetooth Wireless Technology device connected press the key to display the Phone menu screen a 1 Favorite Up to 20 frequently used contacts saved for easy access 2 Call History Displays the call his tory list screen 3 Contacts Displays the Contacts list screen 4 Setup Displays Phone related settings f you select the Call History but ton but there is no call history data a prompt is displayed which asks to download call history data f you select the Contacts button but there is no contacts data stored a prompt is displayed which asks to download contacts data This feature may not be supported in some mobile phones For more information on download support refer to your mobile phone user s manual Answering Calls Answering a Call Answering a call with a Bluetooth Wireless Technology device connect ed will display the following screen To accept the call press key on the steering wheel while the call is incoming 1 2 1 Caller Displays the other party s name when the incoming caller is saved within your contacts 2 Incoming Number Displays the incoming number Features of your veh
210. he TUNE knob or keys IE to select the desired mode FM AM SiriusXM 3 Changes to CD USB iPod AUX My Music BT Audio mode Each time the key is pressed the mode is changed in order of CD USB iPod AUX My Music BT Audio In Setup gt Display the media pop up screen will be displayed when Mode Pop up is turned Con When the pop up screen is dis played use the TUNE knob or keys to select the desired mode 4 Operates Phone Screen 3 When a phone is not connected the connection screen is displayed 5 Radio Mode Automatically search es for broadcast frequencies CD USB iPod My Music modes Briefly press the key under 0 8 sec onds Moves to next or previous song file Press and hold the key over 0 8 sec onds Rewinds or fast forwards the current song BT Audio mode Moves to next or previous song file X The Play Pause feature may oper ate differently depending on the mobile phone 6 PWR VOL knob Power Turns power On Off by pressing the knob Volume Sets volume by turning the knob left right Features of your vehicle SETUP 9 MENU 0 7 Each time the button is pressed it sets the screen Off Screen On Screen Off 3 Audio operation is maintained and only the screen will be turned Off In the screen Off state press any key to turn the screen On again 8 Radio Mode Shortly press the key Previews each broadcas
211. he button again CAUTION Electric type outside rearview mirror The electric type outside rearview mirror operates even though the ignition switch is in the OFF position However to prevent unnecessary battery discharge do not adjust the mirrors longer than necessary while the engine is not running In case it is an electric type out side rearview mirror don t fold it by hand It could cause motor failure Features of your vehicle OTF040045 Manual type To fold outside rearview mirror grasp the housing of mirror and then fold it toward the rear of the vehicle Features of your vehicle INSTRUMENT CLUSTER E Type A 1 Tachometer 2 Speedometer 3 Engine coolant temperature gauge 4 Fuel gauge 5 Turn signal indicators 6 Warning and indicator lights E Type B ype 7 LCD display ECO SPORT 6 E 3 The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ J from the illustration For more details refer to the Gauges in the next pages ct Bs CRUSE SET OTF044050N OTF044051N Features of your vehicle Instrument Cluster Control m Type A LCD Display Control Adjusting Instrument Cluster Illumination al Illumination OTF044111L W Type B OTF044363L Mis ME The LCD display modes can be OTF044052 P changed by using the control buttons on the steering wheel The instrument panel illumination intensity can be adjusted by pressing the control switch with the headl
212. he recommended tire inflation pres sure TPMS Tire Pressure Monitoring System malfunction indicator The TPMS malfunction indicator will illuminate after it blinks for approxi mately one minute when there is a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System Have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible to determine the cause of the problem NOTICE If there is a malfunction with the TPMS the low tire pressure position telltale will not be displayed even though the vehicle has an under inflated tire The TPMS malfunction indicator may be illuminated if the vehicle is moving around electric power supply cables or radios transmitter such as at police stations government and pub lic offices broadcasting stations mil itary installations airports or trans mitting towers etc This can interfere with normal operation of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS The TPMS malfunction indicator may illuminate if snow chains or some separately purchased devices such as notebook computers mobile charger remote starter navigation etc are used in the vehicle This can interfere with normal operation of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS What to do in an emergency Changing a tire with TPMS If you have a flat tire the Low Tire Pressure will come on Have the flat tire repaired by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible or replace the flat tire with the spare tir
213. he weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant but without passengers and cargo DOT Markings A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation motor vehicle safety standards The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number TIN an alphanumeric des ignator which can also identify the tire manufacturer production plant brand and date of production GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Front Axle GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Rear axle Maintenance ee ess Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corre sponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire may be inflated The maxi mum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum per missible inflation pressure for that tire Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle capacity weight and production options weight Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multip
214. hicle will provide maximum return of the vehi cle design performance Before load ing your vehicle familiarize yourself with the following terms for determin ing your vehicle s weight ratings with or without a trailer from the vehicle s specifications and the compliance label Base curb weight This is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment It does not include passengers cargo or option al equipment Vehicle curb weight This is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your deal er plus any aftermarket equipment Cargo weight This figure includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight including cargo and optional equipment GAW Gross axle weight This is the total weight placed on each axle front and rear including vehicle curb weight and all payload GAWR Gross axle weight rating This is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear These numbers are shown on the compliance label The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR GVW Gross vehicle weight This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual Cargo Weight plus passen gers GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating This is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle including all options equipment passengers and cargo The GVWR is shown on the certification label located on the driver s door sill E A EE Road war
215. hould be deactivated If the TPMS sen sor on the original mounted wheel located in the spare tire carrier still activates the tire pressure monitoring system may not operate properly Have the tire with TPMS serviced or replaced by an authorized Kia dealer What to do in an emergency You may not be able to identify a low tire by simply looking at it Always use a good quality tire pressure gauge to measure the tire s inflation pressure Please note that a tire that is hot from being driven will have a higher pressure measurement than a tire that is cold from sitting station ary for at least 3 hours and driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km during that 3 hour period Allow the tire to cool before measur ing the inflation pressure Always be sure the tire is cold before inflating to the recommended pressure A cold tire means the vehicle has been sitting for 3 hours and driven for less than 1 mile 1 6 km in that 3 hour period CAUTION Do not use any tire sealant if your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System The liquid sealant can damage the tire pressure sen sors What to do in an emergency This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any inter ference received including inter ference that may cause undesired operation What to d
216. i nate when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position Before driving be sure the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off If the brake warning light remains on after the parking brake is released while the engine is running there may be a malfunction in the brake system Immediate attention is nec essary If at all possible stop driving the vehicle immediately If that is not pos sible use extreme caution while operating the vehicle and only con tinue to drive the vehicle until you can reach a safe location or repair shop Electric parking brake EPB if equipped Applying the parking brake ME 4 V rey PA OTFS054093 To apply the EPB electric parking brake 1 Depress the brake pedal 2 Pull up the EPB switch Make sure the warning light comes on Also the EPB is applied automatical ly if the Auto Hold button is on when the engine is turned off However if you press the EPB switch after the engine is turned off the EPB will not be Applied Losec aeses ns 22s acres ee ease teen esate Reet eee te AE Ra ete eae ea LAE ene ce aoe cee Lc amc a oa eee seems eens LED ee eo t mus eee Driving your vehicle NOTICE On a steep incline or when pulling a trailer if the vehicle does not remain at a standstill do as follows 1 Apply the EPB 2 Pull up the EPB switch for more than 3 seconds CAUTION D
217. i or light housing 2 Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out 3 Install a new bulb in the socket 4 Align the lens tabs with the interior light housing notches and snap the lens into place CAUTION Be careful not to dirty or dam age lens lens tab and plastic housings T E see Ao te ee eee acer ene ae eto te eae os ee ee ene cece tees LIS CDS SLE I IS Maintenance APPEARANCE CARE Exterior care Exterior general caution It is very important to follow the label directions when using any chemical cleaner or polish Read all warning and caution statements that appear on the label CAUTION Headlight Lens To prevent damage do not clean headlight lens with chem ical solvents or strong deter gents Finish maintenance Washing To help protect your vehicle s finish from rust and deterioration wash it thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water If you use your vehicle for off road driving you should wash it after each off road trip Pay special attention to the removal of any accumulation of salt dirt mud and other foreign materials Make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are kept clear and clean Insects tar tree sap bird droppings industrial pollution and similar deposits can damage your vehicle s finish if not removed immediately Even prompt washing with plain water may not completely remove all
218. ibed in chapter 7 and replace them if necessary Also check all ignition wiring and components to be sure they are not cracked worn or damaged in any way Driving your vehicle To keep locks from freezing To keep the locks from freezing squirt an approved de icer fluid or glycerine into the key opening If a lock is covered with ice squirt it with an approved de icing fluid to remove the ice If the lock is frozen internally you may be able to thaw it out by using a heated key Handle the heat ed key with care to avoid injury Use approved window washer anti freeze in system To keep the water in the window washer system from freezing add an approved window washer anti freeze solution in accordance with instruc tions on the container Window wash er anti freeze is available from an authorized Kia dealer and most auto parts outlets Do not use engine coolant or other types of anti freeze as these may damage the paint fin ish Don t let your parking brake freeze Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged position This is most likely to hap pen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet If there is a risk the parking brake may freeze apply it only temporarily while you put the shift lever in P automatic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot roll Then release the
219. ic transaxle A Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse m Type A OTF044156L W Type B Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse a OTF044157L This warning message illuminates if the brake switch fuse is discon nected Features of your vehicle It means that you should replace the fuse with a new one If that is not possible you can start the engine by pressing the Engine Start Stop Button for 10 seconds in the ACC position Shift to P or N to start engine for smart key system and auto matic transaxle m Type A Oo N Shift to P or N to start engine OTF044149L m Type B Shift to P or N to start engine P OTF044150L This warning message illuminates if you try to start the engine with the shift lever not in the P Park or N Neutral position NOTICE You can start the engine with the shift lever in the N Neutral posi tion But for your safety you should start the engine with the shift lever in the P Park position Features of your vehicle Door Open Trunk Open Low Washer Fluid W Type A m Type A m Type A Low Washer Aid F044160 m Type B m Type B m Type B OTF044162 OTF044158L Low Washer Fluid OTF044161 OTF044163 OTF044159L It means that any door is open t means that the trunk is open This warning message illuminates on the service reminder mode if the washer fluid level in the reser voir is nearly empty It means that you should
220. icle Service Mode Service Interval W Type A Service in 123000 mi or 304daus OTF044411N m Type B Service in D 10000km S0days OTF044131L Service in It calculates and displays when you need a scheduled maintenance service mileage or days If the remaining mileage or time reaches 900 mi 1 500 km or 30 days Service in message is dis played for several seconds each time you set the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop Button to the ON position Service required O mi 304daus OTF044412N E Type B Service required gt OTF044196L Service required If you do not have your vehicle serv iced according to the already inputted service interval Service required message is displayed for several sec onds each time you set the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop Button to the ON position The mileage and time changes to Features of your vehicle To reset the service interval to the mileage and days you inputted before Press the SELECT RESET button OK for more than 1 second W Type A Service in Off OTF044414L m Type B Service in Off D OTF044192L Service in OFF If the service interval is not set Service in OFF message is dis played on the LCD display NOTICE If any of the following conditions occurs the mileage and days may be incorrect The battery cable is disconnected The fuse switch is tur
221. icle When an incoming call pop up is displayed most Audio and SETUP mode features are disabled Only the call volume will operate The telephone number may not be properly displayed in some mobile phones When a call is answered with the mobile phone the call mode will automatically revert to Private mode Favorites Press the key Select Favorites q 1 Saved favorite contact Connects call upon selection 2 To add favorite Downloaded con tacts be saved as favorite To save Favorite contacts should be downloaded Contact saved in Favorites will not be automatically updated if the contact has been updated in the phone To update Favorites delete the Favorite and create a new Favorite Call History Press the key gt Select Call History A list of incoming outgoing and missed calls is displayed Call history may not be saved in the call history list in some mobile phones Calls received with hidden caller ID will not be saved in the call history list Calling through the call history is not possible when there is no call history stored or a Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone is not connected Up to 20 received dialed and missed calls are stored in Call History Time of received dialed calls and call time information are not stored in Call History Features of your vehicle Contacts Up to 1 000 contacts saved in your Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone ca
222. icle data collection and event data recorders 1 5 Introduction I HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehicle Your Owner s Manual can assist you in many ways We strong ly recommend that you read the entire manual In order to minimize the chance of death or injury you must read the WARNING and CAU TION sections in the manual Illustrations complement the words in this manual to best explain how to enjoy your vehicle By reading your manual you will learn about fea tures important safety information and driving tips under various road conditions The general layout of the manual is provided in the Table of Contents Use the index when looking for a specific area or subject it has an alphabetical listing of all located in the back of this manual Sections This manual has eight sec tions plus an index Each section begins with a brief list of contents so you can tell at a glance if that section has the information you want You will find various types of safety instructions in this manual These instructions were prepared to enhance your personal safety Carefully read and follow ALL proce dures and recommendations provid ed in these instructions A CAUTION A CAUTION indicates a situation in which damage to your vehicle could result if the caution is ignored NOTICE A NOTICE indicates interesting or helpful information is bei
223. icle has 2 fuse panels one Normal Blown located in the driver s side panel bol ster the other in the engine compart ment near the battery If any of your vehicle s lights acces sories or controls do not work check the appropriate circuit fuse If a fuse has blown the element inside the fuse will melt If the electrical system does not work first check the drivers side fuse panel Before replacing a blown fuse dis connect the negative battery cable Always replace a blown fuse with CAUTION Fuse replace Cartridge type Normal Multi fuse Nota clean one of the same rating ment Main fuse If the replacement fuse blows this Do not use a screwdriver or any indicates an electrical problem Avoid other metal object to remove using the system involved and imme fuses because it may cause a diately consult an authorized Kia short circuit and damage the dealer system Three kinds of fuses are used blade type for lower amperage rating car Norma Bown tridge type and multi fuse for higher OLM079051N amperage ratings Maintenance NOTICE The actual fuse relay panel label may differ from equipped items Instrument panel fuse replace A CAUTION ma S i e When replacing a blown fuse or relay with a new one make sure the new fuse or relay fits tightly into the clips The incomplete fastening fuse or relay may cause the vehicle wiring and electric systems esi m damage and a possible fir
224. icle if it is sold This manual will familiarize you with operational mainte nance and safety information about your new vehicle It is sup plemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manual that provides important information on all warranties regarding your vehicle We urge you to read these publications carefully and follow the recommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operation of your new vehicle Kia offers a great variety of options components and features for its various models Therefore some of the equipment described in this manual along with the various illustrations may not be applicable to your particular vehicle The information and specifications provided in this manual were accurate at the time of printing Kia reserves the right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without notice and without incurring any obligation If you have questions always check with your Kia dealer We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoring pleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle 2013 Kia MOTORS AMERICA Inc All rights reserved May not be reproduced or translated in whole or in part without the written consent of Kia MOTORS AMERICA Inc Printed in U S A TABLE OF CONTENTS Introduction How to use this manual Fuel requirements Vehicle break in process Vehicle data collection and event data recorders Your vehicle at a glance Exterior overv
225. icle will roll freely even on the slightest incline unless the parking brake or service brakes are applied D Drive This is the normal forward driving position The transaxle will automati cally shift through a 6 gear sequence providing the best fuel economy and power For extra power when passing anoth er vehicle or climbing grades depress the accelerator fully at which time the transaxle will auto matically downshift to the next lower gear J OTF054012 Sports mode Whether the vehicle is stopped or in motion sports mode is selected by pushing the shift lever from the D Drive position into the manual gate To return to D Drive range opera tion push the shift lever back into the main gate In sports mode moving the shift lever backwards and forwards will allow you to make gearshifts rapidly In contrast to a manual transaxle the sports mode allows gearshifts with the accelerator pedal depressed Driving your vehicle Up Push the lever forward once to shift up one gear Down Pull the lever backwards once to shift down one gear In sports mode the driver must execute upshifts in accordance with road conditions taking care to keep the engine speed below the red zone In sports mode only the 6 forward gears can be selected To reverse or park the vehicle move the shift lever to the R Reverse or P Park position as required In sports mode downshifts are made automatica
226. id should be checked on a regular basis with the exact interval depending on the fluid Further details are provided in chapter 7 Maintenance Before starting Close and lock all doors Position the seat so that all con trols are easily reached Buckle your seat belt Adjust the inside and outside rearview mirrors Be sure that all lights work Check all gauges Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position Release the parking brake and make sure the brake warning light goes off For safe operation be sure you are familiar with your vehicle and its equipment Driving your vehicle LA Driving your vehicle KEY POSITIONS Illuminated ignition switch if equipped Whenever a front door is opened the ignition switch will illuminate for your convenience provided the ignition Switch is not in the ON position The light will go off immediately when the ignition switch is turned on It will also go off after about 30 seconds after the door is closed Ignition switch position OTF054002 LOCK The steering wheel locks to protect against theft The ignition key can be removed only in the LOCK position When turning the ignition switch to the LOCK position push the key inward at the ACC position and turn the key toward the LOCK position The anti theft steering column lock is not a substitute for the parking brake Before leaving the
227. iew Interior overview Instrument panel overview Engine compartment Safety features of your vehicle Seats Seat belts Child restraint system Air bag Features of your vehicle Keys Door locks Trunk Windows Hood Fuel filler lid Sunroof Steering wheel Mirrors Instrument cluster Lighting Wipers amp Washers Climate control system Audio system Etc Driving your vehicle Before driving Engine start stop button Transaxle Brake system Cruise control system Active ECO system BSD Blind Spot Detection system Winter driving Vehicle load limit Etc What to do in an emergency Road warning Emergency while driving Emergency starting Engine overheat TPMS Flat tire Towing Etc Maintenance Engine compartment Maintenance service Engine oil Engine coolant Brake fluid Washer fluid Parking brake Air cleaner Wiper blades Battery Tire and wheels Fuses Light bulbs Etc Specifications Consumer information and Reporting safety defects Index EI ES ES EU EC EE ofni EN How to use this manual e 1 2 R el requirementsc seee e E e 1 3 e Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol 1 3 Do not use methanol 9 3999 9 1 4 s Fuel Additives 5999s sia7e neenon ahs 1 4 e Operation in foreign countries esee 1 4 Vehicle break in process eese 1 4 Veh
228. ight 1 BI MODE button for changing switch in any position when the igni modes tion switch is in the ON position OMM 2 OK SELECT RESET button for The illumination intensity is shown on If you hold the illumination control setting or resetting the the instrument cluster LCD display button io er a un M selected item ness will be changed continuously 3 MOVE button for changing f the brightness reaches to the V items maximum or minimum level an alarm will sound X For the LCD modes refer to LCD Display in this chapter A eae eee Features of your vehicle Gauges Speedometer m Type C OTF044054N The speedometer indicates the for ward speed of the vehicle The speedometer is calibrated in miles per hour and or kilometers per hour Tachometer W Type A OTF044055 m Type B OTF044056 The indicates the tachometer approximate number of engine revo lutions per minute rpm Use the tachometer to select the cor rect shift points and to prevent lug ging and or over revving the engine The tachometer pointer may move slightly when the ignition switch is in ACC or ON position with the engine OFF This movement is normal and will not affect the accuracy of the tachometer once the engine is run ning CAUTION Red zone Do not operate the engine with in the tachometer s RED ZONE This may cause severe engine damage Features of your vehicle Engin
229. iled warranty information is provided in your Warranty amp Consumer Information manual Repairs and adjustments required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required maintenance are not covered We recommend you have your vehi cle maintained and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer An authorized Kia dealer meets Kia s high service quality standards and receives tech nical support from Kia in order to pro vide you with a high level of service satisfaction Maintenance a m Owner maintenance precau tions Improper or incomplete service may result in problems This section gives instructions only for the maintenance items that are easy to perform As explained earlier in this section several procedures can be done only by an authorized Kia dealer with spe cial tools NOTICE Improper owner maintenance dur ing the warranty period may affect warranty coverage For details read the separate Warranty amp Consumer Information manual provided with the vehicle If you re unsure about any servicing or maintenance proce dure have it done by an authorized Kia dealer Maintenance S OWNER MAINTENANCE The following lists are vehicle checks and inspections that should be per formed by the owner or an author ized Kia dealer at the frequencies indicated to help ensure safe dependable operation of your vehi cle Any adverse conditions should be brought to the attention of your deal er as
230. illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehi cle start ups as long as the malfunc tion exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly What to do in an emergenc Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alter nate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function proper ly NOTICE If any of the below happens have the system be checked by an author ized Kia dealer 1 The low tire pressure telltale TPMS malfunction indicator do not illuminate for 3 seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON or engine is running 2 The TPMS malfunction indicator remains illuminated after blinking for approximately 1 minute 3 The Low tire pressure position telltale remains illuminated Low tire pressure telltale Low tire pressure position tell tale W Type A E Type B Low Tire Pressure OTF044169L OTF044185L When the tire pressure monitoring system warning indicators are illumi nated and warning massage dis played on the cluster LCD display one or more of your tires is signifi cantly under inflated The low
231. ilter 2 4 GDI 52 500 miles 84 000 km or 84 months C Add fuel additive Every 7 500 miles 12 000 km or 12 months Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 48 months C Inspect vacuum hose Q Inspect air conditioning refrigerant Inspect brake hoses and lines Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler Q Inspect front disc brake pads calipers and rotors Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint C Inspect suspension mounting bolts Q Inspect brake clutch if equipped fluid Q Inspect fuel filter Q Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections Inspect fuel tank air filter if equipped Q Inspect rear disc brake pads parking brake Q Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap fuel tank Inspect valve clearance Inspect drive belt auto tensioner generator p str g a con w pump First 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 48 months after every 15 000 miles 24 000 km or 12 months QO Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit Continued Maintenance E NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT Continued C Replace air cleaner filter C Replace engine oil and filter 2 4 GDI 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 96 months C Replace coolant First 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 60 months after every 30 000 miles 48 000 km or 24 months C
232. imately 0 24 in 6 mm Please contact the nearest Kia dealership if the tire cannot be made roadworthy with the Tire Mobility Kit Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if a tire is severely damaged by driving run flat or with insufficient air pres sure Do not remove any foreign objects such as nails or screws that have penetrated the tire Provided the car is outdoors leave the engine running Otherwise operating the compressor may eventually drain the car battery Never leave the Tire Mobility Kit unattended while it is being used Do not leave the compressor run ning for more than 10 min ata time or it may overheat Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if the ambient temperature is below 22 F 30 C What to do in an emergency Components of the TireMobilityKit o Speed restriction label Sealant bottle and speed restriction 2 Filling hose from sealant bottle to wheel 3 Connectors and cable for the power outlet direct connection with label OELO069020 4 Holder for the sealant bottle 5 Compressor 6 On off switch 7 Pressure gauge for displaying the tire inflation pressure 8 Button for reducing tire inflation pressure 9 Hose to connect compressor and sealant bottle or compressor and wheel Connectors cable and connection hose are stored in the compressor housing Strictly follow the specified sequence otherwise the sealant may escape under high pressure Wh
233. in Bluetoothe Wireless Technology NU os oe Se cece ae Seem Y USURIS E CHEM VIDES UEM E E E EE Ir rm EE DE DLL LLLI CL E Features of your vehicle 1 Connect Disconnect Phone Connect disconnects currently selected phone 2 Change Priority Sets currently selected phone to highest connec tion priority 3 Delete Deletes the currently selected phone 4 Return Moves to the previous screen To learn more about whether your mobile phone supports contacts downloads refer to your mobile phone user s manual The contacts for only the connected phone can be downloaded Downloading Contacts Press the key Select Phone gt Select Contacts Download As the contacts are downloaded from the mobile phone a download progress bar is displayed Upon downloading phone contacts the previous corresponding data is deleted This feature may not be supported in some mobile phones Voice Recognition may not operate while contacts are being down loaded Auto Download Contacts Press the key Select Phone gt Select Auto Download This feature is used to automatically download mobile contacts entries once a Bluetoothe Wireless Technology phone is connected NOTICE The Auto Download feature will download mobile contacts entries every time the phone is connected The download time may differ depending on the number of saved contacts entries and the communi cation state Before downlo
234. in mountainous areas Extended periods of idling or low speed operation Driving for a prolonged period in cold temperatures and or extreme ly humid climates More than 50 driving in heavy city traffic during hot weather above 90 F 32 C If your vehicle is operated under the above conditions you should inspect replace or refill more fre quently than the following Normal Maintenance Schedule After 120 months or 150 000 miles continue to follow the prescribed maintenance intervals Maintenance SSS ee NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty Where both mileage and time are shown the fre quency of service is determined by whichever occurs first If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is recommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Fuel filter amp Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this mainte nance schedule depends on fuel quality If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction surging loss of power hard starting problem etc replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an author ized Kia dealer for d
235. ing effort The motor driven power steering is controlled by the power steering con trol unit which senses the steering wheel torque and vehicle speed to command the motor The steering wheel becomes heavier as the vehicle s speed increases and becomes lighter as the vehicle s speed decreases for better control of the steering wheel Should you notice any change in the effort required to steer during normal vehicle operation have the power steering checked by an authorized Kia dealer NOTICE The following symptoms may occur during normal vehicle operation The steering effort is increased immediately after turning the igni tion switch on This happens as the system performs the EPS system diagnostics When the diagnostics are completed the steering wheel will return to its normal condition A click noise may be heard from the EPS relay after the ignition switch is turned to the ON or LOCK position Motor noise may be heard when the vehicle is at a stop or at a low driving speed The steering effort increases if the steering wheel is rotated continuous ly when the vehicle is not in motion However after a few minutes it will return to its normal conditions When you operate the steering wheel in low temperature abnor mal noise could occur If tempera ture rises the noise will disappear This is a normal condition If the Electric Power Steering System does not operate normally the warn ing light wi
236. ioning system on Press the AUTO button in order to convert to full automatic control of the system C1 o Mode selection cf OTF044325L The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system Every time you press the mode selection button the mode will change as follows Refer to the illustration in the Manual climate control system Features of your vehicle Face Level B C D E F Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face Additionally each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet Bi Level B C D E F Air flow is discharged towards the face and floor Floor Level C A D E Most of the air flow is directed to the floor with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side window defroster Floor Defrost Level A C D E Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters OTF044326L Defrost level Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters Pie scceaeses es ele EEO L LL Eee UE ene AE La LEER See Meca LUE MEE Mea x aM aet mea ee amie me mee Features of your vehicle d v 1 y li E OTF044316 Instrument panel vents The outlet vents can be opened or closed separately using the thumb wheel Also you can adj
237. iption Fuse Rating Protected Component RR HTD E R BOX RR HTD RLY COIL HORN 15A HORN LH RH F PUMP 20A FUEL PUMP MTR ECU 3 15A PCU TGDI BATT DIRECT SENSOR 1 15A DN O2 SENSOR TGDI UP O2 SENSOR TGDI COOLING FAN RLY COIL TGDI INJECTOR 10A E R BOX F PUMP RLY COIL SENSOR 3 10A CMP1 2 TGDI SMATRA IMMOBILIZER SENSOR 2 10A CKP TGDI VIS GDI OCV1 2 TGDI PCSV TGDI RCV TGDI IGN COIL 20A ENGINE IG COIL ECU 1 30A ECU RLY SPARE 10A SPARE 15A SPARE 20A WIPER 10A BCM RAIN SNSR WIPER MTR VACUUM PUMP 20A BRAKE VACUUM PUMP IG1 AMS 10A BATTERY SENSOR Maintenance E Description Fuse Rating Protected Component TCU 1 20A TCU STOP LAMP 15A RLY 10 HAC Relay STOP LAMP RELAY DEICER 20A RLY 7 Deicer Relay IG1 40A IGN SW B 1 50A B B 2 60A B C FAN 2 60A IG 2 40A IGN SW IG2 RLY ESC 1 40A ESP UNIT MOTOR B DIAGNOSIS ABS A B VALVE B ESC 2 40A ESP UNIT SOLENOID B RR HTD 40A RLY 1 RR HTD Relay B 3 60A B MDPS 80A EPS CONTROL MODULE SPARE 25A C FAN 1 50A COOLING FAN RLY TGDI BLOWER 40A E R BOX BLOWER RLY SWITCH Maintenance r I HEN Description Fuse Rating Protected Component EPB2 30A EPB UNIT BATT2 EPB 1 30A EPB UNIT BATT1 ECU 2 40A EMS BOX B ECU 4 10A ENGINE ECU TCU 2 15A SPEED SNSR POSITION SW O_P_INVERTER ESC 3 10A ESP UNIT IGN1 B UP LAMP 10A ELECTRO CHROMIC MIRROR BCM REA
238. iption Fuse Rating Protected Component TCU 1 20A TCU STOP LAMP 15A RLY 10 HAC Relay STOP LAMP RELAY DEICER 20A RLY 7 Deicer Relay IG1 40A IGN SW B 1 50A B B 2 60A B BLOWER 40A RLY 14 Blower Relay IG2 40A IGN SW IG2 RLY ESC 1 40A ESP UNIT MOTOR B DIAGNOSIS ABS A B VALVE B ESC 2 40A ESP UNIT SOLENOID B RR HTD 40A RLY 1 RR HTD Relay B 3 60A B MDPS 80A EPS Control Module SPARE 25A C FAN 50A E R BOX C FAN1 RLY SWITCH INVERTER 50A O_P_INVERTER EPB 2 30A EPB UNIT BATT2 Maintenance cC O Description Fuse Rating Protected Component EPB 1 30A EPB UNIT BATT1 ECU 2 40A EMS BOX B ECU 4 10A ENGINE ECU TCU 2 15A SPEED SNSR POSITION SW O_P_INVERTER ESC 3 10A ESP UNIT IGN1 B UP LAMP 10A ELECTRO CHROMIC MIRROR BCM REAR COMBINATION LAMP IN LH RH A CON 10A A C CONTROL MODULE Auto A C Maintenance Engine compartment fuse panel for Theta 2 0 sisi NOTICE Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle It is accurate at the jJ time of printing When you inspect USE THE DESIGNATED FUSE AND RELAY ONLY the fuse panel in your vehicle refer 91955 21740 to the fuse panel label OTF074086L Maintenance a E E a SS ae SS Engine Compartment fuse panel for theta 2 0 T GDI Descr
239. ir conditioning will be controlled automatically by temperature set ting OTF044328L 2 Turn the temperature control knob to set the desired temperature NOTICE To turn the automatic operation off select any button or switch of the following Mode selection button Air conditioning button Front windshield defroster button Air intake control button Fan speed control button The selected function will be con trolled manually while other func tions operate automatically For your convenience and to improve the effectiveness of the climate control use the AUTO button and set the temperature to 73 F 23 C Features of your vehicle NOTICE Never place anything over the sen sor located on the instrument panel to ensure better control of the heat ing and cooling system Manual heating and air condi tioning The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pushing buttons other than the AUTO button In this case the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons selected 1 Start the engine 2 Set the mode to the desired posi tion To improve the effectiveness of heating and cooling Heating xa Cooling Z3 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air or recirculated air position Set the fan speed control to the desired speed If air conditioning is desired turn the air condit
240. ith the sunroof if equipped in an open or partially open position your vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffeting or pulsation noise This noise is a nor mal occurrence and can be reduced or eliminated by taking the follow ing actions If the noise occurs with one or both of the rear windows down partially lower both front windows approximately one inch If you experience the noise with the sunroof open slightly reduce the size of the sunroof opening Window opening and closing if equipped OTF040020 The driver s door has a master power window switch that controls all the windows in the vehicle To open or close a window press down or pull up the front portion of the corresponding switch to the first detent position 5 Features of your vehicle Auto down window if equipped Driver s window OTF040021 Pressing the power window switch momentarily to the second detent position 6 completely lowers the drivers window even when the switch is released To stop the win dow at the desired position while the window is in operation momentarily pull up the switch to the opposite direction of the window movement Auto up down window if equipped OTF040022 Pressing or pulling up the power win dow switch momentarily to the sec ond detent position 6 completely lowers or lifts the window even when the switch is released To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in ope
241. itter and your cell phone or smart phone in the same pants or jacket pocket and maintain adequate distance between the two devices Features of your vehicle This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harm ful interference and 2 This device must accept any inter ference received including inter ference that may cause undesired operation NOTICE Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment If the keyless entry sys tem is inoperative due to changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compli ance it will not be covered by your manufacturer s vehicle warranty Battery replacement W Type A OYDDCO2005 OTF044001N A battery should last for several years but if the transmitter or smart key is not working properly try replacing the battery with a new one If you are unsure how to use or replace the battery contact an authorized Kia dealer Type A 1 Pry open the transmitter cover 2 Replace the battery with a new battery CR2032 When replacing the battery make sure the battery position 3 Install the battery in the reverse order of removal Type B 1 Remove the mechanical key 2 Pry open the rear cover 3 Replace the battery with a new battery CR
242. ity of the slide the front seat forward vehicle 2 Lower the rear headrest to the low est position 3 Open the trunk OTF030023N To use the armrest pull it forward from the seatback A E EE Safety features of your vehicle OTF034020 4 Pull the lock release lever 1 and fold the rear seatback forward and down firmly If the seat belt locks after unfolding the rear seatback pull out the locked seat belt release it then pull it out again To unfold the rear seat 1 To use the rear seat lift and pull the seatback rearward Pull the seatback firmly until it clicks into place Make sure the seatback is locked in place When you return the seatback to its upright posi tion always be sure it has locked into position by pushing on the top of the seatback If you can not see the red line at the bottom of folding lever it means the seatback is locked completely 2 Return the rear seat belt to the proper position 3 When the seatback is completely installed check the seatback fold ing lever again When returning the rear seatbacks to the upright position remember to return the rear shoulder belts to their proper position Safety features of your vehicle SEAT BELTS Seat belt restraint system Seat belts are designed to bear upon the bony structure of the body and should be worn low across the pelvis chest and shoulders as appli cable Wearing the lap section of the belt acros
243. k automatically if equipped with power door locks From the driver s door turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle once to unlock the drivers door and once more within 4 seconds to unlock all doors if equipped with power door locks Jose aeses ns So Heke eee ees eos eer LE cece teeta E Ea LEM ELLA Lec Eee E Dee Eae DE Eee Eiern es Doors can also be locked and unlocked with the transmitter key or smart key if equipped ee the doors are unlocked they may be opened by pulling the door handle When closing the door push the door by hand Make sure the doors are closed securely NOTICE n cold and wet climates door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing con ditions If the door is locked unlocked multiple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch the system may stop operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components Operating door locks from inside the vehicle With the door lock button cmm 1 To unlock a door push the door lock button 1 to the Unlock posi tion The red mark 2 on the button will be visible To lock a door push the door lock button 1 to the Lock position If the door is locked properly the red mark 2 on the door lock button will not show To open a door pull the door han dle 3 outward Features of your vehicle f the inner door handle of
244. keyless entry system operations W Type A OYDDCO2003 OYDDCO2004 Lock 1 All doors are locked if the lock button is pressed If all doors and trunk are closed the hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that all doors and trunk are locked Also if the lock button is pressed once more within 4 seconds the hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound once to confirm that the door is locked However if any door remains open the hazard warning lights and or the chime will not operate But if all doors are closed after the lock button is pressed the hazard warning lights will blink once Unlock 2 The driver s door is unlocked if the unlock button is pressed once The hazard warning lights will blink for smart key the chime also sounds twice to indicate that the driver s door is unlocked All doors are unlocked if the unlock button is pressed once more within 4 seconds The hazard warning lights will blink for smart key the chime also sounds twice again to indicate that all doors are unlocked After pressing this button the doors will lock automatically unless you open any door within 30 seconds NOTICE If the keyless entry system is inoper ative due to exposure to water or liq uids it will not be covered by your manufacturer s vehicle warranty Jose aeses ns ele Ime LLL Leda UL cena AE Ea ELEME tA Meca E sea xau Em Em see Eee Features of your vehicle
245. l E85 fuel is an alternative fuel com prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 percent gasoline and is manufac tured exclusively for use in Flexible Fuel Vehicles E85 is not compati ble with your vehicle Use of E85 may result in poor engine perform ance and damage to your vehicle s engine and fuel system Kia recom mends that customers do not use fuel with an ethanol content exceed ing 10 percent NOTICE Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty does not cover damage to the fuel system or any performance problems caused by the use of E85 fuel Introduction I NOTICE Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty may not cover damage to the fuel system and any perform ance problems that are caused by the use of fuels containing methanol Gasoline containing MMT Some gasoline contains harmful manganese based fuel additives such as MMT Methylcyclopentadi enyl Manganese Tricarbonyl Kia does not recommend the use of gasoline containing MMT This type of fuel can reduce vehicle performance and affect your emis sion control system The malfunction indicator lamp on the cluster may come on Do not use methanol Fuels containing methanol wood alcohol should not be used in your vehicle This type of fuel can reduce vehicle performance and damage components of the fuel system Fuel Additives Kia recommends that you use good quality gasolines treated with detergent additives such as TOP TIER Detergent
246. l and then shift into 1st or H Reverse gear position CAUTION Premature wear Do not use the shift lever as a handrest during driving as this can result in premature wear of the transaxle shift forks Using the clutch The clutch should be depressed all the way to the floor before shifting then released slowly The clutch pedal should always be fully released while driving Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving This can cause unnecessary wear Do not partially engage the clutch to hold the vehicle on an incline This causes unnecessary wear Use the foot brake or parking brake to hold the vehicle on an incline Do not operate the clutch pedal rapidly and repeatedly Downshifting When you must slow down in heavy traffic or while driving up steep hills downshift before the engine starts to labor Downshifting reduces the chance of stalling and gives better acceleration when you need to increase your speed again When the vehicle is traveling down steep hills downshifting helps maintain safe speed and prolongs brake life Driving your vehicle Good driving practices Never take the vehicle out of gear and coast down a hill This is extremely hazardous Always leave the vehicle in gear Don t ride the brakes This can cause them to overheat and mal function Instead when you are driving down a long hill shift to a lower gear When you do this engine braking will help slow down
247. l work as follows in each mode RADIO mode It will function as the PRESET STA TION buttons CD USB iPod mode It will function as TRACK UP DOWN button MODE 3 Press the button to change audio source FM 1 2 AM SAT 1 3 CD USB AUX iPod FM In addition to mode change Power on off can be made by pressing this button when the ignition switch is on ACC or ON Power ON Press the button when the audio is off Power OFF Press the button for more than 0 8 seconds when the audio is on MUTE 4 if equipped Press the button to mute the sound Press the button to turn off the microphone during a telephone call Detailed information for audio control buttons are described in the following pages in this section Features of your vehicle Aux USB and iPod port NOTICE E When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet noise may occur during playback If this happens use the power source of the portable audio device iPod is a Registered trademark of Apple Inc SUN OTF044360 If your vehicle has an aux and or USB universal serial bus port or iPod port you can use an aux port to connect audio devices and an USB port to plug in an USB and also an iPod port to plug in an iPod Features of your vehicle How vehicle audio works FM reception JBMO001 AM and FM radio signals are broad cast from transmitter towers located around your city The
248. ld the vehicle on the upgrade with the accelerator pedal This can cause the transaxle to overheat Always use the brake pedal or parking brake Driving your vehicle CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED The cruise control system allows you to program the vehicle to maintain a constant speed without depressing the accelerator pedal This system is designed to function above approximately 25 mph 40 km h If the cruise control is left on CRUISE indicator light in the instru ment cluster illuminated the cruise control can be switched on acciden tally Keep the cruise control system off CRUISE indicator light OFF when the cruise control is not in use to avoid inadvertently setting a speed Use the cruise control system only when traveling on open highways in good weather Do not use the cruise control when driving in heavy or varying traffic or on slippery rainy icy or snow cov ered or winding roads or over 6 up hill or down hill roads NOTICE During normal cruise control operation when the SET switch is activated or reactivated after applying the brakes the cruise control will energize after approx imately 3 seconds This delay is normal To activate cruise control depress the brake pedal at least once after turning the ignition switch to the ON position or starting the engine This is to check if the brake switch which is important part to cancel cruise control is in normal condi tion
249. lied by 150 pounds 68 kg Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions Outward Facing Sidewall The side of a asymmetrical tire that has a par ticular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle The outward facing sidewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the inner facing sidewall Passenger P Metric Tire A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manufacturer s recommend ed tire inflation pressure and shown on the tire placard Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seat ed Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only 2 32 inch of tread remains UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards a tire information system that provides consumers with ratings f
250. lity Control ESC system off by pressing the ESC switch After dynamometer testing is completed turn the ESC system back on by pressing the ESC switch again 1 Crankcase emission control system The positive crankcase ventilation system is employed to prevent air pollution caused by blow by gases being emitted from the crankcase This system supplies fresh filtered air to the crankcase through the air intake hose Inside the crankcase the fresh air mixes with blow by gases which then pass through the PCV valve into the induction system 2 Evaporative emission con trol including ORVR Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery system The Evaporative Emission Control System is designed to prevent fuel vapors from escaping into the atmos phere The ORVR system is designed to allow the vapors from the fuel tank to be loaded into a canister while refu eling at the gas station preventing the escape of fuel vapors into the atmosphere Maintenance mo KK KK KK NN Canister Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel tank are absorbed and stored in the onboard canister When the engine is running the fuel vapors absorbed in the canister are drawn into the surge tank through the purge control sole noid valve Purge Control Solenoid Valve PCSV The purge control solenoid valve is controlled by the Engine Control Module ECM when the engine coolant temperature is low during idling the
251. ll illuminate on the instru ment cluster The steering wheel may become difficult to control or operate abnormally Take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the vehicle checked as soon as possible Features of your vehicle Tilt and telescoping steering Tilt steering allows you to adjust the steering wheel before you drive You can also raise it to give your legs more room when you exit and enter the vehicle The steering wheel should be posi tioned so that it is comfortable for you to drive while permitting you to see the instrument panel warning lights and gauges mU OTF044037 To change the steering wheel angle pull down the lock release lever 1 adjust the steering wheel to the desired angle 2 and height 3 then pull up the lock release lever 4 to lock the steering wheel in place Be sure to adjust the steering wheel to the desired position before driving Horn F044039 To sound the horn press the horn symbol on your steering wheel Check the horn regularly to be sure it operates properly To sound the horn press the area indicated by the horn symbol on your steering wheel see illustration The horn will operate only when this area is pressed io sce aeses ns nl ee ce ee ee ease eee eases Reet eee ee Lm Mea ELLE Ea AER LAE Meca LUE eMe cn ee x aM aet D Ee E Ede rS ES Features of your vehicle If you turn on the ignition again after turning off your engine in half
252. lle esses 4 98 HomeLink system 00000 eee 4 43 Lower anchor system 0 0 ce eee eee ee eee 3 32 Inside rearview mirror lle 4 43 Lubricants and capacities ese Ideo bebe Dee e d Kae ce 8 6 Inside rearview mirror with compass 4 43 Lugsage vol me 4 sm dsp t doe eg een d 8 3 Outside rearview mirTOr l c sss 4 5 Moonroof see sunroof llle eese 4 34 Multt f se errereen oeeie Gob bw PRESENT REST a 7 65 eee eS a S H7 Index O Recommended cold tire inflation pressures 7 47 Recommended lubricants and capacities 8 6 Occupant detection system llle 3 40 Recommended SAE viscosity number 8 8 Odotneter 2 oim ne cb lee b Hennes EU Hennes 4 58 Record your key number 00 4 4 ODS see the Occupant detection system 3 40 Refrigerant label siete tent Re 8 11 Oil Engine st be Mende ree RING IY SER 7 29 Remote keyless entry ssrcscoriscsrcciniita renais 4 9 Outside rearview mirror eese eese 4 51 Replacement light bulb 0 0 00 7 19 Folding the outside rearview mitror 4 52 Road warnmg esis seas ERE fee week CS 6 2 Remote control 0 ccc cece e 4 5 Rocks the velucle 4 epe re reta 5 62 Outside Temperature Gauge 02 0 4 58 Room laMe esaeet eie eene 4 107 Overheats 00 0 cece Rn 6 8 Rotation Tite iiie aus ace Sac abet ver ee Chi 7 49 Owner maintenance
253. llowing All filler caps in engine compart ment must be correctly installed Gloves rags or any other com bustible material must be removed from the engine compartment 2 Lower the hood halfway and push down to securely lock in place Features of your vehicle FUEL FILLER LID Opening the fuel filler lid OTF040026 The fuel filler lid must be opened from inside the vehicle by pushing up the fuel filler lid opener If the fuel filler lid does not open because ice has formed around it tap lightly or push on the lid to break the ice and release the lid Do not pry on the lid If necessary spray around the lid with an approved de icer fluid do not use radiator anti freeze or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt a a OTF040027 1 Stop the engine 2 To open the fuel filler lid push the fuel filler lid opener up 3 Pull open the fuel filler lid 1 out to fully open 4 To remove the cap turn the fuel filler cap 2 counterclockwise 5 Refuel as needed Closing the fuel filler lid 1 To install the cap turn it clockwise until it Clicks once This indicates that the cap is securely tightened 2 Close the fuel filler lid and push it lightly and make sure that it is securely closed io sccSaeses ns lle ELA LL IL LEcdEaEUU E AE Ea e eae sea LAE Meca LUE eMe Dea Eee D Eum e E eme eee Features of your vehicle Always check that the fuel cap is NOTI
254. llowing procedures before parking the vehicle for prolonged periods 1 Turn off the engine 2 Turn off the headlights and tail lights 3 Open the driver s side panel cover and move the switch lever to the off position Pesce aeses es ele Ime LLLI E ERE UL cena Stee eee eae ee eee eae ease Mecum E cca x aate DE Eee n ee Maintenance NOTICE If the memory fuse is pulled up Engine compartment panel fuse replacement CAUTION Fuse panel ver from the fuse panel the warning aie chime audio clock and interior After checking the fuse panel in lamps etc will not operate Some the engine compartment items must be reset after replace ment Refer to Battery in this chapter Even when the memory fuse is securely install the fuse panel cover to prevent electrical fail ures which may occur from water leaking in pulled up the battery can still be discharged by operation of the headlights or other electrical devices OTF074020N 1 Turn the ignition switch and all other switches off 2 Remove the fuse box cover by pressing the tap and pulling up the cover 3 Check the removed fuse replace it if it is blown To remove or insert the fuse use the fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse panel 4 Push in a new fuse of the same rating and make sure it fits tightly in the clips If it fits loosely consult an authorized Kia dealer Maintenance Main fuse x m A OTF
255. lly when the vehi cle slows down When the vehicle stops 1st gear is automatically selected In sports mode when the engine rpm approaches the red zone shift points are varied to upshift auto matically To maintain the required levels of vehicle performance and safety the system may not execute cer tain gearshifts when the shift lever is operated When driving on a slippery road push the shift lever forward into the up position This causes the transaxle to shift into the 2nd gear which is better for smooth driving on a slippery road Push the shift lever to the down side to shift back to the 1st gear Paddle shifter if equipped OTF054142L The paddle shifter is available when the shift lever is in the D position or the sport mode Driving your vehicle With the shift lever in the D position The paddle shifter can operate when the vehicle speed is more than 6 2 mph 10 km h Pull the or paddle shifter once to shift up or down one gear and the system changes from automatic mode to manual mode If the vehicle speed is lower than 6 2 mph 10km h if you depress the accelerator pedal for more than 5 seconds or if you shift the shift lever from D to sports mode and shift it from sports mode to D again the system change from manual mode to automatic mode With the shift lever in the sports mode Pull the or paddle shifter once to shift up or down one gear If you pull the
256. locks the dri ver s door The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound twice to indicate that the driver s door is unlocked Pressing the button in the front pas senger s outside door handle with all doors closed and locked unlocks all the doors The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound twice to indicate that all doors are unlocked The button will only oper ate when the smart key is within 28 40 in 0 7 1 m from the outside door handle Start up You can start the engine without inserting the key For detailed infor mation refer to Starting the engine with a smart key in chapter 5 Smart key precautions f you lose your smart key you will not be able to start the engine Tow the vehicle if necessary and con tact an authorized Kia dealer A maximum of 2 smart keys can be registered to a single vehicle If you lose a smart key you should immediately take the vehicle and key to your authorized Kia dealer to protect it from potential theft The smart key will not work if any of following occurs The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio sta tion or an airport which can inter fere with normal operation of the smart key The smart key near a mobile two way radio system or a cellular phone Another vehicle s smart key is being operated close to your vehicle When the smart key does not work correctly open and close the door with the m
257. lor of the but ton may vary by garage door opener brand If there is difficulty locating the train ing button reference the device owner s manual or please visit our Web site at www homelink com 2 Firmly press and release the learn or smart button which activates the training light NOTICE There are 30 seconds in which to ini tiate step 3 Features of your vehicle 3 Return to the vehicle firmly press and hold for two_seconds the desired HomeLink button then release Repeat the press hold release sequence a second time to complete the pro gramming Some devices may require you to repeat this sequence a third time to complete the programming 4 Press and hold the just trained HomeLink button and observe the red Status Indicator LED If the indicator light stays on constantly programming is complete and your device should activate 5 To program the remaining two HomeLink buttons follow either steps 1 through 4 above for other Rolling Code devices or steps 2 through 5 in Standard Programming for standard devices Gate operator amp Canadian pro gramming During programming your handheld transmitter may automatically stop transmitting Continue to press the Integrated HomeLink Wireless Control System button note steps 2 through 4 in the Standard Programming portion of this docu ment while you press and re press cycle your handheld transmitter every two seconds until the frequen
258. lt in tire damage Jo scceaeses es ele ELA LL I MERE UE cena AE La ELEME LEE Neate ae eee E sca x AM aet eee ae eee m em OBH058035L Avoid braking or gear changing in corners especially when roads are wet Ideally corners should always be taken under gentle acceleration If you follow these suggestions tire wear will be held to a minimum Driving at night Because night driving presents more hazards than driving in the daylight here are some important tips to remember Slow down and keep more dis tance between you and other vehi cles as it may be more difficult to see at night especially in areas where there may not be any street lights Driving your vehicle Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare from other driver s head lights Keep your headlights clean and properly aimed on vehicles not equipped with the automatic head light aiming feature Dirty or improperly aimed headlights will make it much more difficult to see at night Avoid staring directly at the head lights of oncoming vehicles You could be temporarily blinded and it will take several seconds for your eyes to readjust to the darkness Driving in the rain TTE Rain and wet roads can make driving dangerous especially if you re not prepared for the slick pavement Here are a few things to consider when driving in the rain A heavy rainfall will make it harder to see and will increase the dis ta
259. lts provided in order to minimize the risk and sever ity of injury in the event of a collision or rollover 3 The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OYF039050 Safety features of your vehicle How does the air bag system operate Air bags are activated able to inflate if necessary only when the ignition switch is turned to the ON or START the appropriate position Air bags inflate instantly in the event of serious frontal or side col lision if equipped with side air bag or curtain air bag in order to help protect the occupants from serious physical injury There is no single speed at which the air bags will inflate Generally air bags are designed to inflate based upon the severity of a collision and its direction These two factors determine whether the sensors produce an electronic deployment inflation signal Air bag deployment depends on a number of complex factors includ ing vehicle speed angles of impact and the density and stiffness of the vehicles or objects which your vehicle hits in the collision Though factors are not limited to those mentioned above The front air bags will completely inflate and deflate in an instant It is virtually impossible for you to see the air bags inflate during an accident It is much more likely that you will simply see the deflated air bags hanging out of their storage compartments after the collision In order to help provide p
260. ly accelerate with the cruise control on If you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on depress the accelerator pedal Increased speed will not interfere with the cruise control operation or change the set speed To return to the set speed take your foot off the accelerator To cancel cruise control do one of the following OTF054023E Depress the brake pedal Depress the clutch pedal with a manual transaxle Shift into N Neutral with an auto matic transaxle Press the CANCEL switch Decrease the vehicle speed lower than the memory speed by 9 mph 15 km h Decrease the vehicle speed to less than approximately 25 mph 40 km h Each of these actions will cancel cruise control operation the SET indicator light in the instrument clus ter will go off but it will not turn the system off If you wish to resume cruise control operation move the lever up to RES You will return to your previously preset speed Driving your vehicle To resume cruising speed at To turn cruise control off do more than approximately 25 one of the following mph 40 km h Press the CRUISE button the CRUISE indicator light in the instrument cluster will go off Turn the ignition off Both of these actions will cancel the cruise control operation If you want to resume the cruise control opera tion repeat the steps provided in To set cruise control speed on the pre vious page
261. m when towing Before towing check the auto matic transaxle for fluid leaks under your vehicle If the auto matic transaxle fluid is leak ing a flatbed equipment or towing dolly must be used Engine compartment cece eens 7 3 e tilterireplacement neces menies reise 7 39 Maintenance services eeeeeees 7 4 Wiper blades eec oo secret reta 7 41 Owner s responsibility eee 7 4 e Blade inspection ceecee eroe 999999295 7 41 e Owner maintenance precautions 7 5 lt Blade replacement aeee 9 29 9 2 95 7 41 Owner maintenance ccccccecccccece 7 6 Battery oee e E ER AEE RS 7 44 Owner maintenance schedule 7 6 For best battery Service sis sie6 sie s1sie sire sie tires oe 7 44 Scheduled maintenance service 7 8 e Battery recharging sesessssseressssees 7 46 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7 25 Reset Items ves eere e ree n osi sees 7 46 Engine Oil tare eit chee ee s S eee 7 29 Tires and wheels leen 7 47 e Checking the engine oil level 000008 7 29 e Tire CALC 55 ver er repre vesc TOENU UUYT US 7 47 Changing the engine oil and filter 7 30 DECcommengn eee e inflation pressures 7 47 Engine coolant oe a e ae eee 7 31 Checking de inflation pressure eee 7 48 Checking the coolant level sees see 7 31 Tire rotation gonsoscco Unseesseseese
262. m in the front passenger s seat The occupant detection system is designed to detect the presence of a properly seated front passenger and determine if the passenger s front air bag should be enabled may inflate or not The driver s front air bag is not affected or controlled by the occu pant detection system Safety features of your vehicle Main components of occupant detection system A detection device located within the front passenger seat track Electronic system to determine whether passenger air bag sys tems should be activated or deac tivated An indicator light located on the instrument panel which illuminates the words PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicating the front passen ger air bag system is deactivated The instrument panel air bag warn ing light is interconnected with the occupant detection system If the front passenger seat is occu pied by a person that the system determines to be of adult size and he she sits properly sitting upright with the seatback in an upright posi tion centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfort ably extended and their feet on the floor the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator will turn off and the front passenger s air bag will be able to inflate if necessary in frontal crashes You will find the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator on the center facia panel This system detects the conditions 1 4 in the following table and activates or deactiv
263. m will be limited to gain power when driving uphill because the engine torque is restricted When using sports mode The system will be limited accord ing to the shift location When the accelerator pedal is deeply pressed for a few seconds The system will be limited as it has determined that the driver has accelerated judging that the driver wants to speed up E Driving your vehicle DRIVE MODE INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM DRIVE mode OTF054105 The drive mode may be selected according to the driver s preference or road condition The system initializes to the normal mode after the engine has been turned off and on The mode changes whenever the DRIVE MODE button is pressed NORMAL oY SPORT ECO 3 When normal mode is selected it is not displayed on the cluster ECO ECO mode Active ECO Active ECO helps improve fuel efficiency by control ling certain engine and transaxle system operat ing parameters Fuel effi ciency depends on the driver s driving habit and road condition When the DRIVE MODE button is pressed and the ECO mode is select ed the ECO indicator green will illuminate to show that the Active ECO is operating When the Active ECO is activated and the engine start stop button is turned off and on it will change to NORMAL mode To turn on the ECO mode press the DRIVE MODE button till it is selected When Active ECO is activated The acceler
264. maged or the sensor is out of place The height of the vehicle shows much change such as when the trunk is loaded with heavy objects abnormal tire pressure etc Due to bad weather such as heavy rain or snow A fixed object is near such as a guardrail etc A lot of amount of metal sub stances are near the vehicles such as a construction area A big vehicle is near such as a bus or truck A motorcycle or bicycle is near A flat trailer like vehicle is near f the vehicle has started at the same time as the vehicle next to it and has accelerated When the other vehicle passes by very fast When changing lanes When going down or up a steep road where the height of the lane is different When the other vehicle drives at the rear very nearby or drives very close When a trailer or carrier is installed When the temperature of rear bumper is high When the sensors are covered by the vehicle wall and pillar of park ing lot When your vehicle moves back if the detected vehicle also moves back If there is small things like shopping cart and baby carriage Driving your vehicle If there is a vehicle with decreased Outside rearview mirror may not This device complies with Part ride height lowered alert the driver when 15 of the FCC rules When the vehicle is close to anoth The outside rearview mirror hous Operation is subject to the following er vehicle ing is severel
265. moving the air cleaner conditions in this chapter filter be careful that dust or dirt does not enter the air intake or damage may result Use a Kia genuine part Use of nongenuine part could dam age the air flow sensor Maintenance CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER IF EQUIPPED Filter inspection Filter replacement The climate control air filter should be replaced according to the Maintenance Schedule If the vehicle is operated in severely air polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period it should be inspected more frequently and replaced earlier When you replace the climate control air filter replace it performing the fol lowing procedure and be careful to avoid damaging other components OTF070013 1 Open the glove box s OTF070015 2 Remove the climate control air fil ter cover while pressing the lock on the right side of the cover 3 Push the right side of the climate control air filler and pull the cli mate control air filter out io sccSaeses es else EE EEE Reet eee UL cena Steno eee eae Ea ELEME LAE Meca E Dea maet DE Ee e Mn a eee Maintenance Ii OMGO079027 4 Replace the climate control air fil ter 5 Reassemble in the reverse order of disassembly When replacing the climate control air filter install it properly Otherwise the system may produce noise and the effectiveness of the filter may be reduced Maintenance WIPER BLADES Blade inspectio
266. ms The high beam indicator will light when the headlight high beams are switched on To prevent the battery from being discharged do not leave the lights on for a prolonged time while the engine is not running OAM049043 To flash the headlights pull the lever towards you It will return to the normal low beam position when released The headlight switch does not need to be on to use this flashing feature Features of your vehicle Turn signals and lane change signals OAM049045 The ignition switch must be on for the turn signals to function To turn on the turn signals move the lever up or down A The green arrow indicators on the instrument panel indicate which turn signal is operating They will self cancel after a turn is com pleted If the indicator continues to flash after a turn manually return the lever to the OFF position To signal a lane change move the turn signal lever slightly and hold it in position B The lever will return to the OFF position when released If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement If an indicator flash is abnormally quick or slow a bulb may be burned out or have a poor electrical connec tion in the circuit One touch lane change function To activate an one touch lane change function move the turn sig nal lever slightly for less than 0 5 second and
267. n 1JBA5122 Commercial hot waxes applied by automatic car washes have been known to make the windshield diffi cult to clean Contamination of either the wind shield or the wiper blades with for eign matter can reduce the effective ness of the windshield wipers Common sources of contamination are insects tree sap and hot wax treatments used by some commer cial car washes If the blades are not wiping properly clean both the win dow and the blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent and rinse thoroughly with clean water CAUTION Wiper blades To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use gasoline kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean adequately the blades may be worn or cracked and require replacement To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components do not attempt to move the wipers manually The use of a non specified wiper blade could result in wiper malfunc tion and failure Maintenance Front windshield wiper blade ON OEDO70113 OEDO70114 hS OEDo70112 2 Open the cover of the blade 4 Install the blade assembly until it Type A 3 Compress the clip behind the clicks into place 1 Raise the wiper amm and Aura doe wiper arm and lift it off the arm 5 Close the cover of blade wiper blade assembly to expose 6 Return the wiper arm to the prop er position the plastic locking clip NOTICE
268. n Pull the day night lever toward you to reduce the glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you during night driving Remember that you lose some rearview clarity in the night position Electric chromic mirror ECM with HomeLink system and compass if equipped Your vehicle may be equipped with a Gentex Automatic Dimming Mirror with a Z Nav Electronic Compass Display and an Integrated HomeLink Wireless Control System During nighttime driving this feature will automatically detect and reduce rearview mirror glare while the com pass indicates the direction the vehi cle is pointed The HomeLink Universal Transceiver allows you to activate your garage door s electric gate home lighting etc HomeLink is a registered trade mark of Johnson Controls Inc AE Features of your vehicle 1823314 4516487 8 OYF049230C 1 Channel 1 button 2 Channel 2 button 3 Status indicator LED 4 Channel 3 button 5 Rear light sensor 6 Dimming ON OFF button 7 Compass control button 8 8 Compass display Automatic Dimming Night Vision Safety NVS Mirror The NVS Mirror in your vehicle is the most advanced way to reduce annoying glare in the rearview mirror during any driving situation For more information regarding NVS mirrors and other applications please refer to the Gentex website www gentex com CAUTION The NVS Mirror automatically reduces glare during dri
269. n batteries Do not attempt to jump start the vehicle if the discharged battery is frozen or if the electrolyte level is low as the battery may rupture or explode A WARNING Battery Keep all flames or sparks away from the battery The battery produces hydrogen gas which will explode if exposed to flame or sparks A WARNING Battery Never attempt to check the elec trolyte level of the battery as this may cause the battery to rupture or explode A WARNING Sulfuric acid risk When jump starting your vehi cle be careful not to get acid on yourself your clothing or on the vehicle Automobile batteries contain sulfuric acid This is poisonous and highly corro sive Jose neces ns cle ELA LL IE EEedEaE UE eno AE La ELEME LEE M Acme D LUE me eM xau tM DE Em mei What to do in an emergency Jump starting procedure Absorbent Glass Matt AGM batter ies are maintenance free and should only be serviced by an authorized Kia dealer For charging your AGM battery use only fully automatic bat tery chargers that are specially developed for AGM batteries When replacing the AGM battery use only the Kia genuine battery for the ISG system NOTICE If the AGM battery is reconnected or replaced ISG function will not operate immediately If you want to use the ISG function the battery sensor needs to be cali brated for approximately 4 hours with the ignition off and then turn th
270. n be downloaded into the Press the key gt Select car contacts Contacts that have Contacts been downloaded to the car cannot be edited or deleted on the phone Mobile phone contacts are man aged separately for each paired Bluetooth Wireless Technology device max 5 devices x 1 000 con tacts each Previously downloaded data is maintained even if the Bluetooth Wireless Technology device has been disconnected The list of saved phone book entries is displayed However the contacts and call his tory saved to the phone will be deleted if a paired phone is delet NOTE ed It is possible to download contacts during Bluetooth streaming audio When downloading contacts the icon will be displayed within the sta tus bar Find a contact in an alphabetical order press the key e t is not possible to begin down loading a contact list when the con tact download feature has been turned off within the Bluetoothe Wireless Technology device In addition some devices may require device authorization upon attempt ing to download contacts If down loading does not normally occur check the Bluetooth Wireless Technology device settings or the screen state The contacts download feature may not be supported in some mobile phones For more information of supported Bluetooth devices and function support refer to your phone s user manual Features of your vehicle Bluetooth Wireless Technolog
271. n the plate can easily be seen through the windshield from outside VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL OTF080002 The vehicle certification label attatched on the driver s side center pillar gives the vehicle identification number VIN Jose aeses ns else EI cec LL IL Le EaE UE Lm MeL ELLE Ea LEER LAE Meceasa M DEM e ES E ee Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects TIRE SPECIFICATION AND ENGINE NUMBER REFRIGERANT LABEL PRESSURE LABEL OTFH081005N OMG055004 The tires supplied on your new vehi cle are chosen to provide the best performance for normal driving The tire label located on the driver s side center pillar gives the tire pres d sures recommended for your vehicle poii 7772 The refrigerant label is located on the underside of the hood The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown in the drawing Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects CONSUMER ASSISTANCE U S ONLY Roadside Assistance is provided on all new current model year Kia Vehicles from the date the vehicle is deliv ered to the first retail buyer or otherwise put into use in service date whichever is earlier for a period of 60 months or 60 000 miles whichever is earlier subject to the terms conditions and exclusions set forth in the Kia Warranty and Consumer Information Manual applicable to your model year vehicle KMA reserves the right to limit or deny services o
272. n with the shift lever in the P Park or the N Nuetral position For your safety start the engine with the shift lever in the P Park position If you press the ENGINE START STOP button without depressing the brake pedal the engine will not start and the button will change as follows OFF gt ACC gt ON gt OFF fioscceaeses es ele ELM Ac mL LL IL EEUU AE Ea ELEM EAE Meca LEE Dea EAM aet M DAE Eee Driving your vehicle If you leave the ENGINE START STOP button in the ACC or ON posi tion for a long time the battery will discharge Driving your vehicle STARTING THE ENGINE Starting the engine with an ignition key if equipped 1 Make sure the parking brake is applied 2 Manual Transaxle Depress the clutch pedal fully and shift the transaxle into Neutral Keep the clutch pedal and brake pedal depressed while turning the igni tion switch to the start position Automatic Transaxle Place the transaxle shift lever in P Park Depress the brake pedal fully You can also start the engine when the shift lever is in the N Neutral position 3 Turn the ignition switch to START and hold it there until the engine starts a maximum of 10 seconds then release the key 4 In extremely cold weather below O F 18 C or after the vehicle has not been operated for several days let the engine warm up without depressing the accelerator Whether the engine is cold or warm it should be started without depr
273. na Ste ELLE cL eee serene ease ee Meca eet ene sae tee eee on ee eee eee Ret eee en ee eee eee What to do in an emergency It is possible that some tires espe cially with larger punctures or dam age to the sidewall cannot be sealed completely Air pressure loss in the tire may adversely affect tire performance For this reason you should avoid abrupt steering or other driving maneuvers especially if the vehicle is heavily loaded or if a trailer is in use The Tire Mobility Kit is not designed or intended as a permanent tire repair method and is to be used for one tire only This instruction shows you step by step procedure to temporarily seal the puncture Read the section Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit Park your car at the side of the road so that you can work with the Tire Mobility Kit away from moving traffic To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you re on fairly level ground always set your park ing brake Only use the Tire Mobility Kit for sealing inflation passenger car tires Only punctured areas located within the tread region of the tire can be sealed using the tire mobil ity kit Do not use on motorcycles bicy cles or any other type of tires When the tire and wheel are dam aged do not use Tire Mobility Kit for your safety Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not be effective for tire damage larger than approx
274. nce needed to stop your vehicle so slow down Keep your windshield wiping equipment in good shape Replace your windshield wiper blades when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield If your tires are not in good condi tion making a quick stop on wet pavement can cause a skid and possibly lead to an accident Be sure your tires are in good shape Turn on your headlights to make it easier for others to see you Driving too fast through large pud dles can affect your brakes If you must go through puddles try to drive through them slowly If you believe you may have gotten your brakes wet apply them lightly while driving until normal braking operation returns Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areas unless you are sure the water is no higher than the bottom of the wheel hub Drive through any water slowly Allow adequate stopping distance because brake performance may be affected After driving through water dry the brakes by gently applying them sev eral times while the vehicle is moving slowly Driving your vehicle Driving off road Drive carefully off road because your vehicle may be damaged by rocks or roots of trees Become familiar with the off road conditions where you are going to drive before you begin driving Highway driving Tires Adjust the tire inflation pressures to specification Low tire inflation pres sures will result in overheating a
275. nction with the emission control system In this case have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer CAUTION Gasoline Engine If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp MIL illuminates poten tial catalytic converter damage is possible which could result in loss of engine power In this case have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible CAUTION Malfunction Indicator Lamp MIL Driving with the Malfunction Indicator Lamp MIL on may cause damage to the emission control systems which could effect drivability and or fuel economy Charging System Warning Light E This warning light illuminates Once you set the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop Button to the ON position It remains on until the engine is started When there is a malfunction with either the alternator or electrical charging system If there is a malfunction with either the alternator or electrical charging system 1 Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle 2 Turn the engine off and check the alternator drive belt for looseness or breakage If the belt is adjusted properly there may be a problem in the electrical charging system In this case have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible Features of your vehicle Engine Coolant Temperature Warning ne E Light if equipped AREE This warning light illuminates
276. nd possible failure of the tires Avoid using worn or damaged tires which may result in reduced traction or tire failure Never exceed the maximum tire inflation pressure shown on the tires Fuel engine coolant and engine oil High speed travel consumes more fuel than urban motoring Do not for get to check both the engine coolant and engine oil Drive belt A loose or damaged drive belt may overheat the engine Driving your vehicle WINTER DRIVING MM a Mn ee SJ JBB3305 Severe weather conditions in the winter result in greater wear and other problems To minimize the problems of winter driving you should follow these suggestions Snowy or Icy conditions To drive your vehicle in deep snow it may be necessary to use snow tires or to install tire chains on your tires If snow tires are needed it is neces sary to select tires equivalent in size and type of the original equipment tires Failure to do so may adversely affect the safety and handling of your car Furthermore speeding rapid acceleration sudden brake applica tions and sharp turns are potentially very hazardous practices During deceleration use engine braking to the fullest extent Sudden brake applications on snowy or icy roads may cause skids You need to keep sufficient distance between the vehicle in operation in front and your vehicle Also apply the brake gently It should be noted that installing tire
277. nd will begin to fade When this occurs we suggest that you select another stronger station Flutter Static Weak FM signals or large obstructions between the transmitter and your radio can dis turb the signal causing static or fluttering noises to occur Reducing the treble level may lessen this effect until the disturbance clears Station 2 JBMO005 Station Swapping As an FM sig nal weakens another more power ful signal near the same frequency may begin to play This is because your radio is designed to lock onto the clearest signal If this occurs select another station with a stronger signal Multi Path Cancellation Radio signals being received from sever al directions can cause distortion or fluttering This can be caused by a direct and reflected signal from the same station or by signals from two stations with close fre quencies If this occurs select another station until the condition has passed Using a cellular phone or a two way radio When a cellular phone is used inside the vehicle noise may be produced from the audio system This does not mean that something is wrong with the audio equipment In such a case try to operate mobile devices as far from the audio equipment as possi ble A CAUTION When using a communication system such as a cellular phone or a radio set inside the vehicle a separate external antenna must be fitted When a cellular phone or a radio set is used with
278. ndicator will go off while the vehicle is moving TS Features of your vehicle BACK UP WARNING SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED the driver during backward move ment of the vehicle by chiming if any object is sensed within a distance of 47 in 120 cm behind the vehicle This system is a supplemental sys tem and it is not intended to nor does it replace the need for extreme care and attention of the driver The sens ing range and objects detectable by the back sensors are limited Whenever backing up pay as much attention to what is behind you as you would in a vehicle without the back up warning system Operation of the back up warning system Operating condition This system will activate when backing up with the ignition switch ON The sensing distance while the back up warning system is in oper ation is approximately 47 in 120 cm When more than two objects are sensed at the same time the clos est one will be recognized first Types of warning sound When an object is 47 in to 24 in 120 cm to 61 cm from the rear bumper Buzzer beeps intermittently When an object is 23 in to 12 in 61 cm to 31 cm from the rear bumper Buzzer beeps more frequently When an object is within 11 in 30 cm of the rear bumper Buzzer sounds continuously Features of your vehicle Non operational conditions of back up warning system The back up warning system may not operate properly when 1 Moisture is frozen t
279. ndle them carefully and 2 Headlight Low avoid scratches and abrasions If the bulbs are lit avoid contact with liq 3 Side marker uids Never touch the glass with bare 4 Front turn signal light hands Residual oil may cause the and Front position light 5 Front position light 6 Front fog light bulb to overheat and burst when lit A bulb should be operated only when installed in a headlight If a bulb becomes damaged or cracked replace it immediately and carefully dispose of it Wear eye protection when changing a bulb Allow the bulb to cool down before handling it iif equipped OHD076046 Maintenance Headlight bulb type If the headlight aiming adjustment is necessary after the headlight assembly is reinstalled consult an authorized Kia dealer OENO76051 1 Turn off the engine 2 Open the hood 3 Remove the headlight bulb cover by turning it counterclockwise 4 Disconnect the headlight bulb socket connector Remove the bulb from the head light assembly Install a new headlight bulb Connect the headlight bulb socket connector 8 Install the headlight bulb cover by turning it clockwise C1 ANO osc aeses es sls ences eo see LAC LEER UL cena AE Ea LEER LAE Meca E De E aM aet DE em eno meee eee Maintenance Front side marker Front turn sig nal light Front side marker 1 Turn off the engine 2 Open the hood 3 Remove the intake folder and s
280. nds Music or iPod BEEP Additionally there are phone commands like fam BEEP Contacts Call History or Dial Number Contacts You can find more detailed commands in the user s E manual Please say a command after the beep Contacts Please say the name of the contact you want to call Skipping Voice Recognition Briefly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Cancel while guidance message is being stated gt Briefly pressing the B BEEP fe Abeer Beep end beep key under 0 8 seconds w Features of your vehicle Voice Command List Common Commands These commands can be used in most operations However a few commands may not be available during certain operations Command Function Command Function More Help Provides guidance on commands that can be When listening to the radio displays the next used anywhere in the system radio screen FM1 FM2 AM SAT1 Help Provides guidance on commands that can be SAT2 SAT3FM1 used within the current mode Radio When listening to a different mode displays Call lt Name gt Calls lt Name gt saved in Contacts the most recently played radio screen Ex Call John Smith When currently listening to the FM radio Phone Provides guidance on Phone related com maintains the current state mands After saying this command say When listening to a different m
281. ne or caustic agents on chrome plated or anodized aluminum paris This may result in damage to the pro tective coating and cause dis coloration or paint deteriora tion Maintenance ER Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in the painted surface must be repaired promptly Exposed metal will quickly rust and may develop into a major repair expense If your vehicle is damaged and requires any metal repair or replace ment be sure the body shop applies anti corrosion materials to the parts repaired or replaced Bright metal maintenance To remove road tar and insects use a tar remover not a scraper or other sharp object To protect the surfaces of bright metal parts from corrosion apply a coating of wax or chrome preser vative and rub to a high luster During winter weather or in coastal areas cover the bright metal parts with a heavier coating of wax or preservative If necessary coat the parts with non corrosive petroleum jelly or other protective compound Underbody maintenance Corrosive materials used for ice and snow removal and dust control may collect on the underbody If these materials are not removed acceler ated rusting can occur on underbody parts such as the fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have been treated with rust protection Thoroughly flush the vehicle under body and wheel openings with luke warm or cold water once a month after
282. ned off The battery is discharged Features of your vehicle Master Warning Mode User Settings Mode Door if equipped A Description Auto Door Lock if equipped m Type A Off This warning light informs the driv er the following situations Low washer fluid TPMS if equipped Service reminder The Master Warning Light illumi nates when more than one of the above warning situations occur At this time the LCD Modes Icon will change from q to A If the warning situation is solved the master warning light will be turned off and the LCD Modes lcon will be changed back to its previous icon 4 ex refill the washer fluid User Settings Driving Assistance Door Lamp Convenient m Type B User Settings Door Lamp Convenient Driving Assistance The auto door lock operation will be deactivated Speed All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds 15km h 9 3mph Shift Lever All doors will be automatically locked if the automatic transaxle shift lever is shifted from the P Park position to the R Reverse N Neutral or D Drive position OTF044134L On this mode you can change set ting of the doors lamps and so on Features of your vehicle Auto Door Unlock if equipped Off The auto door unlock operation will be canceled Key Out or Power Off All doors will be automatically unlocked when the ignition key is
283. ner maintenance 0 00000 7 6 LCD Display Control 1 5 seran er eager 4 55 Scheduled maintenance service 7 8 LCD modes unn ev m deren ti e Seed e 4 60 Tire maintenance sees 7 52 Light bulbs eerie tert Rem eme rere 7 79 Maintenance schedule 0 000005 7 9 Ligh fis vu escondido Side sais d sedie 4 97 Maintenance services 0 cc eee ees 7 4 Battery saver function ici cseco see n eye en 4 97 Manual climate control system 4 111 Daytime running ght pesos eese e rne 4 98 Air conditioning or becr er ter xn 4 117 Front fog light 0 0 eee e sence 4 102 Climate control air filter 000 4 119 Headlight Headlamp escort function 4 97 Heating and air conditioning 4 112 High beam operation 4 4 100 Manual transaxle 000 000 ccc cece eee eee 5 14 Lane change signals 0005 4 101 Maga oca qecs saec testem Dot prine eda 4 106 Lighting control ec echte berg 4 08 Master warning mode sess 4 63 Turn signals 0 cece e eee eee eee 4 101 Memory fuse oss eae se dc So beeen oe ee ote 7 63 Lighting control Mirtorssc3 pense cations ded aed db LR 4 43 Auto light position E 4 99 Day night rearview Milror eece eae 4 43 Headlight position 0 a 4 99 Electric chromic mirror ECM 4 43 Parking light position l
284. ness of heating and cooling Heating xs Cooling 4 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air or recirculated air position 5 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 6 If air conditioning is desired turn the air conditioning system if equipped on OTF044314 Mode selection OTF044312 The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system Face Level B C D E F Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face Additionally each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet Bi Level B C D E F Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor Floor Level A C D E Most of the air flow is directed to the floor with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side window defrosters Features of your vehicle Floor Defrost Level A C D E Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters Defrost Level A D Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters Features of your vehicle OTF044315 MAX A C Level B D if equipped The MAX A C mode is used to cool the inside of the vehicle faster In this mode the air conditioning and the recirc
285. ng parts immediately Vapor hose and fuel filler cap The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should be inspected at those inter vals specified in the maintenance schedule Make sure that a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is cor rectly replaced Maintenance E Vacuum crankcase ventilation hoses Inspect the surface of hoses for evi dence of heat and or mechanical damage Hard and brittle rubber cracking tears cuts abrasions and excessive swelling indicate deterio ration Particular attention should be paid to examine those hose surfaces nearest to high heat sources such as the exhaust manifold Inspect the hose routing to assure that the hoses do not come in con tact with any heat source sharp edges or moving component which might cause heat damage or mechanical wear Inspect all hose connections such as clamps and couplings to make sure they are secure and that no leaks are pres ent Hoses should be replaced immediately if there is any evidence of deterioration or damage Air cleaner filter A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is recommended when the filter is replaced Spark plugs Make sure to install new spark plugs of the correct heat range Valve clearance Inspect excessive valve noise and or engine vibration and adjust if neces sary An authorized Kia dealer should perform the operation Cooling system Check cooling system components such as radiator coolant reservoir hoses and conn
286. ng a floor mat on the floor carpet make sure it attaches to the floor mat anchor s in your vehicle This keeps the floor mat from sliding forward Losec aeses es else Ice LL LL LEE UL Lm AE Ea ALES RL LAE Meca D Lc peut LI ee setae eee eee M DEL emis eae Features of your vehicle The following must be observed when installing ANY floor mat in the vehicle Ensure that the floor mats are securely attached to the vehicle s floor mat anchor s before driving the vehicle Do not use ANY floor mat that can not be firmly attached to the vehi cle s floor mat anchors Do not stack floor mats on top of one another e g all weather rub ber mat on top of a carpeted floor mat Only a single floor mat should be installed in each position IMPORTANT Your vehicle was manufactured with driver s side floor mat anchors that are designed to securely hold the floor mat in place To avoid any interference with pedal operation Kia recommends that only the Kia floor mat designed for use in your vehicle be installed Navigation system if equipped The navigation system ascertains the present position of your vehicle by using information from satellites and guides you to the place you assign as the destination Detailed information for the naviga tion system is described in a sepa rately supplied manual AUDIO SYSTEM NOTICE If you install an after market HID head lamp your vehicle s audio and electronic device ma
287. ng on the brake pedal may cause the brakes to overheat which reduces their effectiveness and may lead to more serious con sequences Take care of your tires Keep them inflated to the recommended pres sure Incorrect inflation either too much or too little results in unnec essary tire wear Check the tire pressures at least once a month Be sure that the wheels are aligned correctly Improper align ment can result from hitting curbs or driving too fast over irregular surfaces Poor alignment causes faster tire wear and may also result in other problems as well as greater fuel consumption Keep your vehicle in good condi tion For better fuel economy and reduced maintenance costs main tain your vehicle in accordance with the maintenance schedule in chapter 7 If you drive your vehicle in severe conditions more frequent maintenance is required see chapter 7 for details Keep your vehicle clean For maxi mum service your vehicle should be kept clean and free of corrosive materials It is especially important that mud dirt ice etc not be allowed to accumulate on the underside of the vehicle This extra weight can result in increased fuel consumption and also contribute to corrosion Travel lightly Don t carry unneces sary weight in your vehicle Weight reduces fuel economy Don t let the engine idle longer than necessary If you are waiting and not in traffic turn off your engine and restart only wh
288. ng provid ed Introduction SS FUEL REQUIREMENTS Your new Kia vehicle is designed to use only unleaded fuel having a pump octane number R M 2 of 87 Research Octane Number 91 or higher Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with UNLEADED FUEL as well as mini mize exhaust emissions and spark plug fouling Never add any fuel system cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what has been specified Consult an authorized Kia dealer for details Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol Gasohol a mixture of gasoline and ethanol also known as grain alco hol and gasoline or gasohol con taining methanol also known as wood alcohol are being marketed along with or instead of leaded or unleaded gasoline Pursuant to EPA regulations ethanol may be used in your vehicle Do not use gasohol containing more than 10 ethanol and do not use gasoline or gasohol containing any methanol Ethanol provides less energy than gasoline and it attracts water and it is thus likely to reduce your fuel efficiency and could lower your MPG results Methanol may cause drivability prob lems and damage to the fuel system Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivability problems occur Vehicle damage or drivability prob lems may not be covered by the manufacturer s warranty if they result from the use of 1 Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol 2 Leaded fuel or leaded gasoho
289. ng vehicles when changing lanes CAUTION Rearview mirror Do not scrape ice off the mirror face this may damage the sur face of the glass If ice should restrict movement of the mirror do not force the mirror for adjustment To remove ice use a deicer spray or a sponge or soft cloth with very warm water Remote control OTF040044N Electric type The electric remote control mirror switch allows you to adjust the posi tion of the left and right outside rearview mirrors To adjust the posi tion of either mirror the ignition switch should be in the ACC or ON position Move the lever 1 to R or L to select the right side mirror or the left side mirror then press a corresponding point on the mirror adjustment con trol to position the selected mirror up down left or right Features of your vehicle After the adjustment put the lever into neutral center position to pre vent inadvertent adjustment CAUTION Outside mirror The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjusting angles but the motor continues to operate while the switch is pressed Do not press the switch longer than necessary the motor may be damaged Do not attempt to adjust the outside rearview mirror by hand Doing so may damage the parts Folding the outside rearview mirror OTF040046 Electric Type if equipped To fold the outside rearview mirror depress the button To unfold it depress t
290. ning refrigerant O Replace engine oil and filter 2 4 GDI Q Inspect brake hoses and lines 142 500 miles 228 000 km or 228 months Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Add fuel additive E Q Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler Every 7 500 miles 12 000 km or 12 months Inspect front disc brake pads calipers and rotors Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or Q Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball replace joint upper arm ball joint C Inspect suspension mounting bolts Inspect drive belt auto tensioner generator p str g a con w pump First 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 48 months after every 15 000 miles 24 000 km or 12 months C Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit C1 Inspect rear disc brake pads parking brake C Replace engine oil and filter 2 4 GDI 135 000 miles 216 000 km or 216 months C Add fuel additive Every 7 500 miles 12 000 km or 12 months C Replace spark plugs iridium coated 2 0 T GDI 3 Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance E NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 150 000 miles 240 000 km or 120 months C Inspect vacuum hose Q Inspect air conditioning refrigerant Inspect brake hoses and lines L1 Inspect drive shafts and boots O Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler Inspect front disc brake pads calipers and rotors C Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boo
291. ning sss e ecco eee oo ee peers ree 6 2 Hazard warning flasher eeeeees 6 2 In case of an emergency while driving 6 3 If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing 6 3 If you have a flat tire while driving 6 3 e If engine stalls while driving Le 6 3 If the engine will not start 6 4 If engine doesn t turn over or turns over slowly 6 4 If engine turns over normally but does not start 6 4 Emergency starting 409 9296 rre 6 5 fe JUMP SEARLS yee a e e E NEE E 6 5 OJ FIRES ETE a e teet IS Iele Pe Es 6 7 If the engine overheats esee 6 8 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 6 9 e Low tire pressure indicator 6 10 e TPMS malfunction indicator 6 11 e Changing a tire with TPMS 6 12 If you have a flat tire with Spare Tire 6 15 e Jack andi tools eeaeee eeaeee sieh aE NE sies 6 15 e Removing and storing the spare tire 6 16 Chanting tires 5 599592 02 2 1 EISE 6 16 e Use of temporary compact spare tire 6 21 If you have a flat tire with Tire Mobility Kit 6 23 eIntroduetion series tees essi 6 23 e Components of the Tire Mobility Kit 6 25 e Using the Tire Mobility Kit 6 26 Distributing the sealant scce eose eso eos eesse ces 6 27 e Producing the tire inflation pressure
292. nk and hand held transmitter button DO NOT release the buttons until step 4 has been completed 4 While continuing to hold the but tons the red Indicator Status LED will flash slowly and then rapidly after HomeLink successfully trains to the frequency signal from the hand held transmitter Release both buttons Features of your vehicle 5 Press and hold the just trained HomeLink button and observe the red Status Indicator LED If the indicator light stays on constantly programming is complete and your device should activate when the HomeLink button is pressed and released 6 To program the remaining two HomeLink buttons follow steps 2 through 5 Rolling code programming Rolling code devices which are code protected and manufactured after 1996 may be determined by the following Reference the device owner s manual for verification The handheld transmitter appears to program the Universal Transceiver but does not activate the device Press and hold the trained HomeLink button The device has the rolling code feature if the indi cator light flashes rapidly and then turns solid after 2 seconds HomeLink To train rolling code devices follow these instructions 1 At the garage door opener receiv er motor head unit in the garage locate the learn or smart but ton This can usually be found where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the motor head unit Exact location and co
293. nnected at a time Only one Bluetooth Wireless Technology device can be connect ed at a time Other devices cannot be paired while a Bluetooth Wireless Technology device is connected Only Bluetooth Wireless Technology Handsfree and Bluetooth audio relat ed features are supported Bluetooth related operations are possible only within devices that sup port Handsfree or audio features such as a Bluetooth Wireless Technology mobile phone or a Bluetooth audio device f a connected Bluetooth Wireless Technology device becomes discon nected due to being out of communi cation range turning the device OFF or a Bluetooth Wireless Technology communication error corresponding Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices are automatically searched and reconnected If the system becomes unstable due to communication errors between the car Handsfree and the Bluetooth Wireless Technology device reset the device by turning off and back on again Upon resetting Bluetooth Wireless Technology device the sys tem will be restored Features of your vehicle After pairing is complete a con tacts download request is sent once to the mobile phone Some mobile phones may require confir mation upon receiving a download request ensure your mobile phone accepts the connection Refer to your phones user s manual for additional information regarding phone pairing and connections Connecting a Device From the
294. nsion pipe over the wrench han dle Go around the wheel tightening every nut following the numerical sequence shown in the image until they are tight Then double check each nut for tightness After changing the wheels have an authorized Kia dealer tighten the wheel nuts to their proper torque as soon as possible What to do in an emergency Wheel nut tightening torque Steel wheel amp aluminium alloy wheel 65 79 Ib ft 9 11 kg m If you have a tire gauge remove the valve cap and check the air pressure If the pressure is lower than recom mended drive slowly to the nearest service station and inflate to the cor rect pressure If it is too high adjust it until it is correct Always reinstall the valve cap after checking or adjusting the tire pressure If the cap is not replaced air may leak from the tire If you lose a valve cap buy another and install it as soon as pos sible After you have changed wheels always secure the flat tire in its place and return the jack and tools to their proper storage locations A CAUTION Reducing lug nuts Make certain during wheel removal that the same nuts that were removed are reinstalled or if replaced that nuts with metric threads and the same chamfer configuration are used Your vehicle has metric threads on the wheel studs and nuts Installation of a non metric thread nut on a metric stud will not secure the wheel to the hub properly and will damage the s
295. nt front seat belt 3 20 Highway duving eco DC CREE RRRPERREE 5 65 Hill start assist control HAC ilulsus 5 41 HomeLink system 0 0 eee 4 43 Hood lici RR IRR REREG Ue RR EEUU 4 29 Index J Immobilizer system 0 00 eee eee eee 4 12 Indicator light eeu cab cd Siig IBS Ee 4 88 Inside rearview mirror 000005 4 43 Inside rearview mirror with compass 4 43 Instrument cluster i2 lee Il v RES 4 54 GaUBeSi s ovine ree oda dating hd 4 56 Instrument panel illumination 4 55 LCD Display Control 00 4 55 Transaxle Shift Indicator 4 59 Instrument panel fuse llle 0 000000 7 62 Interior c re iie oclccie Ree een t eR ehe 7 97 Interior features ice es t ete t hes 4 140 Clothes hangers 0 00 6 2 oe emm 4 143 Cup holder cose e mem ee 4 140 Digital clock 2522s ERR 4 142 Floor mat anchor s 00000 c ee ee eee 4 143 Power outlet cose ele eme 4 141 SUNVISOF siones gane RI hne Re qon 4 141 Interior lamp AUTO turn off function 4 106 Interior light seess secede passe seaweed bees 4 106 Glove box lamp e errep eresie osii paru oaa 4 109 Interior lamp AUTO turn off function 4 106 Map lamp c eser onuren ER DR PS RSS 4 106 Room lamps cierre teret be Re 4 107 Trunk room lamp sseeseee eese ees 4 108 Vanity mirror lamp l l es
296. nt air bag is con nected with the occupant detection system If there is a malfunction of the occupant detection system the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi cator will not illuminate and the pas senger s front air bag will inflate in frontal impact crashes even if there is no occupant in the front passenger s seat Driver s and passenger s front air bag Driver s front air bag OTF034033 NN OT 030034 Your vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Supplemental Restraint Air Bag System and lap shoulder belts at both the driver and passen ger seating position Safety features of your vehicle The indications of the system s pres ence are the letters AIR BAG embossed on the air bag pad cover in the steering wheel and the pas senger s side front panel pad above the glove box The SRS consists of air bags installed under the pad covers in the center of the steering wheel and the passenger s side front panel above the glove box The purpose of the SRS is to provide the vehicle s driver and or the front passenger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt sys tem alone in case of a frontal impact of sufficient severity The SRS uses sensors to gather information about the driver s seat position the driver s and front passenger s seat belt usage and impact severity The advanced SRS offers the ability to control the air bag inflation with two levels A first stage level is pro vided
297. nts do not attempt to move the wipers manually Features of your vehicle INTERIOR LIGHT Do not use the interior lights for Automatic turn off function Map lamp extended periods when the engine is if equipped not running qa The interior lights automatically turn It may cause battery discharge off approximately 20 minutes after the ignition switch is turned off If your vehicle is equipped with the theft alarm system the interior lights automatically turn off approximately 3 seconds after the system is in armed stage Push the lens 1 to turn the map lamp on or off This light produces a spot beam for convenient use as a map lamp at night or as a personal lamp for the driver and front passenger Features of your vehicle DOOR 2 OFF 2 The lights turn off even if Room lamp In the DOOR position the map lamp a door is opened and the room lamp come on when any When the lamp is door is opened regardless of the igni turned ON by pressing tion switch position When doors are the lens 1 the lamp unlocked by the transmitter or smart does not turn off even key the map lamp and the room lamp if the switch 2 is in the come on for approximately 30 sec OFF position onds as long as any door is not open ON 2 The map lamp and the The map lamp and the room lamp go room lamp stay on at all out gradually after approximately 30 times seconds if the door is closed However if the ignition switch
298. o in an emergenc IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE Jack and tools OTF060002 The spare tire jack jack handle and wheel lug nut wrench are stored in the luggage compartment Remove the luggage under tray out of the way to reach the equipment 1 Jack handle 2 Jack 3 Wheel lug nut wrench Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergency tire changing only To prevent the jack from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store it properly Follow jacking instructions to reduce the possibility of personal injury Always move the vehicle completely off the road and onto the shoulder before trying to change a tire The jack should be used on firm level ground If you cannot find a firm level place off the road call a towing serv ice company for assistance Be sure to use the correct front and rear jacking positions on the vehicle never use the bumpers or any other part of the vehicle for jack support EE What to do in an emergenc Do not allow anyone to remain in the vehicle while it is on the jack Make sure any children present are in a secure place away from the road and from the vehicle to be raised with the jack Removing and storing the spare tire ONF 068004 Turn the tire hold down wing bolt counterclockwise Store the tire in the reverse order of removal To prevent the spare tire and tools from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store them
299. o not operate the parking brake EPB while the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation NOTICE A click or electric brake motor whine sound may be heard while operating or releasing the EPB but these conditions are normal and indicate that the EPB is functioning properly Releasing the parking brake I OTFS054094 To release the EPB electric parking brake press the EPB switch in the following condition Have the ignition switch or engine start stop button in the ON posi tion Depress the brake pedal Make sure the brake warning light goes off To release EPB electric parking brake automatically Shift lever in P Park With the engine running depress the brake pedal and shift out of P Park to R Reverse or D Drive Shift lever in N Neutral With the engine running depress the brake pedal and shift out of N Neutral to R Reverse or D Drive Automatic transaxle vehicle 1 Start the engine 2 Fasten the driver s seat belt 3 Close the driver s door engine hood and trunk 4 Depress the accelerator pedal while the shift lever is in R Rear D Drive or Sports mode Make sure the brake warning light goes off Driving your vehicle x NOTICE EPB electric parking brake may be For f A CAUTION automatically applied when 7 your safety you can engage N the EPB even though the ignition obi le aul o me pod The EPB is overheated switch or engin
300. o the sensor It will operate normally when the moisture has been cleared 2 The sensor is covered with foreign matter such as snow or water or the sensor cover is blocked It will operate normally when the materi al is removed or the sensor is no longer blocked Driving on uneven road surfaces unpaved roads gravel bumps gradient 4 Objects generating excessive noise vehicle horns loud motor cycle engines or truck air brakes are within range of the sensor 5 Heavy rain or water spray exists Wireless transmitters or mobile phones are within range of the sensor 7 The sensor is covered with snow 8 Trailer towing Co o The detecting range may decrease when 1 The sensor is stained with foreign matter such as snow or water The sensing range will return to normal when removed 2 Outside air temperature is extremely hot or cold The following objects may not be recognized by the sensor 1 Sharp or slim objects such as ropes chains or small poles 2 Objects which tend to absorb the sensor frequency such as clothes spongy material or snow 3 Undetectable objects smaller than 40 in 1 m in height and narrower than 6 in 14 cm in diameter back up warning system pre cautions The back up warning system may not sound sequentially depending on the speed and shapes of the objects detected The back up warning system may malfunction if the vehicle bumper height or sens
301. o turn off random Changing Song File While song file is key Shortly pressing the key Plays the current song from the beginning K If the key is pressed again within 2 second the previ ous song is played Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Rewinds the song playing While song key Shortly pressing the key Plays the next song Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Fast forwards the song file is playing Scan While song file is playing Ew key Shortly pressing the key Scans all songs from the next song for 10 seconds each Press the key again to turn off K The SCAN function is not support ed in iPode mode Folder Search MP3 CD USB Mode While file is playing Moai Folder Up key Searches the next folder While file is playing Bless Folder Down key Searches the parent folder If a folder is selected by pressing the TUNE knob the first file within the selected folder will be played X n iPod mode moves to the Parent Folder Searching Songs File Turning TUNE knob Searches for songs files e Pressing 9 TUNE knob selected song file Plays Features of your vehicle MENU Audio CD Press the CD MP3 mode key to set the Repeat Random Information features Repeat Press the key Set C RPT through the amp TUNE knob or key to repeat the current song 3 Press RPT again to turn
302. ode displays Favorites Call History Contacts or Dial the most recently played FM screen Number execute corresponding functions FM1 FM One Displays the FM1 screen Favorites Display the Favorite screen FM2 FM Two Displays the FM2 screen Call History Displays the Call History screen AM Displays the AM screen Contacts Displays the Contacts screen After saying FM Preset 1 6 Plays the most recently played broadcast this command say the name of a contact saved in FM Preset 1 6 eo bc M d AM Preset 1 6 Plays the broadcast saved in AM Preset 1 6 Dial Number Display the Dial number screen After saying FM 87 5 107 3 hae the FM broadcast of the corresponding this command you can say the number that requency you want to call AM 530 1710 Plays the AM broadcast of the corresponding Redial Connects the most recently called number frequency z Tutorial Provide guidance on how to use voice ird aa at to the SIRIUS recognition and Bluetooth connections SiriusXM mamang ME UMENE stale e When listening to a different mode displays the most recently played SIRIUS screen Features of your vehicle Command Function SiriusXM Satellite 1 3 Displays the selected SIRIUS screen SiriusXM Channel Plays the selected SIRIUS channel 0 223 Media Moves to the most recently played media screen CD Plays the music saved in the CD USB Plays USB music iPod Plays iPod
303. off road driving and at the end of each winter Pay special attention to these areas because it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it The lower edges of doors rocker panels and frame members have drain holes that should not be allowed to clog with dirt trapped water in these areas can cause rust ing Maintenance ee ess Aluminum or chrome wheel main tenance The aluminum or chrome wheels are coated with a clear protective finish Do not use any abrasive cleaner polishing compound solvent or wire brushes on aluminum or chrome wheels They may scratch or damage the finish Clean the wheel when cooled Use only a mild soap or neutral detergent and rinse thoroughly with water Also be sure to clean the wheels after driving on salted roads This helps prevent corro sion Avoid washing the wheels with high speed car wash brushes Do not use any alkaline or acid detergent It may damage and cor rode the aluminum or chrome wheels coated with a clear protec tive finish it has Corrosion protection Protecting your vehicle from corro sion By using the most advanced design and construction practices to combat corrosion we produce vehicles of the highest quality However this is only part of the job To achieve the long term corrosion resistance your vehicle can deliver the owner s cooperation and assistance is also r
304. ognition say the command after the voice instruc tion and beep tone Skipping Prompt Messages While prompt message is being stat ed Shortly press the key on the steering remote controller The prompt message is immediately ended and the beep tone will sound After the beep say the voice com mand Re starting Voice Recognition While system waits for a command Shortly press the key on the steering remote controller The command wait state is immedi ately ended and the beep ton will sound After the beep say the voice command Features of your vehicle ENDING VOICE RECOGNITION While Voice Recognition is operating gt Press and hold the key on the steering remote controller While using voice command pressing any steering wheel con trol or a different key will end voice command When the system is waiting for a voice command say cancel or end to end voice command When the system is waiting for a voice command press and hold the key on the steering wheel to end voice command Voice Recognition and Phone Contact Tips The Kia Voice Recognition System may have difficulty understanding some accents or uncommon names When using X Voice Recognition to place a call speak in a moderate tone with clear pronun ciation To maximize the use of Voice Recognition consider these guide lines when storing contacts Do not store single name entries e g Bob Mom etc Inste
305. oil filler cap 3 Brake clutch fluid reservoir 4 Air cleaner 5 Fuse box 6 Positive battery terminal E 2 0L Engine 7 Negative battery terminal 8 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 9 Radiator cap 10 Engine oil dipstick OTF074002N OYF071200N Maintenance Sa MG KK KK NN MAINTENANCE SERVICES You should exercise the utmost care to prevent damage to your vehicle and injury to yourself whenever per forming any maintenance or inspec tion procedures Should you have any doubts con cerning the inspection or servicing of your vehicle we strongly recom mend that you have an authorized Kia dealer perform this work An authorized Kia dealer has factory trained technicians and genuine Kia parts to service your vehicle proper ly For expert advice and quality serv ice see an authorized Kia dealer Inadequate incomplete or insuffi cient servicing may result in opera tional problems with your vehicle that could lead to vehicle damage an accident or personal injury Owner s responsibility NOTICE Maintenance Service and Record Retention are the owner s responsi bility You should retain documents that show proper maintenance has been performed on your vehicle in accor dance with the scheduled mainte nance service charts shown on the following pages You need this infor mation to establish your compliance with the servicing and maintenance requirements of your vehicle war ranties Deta
306. olant to provide protec tion against freezing and corrosion Bring the level to F MAX but do not overfill If frequent coolant addition is required see an authorized Kia deal er for a cooling system inspection Maintenance Recommended engine coolant For mixture percentage refer to the When adding coolant use only following table deionized water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard i water in the coolant filled at the fac Ambient Mixture Percentage volume tory An improper coolant mixture Temperature can result in serious malfunction or Antifreeze Water engine damage The engine in your vehicle has alu 5F 15 C 35 65 minum engine parts and must be 13 F 25 C 40 60 e protected by an ethylene glycol 34 45 50 50 LN based coolant to prevent corrosion OTF072007 and freezing ATST En DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol coolant or mix them with the spec ified coolant Do not use a solution that contains more than 60 antifreeze or less than 35 antifreeze which would reduce the effectiveness of the solution Maintenance CAUTION Removing et La radiator cap Never attempt to remove the radiator cap while the engine is operating or hot Doing so might lead to cooling system and engine damage Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down Use care when remov ing the radiator cap Wrap a thick towel around it and turn it counter
307. om Randomly plays the files within the current Random Off Cancels random play to play tracks in sequen folder tial order Random Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential Repeat Repeats the current track order Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play tracks in sequen Repeat Repeats the current file tial order Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential Track 1 30 Plays the desired track number order Information Displays the information screen of the current file Next Folder Play the first file in the next folder Previous Folder Play the first file in the previous folder MIBOO nn ee ss se ee GG B GB BGB B BG Bw Audio CD operation ing USB and MP3 CD operation Features of your vehicle iPod Commands Commands available during iPod My Music Commands Commands available during operation My Music operation Command Function Command Function Random Randomly plays the songs within the current Random Randomly plays all saved files category Random Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential Random Off Cancels random play to play songs in sequen order tial order Repeat Repeats the current file Repeat Repeats the current song Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play songs in sequen order tial order Delete Deletes the current file You will bypass
308. omponents If a tire goes flat while you are driv ing apply the brakes gently and keep the vehicle pointed straight ahead while you slow down When you are moving slowly enough for it to be safe to do so pull off the road and stop in a safe place If your vehicle is equipped with an automatic transaxle don t let your vehicle creep forward To avoid creeping forward keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped Be cautious when parking on a hill Firmly engage the parking brake and place the shift lever in P auto matic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle If your vehicle is facing downhill turn the front wheels into the curb to help keep the vehicle from rolling If your vehicle is facing uphill turn the front wheels away from the curb to help keep the vehicle from rolling If there is no curb or if it is required by other conditions to keep the vehicle from rolling block the wheels Under some conditions your park ing brake can freeze in the engaged position This is most like ly to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet If there is a risk that the parking brake may freeze apply it only temporarily while you put the shift lever in P automatic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot roll Then release the parking brake Do not ho
309. oper way to clean vinyl CAUTION Electrical components Never allow water or other liq uids to come in contact with electrical electronic compo nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them CAUTION Leather When cleaning leather products steering wheel seats etc use neutral detergents or low alco hol content solutions If you use high alcohol content solutions or acid alkaline detergents the color of the leather may fade or the surface may get stripped off Maintenance NENNEN 808000 8 07 001 07 0 0 0 0 707 0 070 7v L 0 Cleaning the upholstery and inte rior trim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fab ric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean with a mild soap solu tion recommended for upholstery or carpets Remove fresh spots imme diately with a fabric spot cleaner If fresh spots do not receive immediate attention the fabric can be stained and its color can be affected Also its fire resistant properties can be reduced if the material is not proper ly maintained Using anything but recommended cleaners and procedures may affect the fabrics appearance and fire resistant properties Cleaning the lap shoulder belt webbing Clean the belt webbing with any mild soap solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpet Follow the instructions
310. or a tire s traction tempera ture and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing proce dures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire Vehicle Capacity Weight The num ber of designated seating positions multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg plus the rated cargo and luggage load Maintenance i Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb and accessory weight plus maximum occupant and cargo weight Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of the curb weight accessory weight and normal occu pant weight and driving by 2 Vehicle Placard A label permanent ly attached to a vehicle showing the original equipment tire size and rec ommended inflation pressure All season tires Kia specifies all season tires on some models to provide good per formance for use all year round including snowy and icy road condi tions All season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M S Mud and Snow on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than all season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires Kia specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior perform ance on dry roads Summer tire per formance is substantially reduced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M S Mud and Snow on the tire side w
311. or installation has been modified or damaged Any non factory installed equipment or accessories may also interfere with the sensor performance The sensor may not recognize objects less than 11 in 30 cm from the sensor or it may sense an incorrect distance Use caution When the sensor is frozen or stained with snow dirt or water the sensor may be inoperative until the stains are removed using a soft cloth Do not push scratch or strike the sensor Sensor damage could occur Features of your vehicle NOTICE This system can only sense objects within the range and location of the sensors It can not detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed Also small or slim objects such as poles or objects located between sensors may not be detected by the sensors Always visually check behind the vehicle when backing up Be sure to inform any drivers of the vehicle that may be unfamiliar with the system regarding the systems capabilities and limitations Self diagnosis If you don t hear an audible warning sound or if the buzzer sounds inter mittently when shifting the gear to the R Reverse position this may indi cate a malfunction in the back up warning system If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an author ized Kia dealer as soon as possible Features of your vehicle REAR CAMERA DISPLAY IF EQUIPPED Note during initial start up system may not display instantly due to the
312. or passen gers The driver must advise the pas senger to keep the seatback in an upright position whenever the vehicle is in motion If a seat is reclined during an accident the restraint system s ability to restrain will be greatly reduced A WARNING Uprighting A WARNING Do not use a cushion that reduces friction between the seat and the passenger The passen ger s hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt during an accident or a sudden stop Serious or fatal internal injuries could result because the seat belt cannot operate normally A WARNING Driver s seat Never attempt to adjust the seat while the vehicle is mov ing This could result in loss of control of your vehicle Do not allow anything to inter fere with the normal position of the seatback Storing items against a seatback or in any other way interfering with proper locking of a seatback could result in a serious or fatal injury in a sudden stop or collision Sit as far back as possible from the steering wheel while still maintaining comfortable control of your vehicle A dis tance of at least 10 from your chest to the steering wheel is recommended Failure to do so could result in airbag infla tion injuries to the driver Safety features of your vehicle Front seat adjustment manual Forward and backward OTF030002 To move the seat forward or back ward 1 Pull the seat slide adjustm
313. osition 4 Adjust the fan speed control and temperature control to maintain maximum comfort When maximum cooling is desired set the temperature control to the extreme left position set the mode control to the MAX A C position then set the fan speed control to the highest speed Features of your vehicle CAUTION Excessive AC While using the air conditioning system monitor the tempera ture gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic when outside temperatures are high Air conditioning system opera tion may cause engine over heating and potential engine damage If the temperature gauge indicates overheating turn off the a c safely stop the vehicle turn off the engine and contact your authorized Kia dealer Air conditioning system operation tips If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape To help reduce moisture inside of the windows on rainy or humid days decrease the humidity inside the vehicle by operating the air conditioning system During air conditioning system operation you may occasionally notice a slight change in engine speed as the air conditioning com pressor cycles This is a normal system operation characteristic Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system per formance When using the air conditioning system y
314. ou may notice clear water dripping or even puddling on the ground under the passenger side of the vehicle This is a normal sys tem operation characteristic Operating the air conditioning sys tem in the recirculated air position provides maximum cooling how ever continual operation in this mode may cause the air inside the vehicle to become stale During cooling operation you may occasionally notice a misty air flow because of rapid cooling and humid air intake This is a normal system operation characteristic Features of your vehicle Climate control air filter Outside air Blower Climate control air filter Heater core Evaporator core OMG075033 The climate control air filter installed behind the glove box filters the dust and other pollutants that come into the vehicle from the outside through the heating and air conditioning sys tem If dust or other pollutants accu mulate in the filter over a period of time the air flow from the air vents may decrease resulting in moisture accumulation on the inside of the windshield even when the outside fresh air position is selected If this happens have the climate control air filter replaced by an authorized Kia dealer NOTICE Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty rough roads more frequent cli mate control air filter inspections and changes are requi
315. ould lead to accidents fires electric shock or product malfunc tions Do not touch the antenna dur ing thunder or lightening as such acts may lead to light ning induced electric shock Do not stop or park in park ing restricted areas to operate the product Such acts could lead to traffic accidents Use the system with the vehi cle ignition turned on Prolonged use with the igni tion turned off could result in battery discharge CAUTION Operating the audio system while driving could lead to accidents due to a lack of attention to external sur roundings First park the vehi cle before operating the device Adjust the volume to levels that allow the driver to hear sounds from outside of the vehicle Driving in a state where external sounds cannot be heard may lead to acci dents Pay attention to the volume setting when turning the device on A sudden output of extreme volume upon turning the device on could lead to hearing impairment Adjust the volume to a suitable levels before turning off the device Continued Features of your vehicle Continued Turn on the car ignition before using the audio system Do not operate the audio system for long periods of time with the ignition turned off as such operations may lead to battery discharge Do not subject the device to severe shock or impact Direct pressure onto the front side of the monitor may cause dam age to the LCD or
316. overs siones sete Ieri 4 138 Interior features 952252 E E E E 4 140 CUP Nolder aee s esses 4 140 SUDVISOD eee e E E E EE 4 141 POWEL outlet aoee e e G 4 141 Digital clock 96er erri esene nsen seve 4 142 e lothes hanger e E kee coerce 4 143 Floor mat anchor s e Navigation system Audio system e Glass antenna Steering wheel audio controls Aux USB and iPod port Features of your vehicle KEYS Record your key number Key operations A CAUTION Key button The key code num Type A operation Do not fold the key without pressing the release bution This may damage the key ber is stamped on the key code tag attached to the key i set Should you lose your keys this number will enable an authorized Kia dealer to duplicate the keys easily Remove the key code tag and store itin a safe place Also record the key code number and keep it in a safe and handy place but not in the vehicle OTF044371N To unfold the key press the release button and the key will unfold auto matically To fold the key fold the key manually while pressing the release button Features of your vehicle OYDDCO2002 To remove the mechanical key press and hold the release button and remove the mechanical key To reinstall the mechanical key put the key into the hole and push it until a click sound is heard fo scce neces ns else Ice
317. ow ever continual operation in this mode may cause the air inside the vehicle to become stale During cooling operation you may occasionally notice a misty air flow because of rapid cooling and humid air intake This is a normal System operation characteristic If you operate air conditioner excessively the difference between the temperature of the outside air and that of the windshield could cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up causing loss of visibility In this case set the mode selection knob or button to the position and fan speed control to the lower speed WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING For maximum defrosting set the temperature control to the extreme right hot position and the fan speed control to the highest speed If warm air to the floor is desired while defrosting or defogging set the mode to the floor defrost position Before driving clear all snow and ice from the windshield rear win dow outside rear view mirrors and all side windows Clear all snow and ice from the hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to improve heater and defroster effi ciency and to reduce the probabili ty of fogging up the inside of the windshield Features of your vehicle Manual climate control system To defog inside windshield OTF 044336 1 Select any fan speed except 0 position 2 Select desired temperature 3 Select the or HY position 4 The outside fresh air
318. own the sunroof may operate improperly Features of your vehicle DRIVER POSITION MEMORY SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED A driver position memory system is provided to store and recall the driv er seat position with a simple button operation By saving the desired position into the system memory dif ferent drivers can reposition the driv er seat based upon their driving pref erence If the battery is disconnect ed the position memory will be lost and the driving position should be restored in the system Storing positions into memory using the buttons on the door Storing driver s seat positions 1 Move the shift lever into P for Automatic transaxle or Neutral for manual transaxle while the ignition switch is in the ON position or engine is running 2 Adjust the driver seat to position comfortable for the driver 3 Press SET button on the control panel The system will beep once 4 Press one of the memory buttons 1 or 2 within 5 seconds after pressing the SET button The sys tem will beep twice when memory has been successfully stored Features of your vehicle Recalling positions from memory 1 The shift lever is in P or N for Automatic transaxle or Neutral for manual transaxle with one of the condition below The ignition switch in the ON position or engine running The ignition switch in the LOCK OFF or ACC position while the driver s door is opened The ignition switch in the LOCK
319. pact spare wheel If such use is attempted damage to these items or other car compo nents may occur Do not use more than one compact spare tire at a time Do not tow a trailer while the com pact spare tire is installed What to do in an emergenc IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE WITH TIRE MOBILITY KIT IF EQUIPPED Introduction 9 a OYFH062021N For safe operation carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual before use 1 Tire Mobility Kit bag 2 Compressor 3 Sealant bottle The Tire Mobility Kit is a temporary fix to the tire and the tire should be inspected by an authorized Kia deal er as soon as possible CAUTION One sealant for one tire When two or more tires are flat do not use the tire mobility kit because the supported one sealant of Tire Mobility Kit is only used for one flat tire OTF064023N With the Tire Mobility Kit you stay mobile even after experiencing a tire puncture The system of compressor and seal ing compound effectively and com fortably seals most punctures in a passenger car tire caused by nails or similar objects and reinflates the tire After you ensured that the tire is properly sealed you can drive cau tiously on the tire up to 120 miles 200 km at a max speed of 50 mph 80 km h in order to reach a service station or tire dealer to have the tire repaired or replaced Jie sccS neces es Soc eke eee ec eos ete nase eee Reet eee EL ce
320. parking brake Don t let ice and snow accu mulate underneath Under some conditions snow and ice can build up under the fenders and interfere with the steering When driving in severe winter conditions where this may happen you should periodically check underneath the car to be sure the movement of the front wheels and the steering com ponents is not obstructed Carry emergency equipment Depending on the severity of the weather you should carry appropri ate emergency equipment Some of the items you may want to carry include tire chains tow straps or chains flashlight emergency flares sand a shovel jumper cables a win dow scraper gloves ground cloth coveralls a blanket etc TRAILER TOWING We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY TA FRONT REAR NOMBRE DE PLACES 7 AVANT ARRIERE The combined weight of occupants and cargo should newer exceed n Le poids total c Dupants et du chargement ne dott jamais d passer E COLD TIRE PRESSURE PRESSION DES PNEUS FROID 235kPa 34psi PNEU OMENSIONS RON 205 65R16 inb 205 65R16 235kPa 34psi EA T125 80D16 420kPa 60psi TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATNGCAPACTY FRONT REAR TOTAL 5 2 3 NOMBRE DE PLACES O 5 AVANT ARRI RE The combine
321. ped Q Inspect rear disc brake pads parking brake Q Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap fuel tank Inspect valve clearance Inspect drive belt auto tensioner generator p str g a con w pump First 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 48 months after every 15 000 miles 24 000 km or 12 months QO Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit Continued Maintenance E NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT Continued C Replace air cleaner filter C Replace engine oil and filter 2 4 GDI 120 000 miles 192 000 km or 192 months C Replace coolant First 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 60 months after every 30 000 miles 48 000 km or 24 months C Add fuel additive Every 7 500 miles 12 000 km or 12 months K Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace 127 500 miles 204 000 km or 102 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter C Inspect vacuum hose C Replace engine oil and filter 2 4 GDI 127 500 miles 204 000 km or 204 months C Add fuel additive Every 7 500 miles 12 000 km or 12 months 3 amp Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance r c c c HEN NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 135 000 miles 216 000 km or 108 months 142 500 miles 228 000 km or 114 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter O Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect vacuum hose C Inspect vacuum hose Q Inspect air conditio
322. perate the lights turn the knob at the end of the control lever to one of the following positions 1 OFF position 2 Parking light position 3 Headlight position 4 Auto light position if equipped OAM049041 When the light switch is in the park ing light position 1st position the tail position license and instrument panel lights will turn ON Features of your vehicle Headlight position 20 OAM049042 When the light switch is in the head light position 2nd position the head tail position license and instrument panel lights will turn ON The ignition switch must be in the ON position to turn on the headlights Auto light position if equipped OVG049181 When the light switch is in the AUTO light position the taillights and head lights will turn ON or OFF automati cally depending on the amount of light outside the vehicle Never place anything over the sensor 1 located on the instrument panel This will ensure better auto light sys tem control Do not clean the sensor using a win dow cleaner the cleaner may leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation If your vehicle has window tint or other types of metallic coating on the front windshield the Auto light sys tem may not work properly e Features of your vehicle High beam operation c OAM049044 To turn on the high beam headlights push the lever away from you Pull it back for low bea
323. pplied When the parking brake is applied When the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low lf the warning light illuminates with the parking brake released it indicates the brake fluid level in reservoir is low If the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low 1 Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle 2 With the engine stopped check the brake fluid level immediately and add fluid as required For more details refer to Brake Fluid in chapter 7 Then check all brake components for fluid leaks If any leak on the brake system is still found the warning light remains on or the brakes do not operate properly do not drive the vehicle In this case have your vehicle towed to an authorized Kia dealer and inspected Dual diagonal braking system Your vehicle is equipped with dual diagonal braking systems This means you still have braking on two wheels even if one of the dual sys tems should fail With only one of the dual systems working more than normal pedal travel and greater pedal pressure are required to stop the vehicle Also the vehicle will not stop in as short a distance with only a portion of the brake system working If the brakes fail while you are driv ing shift to a lower gear for addition al engine braking and stop the vehi cle as soon as it is safe to do so Features of your vehicle Anti lock Brake System ABS Warning Light This wa
324. protection from the side air bag system and to avoid being injured by the deploying side air bag both front seat occupants should sit in an upright position with the seat belt properly fastened The driver s hands should be placed on the steer ing wheel at the 9 00 and 3 00 posi tions The passenger s arms and hands should be placed on their laps Safety features of your vehicle If seat or seat cover is damaged Curtain air bag They are designed to help protect have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer Inform that your vehicle is equipped with side air bags and an occupant detection system the heads of the front seat occupants and the rear outboard seat occu pants in certain side impact colli sions The curtain air bags are designed to deploy only during certain side impact collisions depending on the crash severity angle speed and impact The curtain air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact situations collisions from the front or rear of the vehicle or in most rollover situations Do not allow the passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors put their arms on the doors stretch their oy arms out of the window or place A objects between the doors and pas sengers when they are seated on seats equipped with side and or cur tain air bags OTF030038 The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration x NOTICE Curtain air bags
325. pump the brake pedal with a light up and down motion until the vehicle is stopped Do not pump the brake pedal on a vehicle equipped with ABS f stalled in snow mud or sand use second gear Accelerate slow ly to avoid spinning the drive wheels Use sand rock salt tire chains or other non slip material under the drive wheels to provide traction when stalled in ice snow or mud Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to free it from snow sand or mud first turn the steering wheel right and left to clear the area around your front wheels Then shift back and forth between 1st First and R Reverse in vehicles equipped with a manual transaxle or R Reverse and any forward gear in vehicles equipped with an automatic transaxle Do not race the engine and spin the wheels as little as pos sible If you are still stuck after a few tries have the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid engine overheat ing and possible damage to the transaxle The ESC system should be turned OFF prior to rocking the vehicle A CAUTION Vehicle rocking Prolonged rocking may cause engine overheating transaxle damage or failure and tire dam age Driving your vehicle CAUTION Spinning tires Do not spin the wheels espe cially at speeds more than 35 mph 56 km h Spinning the wheels at high speeds when the vehicle is stationary could cause a tire to overheat which could resu
326. r conditioning selected may cause fog ging of the windshield and side win dows and the air within the passenger compartment may become stale In addition prolonged operation of the air conditioning with the recircu lated air position selected will result in excessively dry air in the passen ger compartment Features of your vehicle Fan speed control To turn off the blowers Air conditioning if equipped OTF044319L The ignition switch must be in the ON position for fan operation The fan speed control knob allows you to control the fan speed of the air flowing from the ventilation system To change the fan speed turn the knob to the right for higher speed or left for lower speed Setting the fan speed control knob to the 0 position turns off the fan OTF044403 To turn off the blowers turn the fan speed control knob to the 0 posi tion OTF044320L Press the A C button to turn the air conditioning system on indicator light will illuminate Press the button again to turn the air conditioning sys tem off Features of your vehicle System operation Ventilation 1 Set the mode to the Z4 position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed Heating 1 Set the mode to the 44 position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position
327. r evaporator and blower unit Inspect rear disc brake pads parking brake C Replace spark plugs iridium coated 2 4 GDI First 105 000 miles or 84 months after every 105 000 miles or 84 months C Replace engine oil and filter 2 4 GDI 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 168 months Continued Continued O Add fuel additive Every 7 500 miles 12 000 km or 12 months 3 amp Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance ee NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 112 500 miles 180 000 km or 90 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect vacuum hose Q Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped Q Replace engine oil and filter 2 4 GDI 112 500 miles 180 000 km or 180 months Q Add fuel additive Every 7 500 miles 12 000 km or 12 months 3 amp Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace 120 000 miles 192 000 km or 96 months C Inspect vacuum hose Q Inspect air conditioning refrigerant Inspect brake hoses and lines Q Inspect drive shafts and boots Q Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler Q Inspect front disc brake pads calipers and rotors Q Inspect steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint C Inspect suspension mounting bolts Q Inspect brake clutch if equipped fluid Q Inspect fuel filter Q Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections Inspect fuel tank air filter if equip
328. r other benefits to any owner or driver when in KMA s judgment the claims and or service requests are excessive in fre quency or type of occurrence Toll free consumer assistance Kia s toll free Consumer Assistance hot line is staffed from 5 00 AM to 6 00 PM PST Monday through Friday and is accessible by dialing 1 800 333 4Kia 4542 For more information regarding assistance available please refer to your Kia Warranty amp Consumer Information Manual Emergency roadside assistance Kia s toll free Roadside Assistance hot line is staffed 24 hours a day 365 days a year and is accessible by dialing 1 800 333 4Kia 4542 Please note that you must provide your Vehicle Identification Number VIN to verify coverage at the time of your call The VIN can be found on the dash of your vehicle on the driver s side on the door jamb of the driver s door your vehicle s registration or proof of insurance card Kia utilizes a network of over 17 000 roadside assistance providers Should you accidentally run out of fuel require a battery jump or need help changing a tire a Kia Roadside Assistance Representative will dispatch some one to deliver a small quantity of gas change a flat tire with your inflated spare or arrange a battery jump to allow you to proceed to your destination We have access to a network of over 10 000 locksmiths to help you should you become locked out of your Kia In the event that mechanical difficulty rende
329. r the system to work properly Driving your vehicle Warning message AS BSD cancelled OTF054131 BSD cancelled 8 OTF054104L The message will appear to notify the driver if there are foreign sub stances on the rear bumper or it is hot near the rear bumper The light on the switch and the system will turn off automatically Remove the foreign matter on the rear bumper If the system does not work normally even though the foreign matter is removed take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked AS Check BSD System OTF054132 Check BSD System OTF054103L If the system does not work properly a warning message will appear and the light on the switch will turn off The system will turn off automatical ly Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer A ene EE Driving your vehicle RCTA Rear cross traffic alert OVI053131 When your vehicle moves backwards from a parking position the sensor detects approaching vehicles to the left or right side direction and gives information to the driver Operating conditions Driving Assistance gt Back RCTA OTF054112N1 Select RCTA Rear Cross Traffic Alert in User Settings under Driving Assist on the instrument cluster The system will turn on and standby to activate Select RCTA again to turn the sys tem off If the vehicle is turned off and on again the RC
330. rake warning light comes on the AUTO HOLD indicator changes from green to white and a warning sounds and a message will appear to inform you that EPB has been automatically engaged Before driving off again press foot brake pedal check the surrounding area near your vehi cle and release parking brake manually with the EPB switch If the AUTO HOLD indicator lights up yellow the Auto Hold is not working properly Take your vehicle to an authorized Kia deal er and have the system checked CAUTION If there is a malfunction with the driver s door engine hood or trunk open detection system the Auto Hold may not work properly Take your vehicle to an author ized Kia dealer and have the system checked NOTICE A click or electric brake motor whine sound may be heard while operating or releasing the EPB but these conditions are normal and indicate that the EPB is functioning properly Driving your vehicle Anti lock brake system ABS ABS or ESC will not prevent acci dents due to improper or dangerous driving maneuvers Even though vehicle control is improved during emergency braking always maintain a safe distance between you and objects ahead Vehicle speeds should always be reduced during extreme road conditions The vehicle should be driven at reduced speeds in the following cir cumstances When driving on rough gravel or snow covered roads When driving with tire chains installed When
331. rakes Towing in this manner may be done only on hard surfaced roads for a short distance and at low speeds Also the wheels axles power train steering and brakes must all be in good condition Do not use the tow hooks to pull a vehicle out of mud sand or other conditions from which the vehicle cannot be driven out under its own power Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than the vehicle doing the towing The drivers of both vehicles should communicate with each other fre quently What to do in an emergenc CAUTION e Attach a towing strap to the tow hook Using a portion of the vehicle other than the tow hooks for towing may damage the body of your vehicle Use only a cable or chain specifically intended for use in towing vehicles Securely fasten the cable or chain to the towing hook provided Before emergency towing check that the hook is not broken or dam aged Fasten the towing cable or chain securely to the hook Do not jerk the hook Apply steady and even force To avoid damaging the hook do not pull from the side or at a verti cal angle Always pull straight ahead OYF069017 Use a towing strap less than 16 feet b m long Attach a white or red cloth about 12 inches 30 cm wide in the middle of the strap for easy visibility Drive carefully so that the towing strap is not loosened during tow ing Se a mL LL ILE LEedEaEU E LER AE Ea a ELLA Meca L UE MEE Dea x
332. ration pull up or press and release the switch to the opposite direction of the movement If the power window is not operated correctly the automatic power win dow system must be reset as follows 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 2 Close the window and continue pulling up on the driver s power window switch for at least 1 second after the window is completely closed Features of your vehicle E93 OUNO26013 Automatic reversal If the upward movement of the win dow is blocked by an object or part of the body the window will detect the resistance and will stop upward movement The window will then lower approximately 11 8 in 30 cm to allow the object to be cleared If the window detects the resistance while the power window switch is pulled up continuously the window will stop upward movement then lower approximately 1 in 2 5 cm And if the power window switch is pulled up continuously again within 5 seconds after the window is lowered by the automatic window reversal feature the automatic window rever sal will not operate The automatic reverse feature for the drivers window is only active when the auto up feature is used by fully pulling up the switch The automatic reverse feature will not operate if the window is raised using the halfway position on the power window switch Features of your vehicle Power window lock button if equipped J otFo40023 The driver
333. red When the air flow rate suddenly decreases the system should be checked at an authorized Kia dealer Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant When the amount of refrigerant is low the performance of the air con ditioning is reduced Overfilling also has a negative influence on the air conditioning system Therefore if abnormal operation is found have the system inspected by an authorized Kia dealer CAUTION Compressor damage It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used Otherwise damage to the compressor and abnormal system operation may occur The air conditioning system should be serviced by an authorized Kia dealer Features of your vehicle AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED W Type A Driver s temperature control knob AUTO automatic control button Front windshield defroster button Rear window defroster button Fan speed control button OFF button Mode selection button ONOoahR WD Air conditioning button 9 Air intake control button m Type B 10 Passenger s temperature control knob 11 Dual temperature control selection button 12 Climate control display 13 Climate information screen selection button OTF044322 OTF044323 Features of your vehicle Automatic heating and air con ditioning OTF044324L 1 Push the AUTO button The modes fan speeds air intake and a
334. removed from ignition switch or Engine Start Stop Button is set to the OFF position Shift Lever All doors will be automatically unlocked if the automatic transaxle shift lever is shifted to the P Park position Two Press Unlock if equipped Off The two press unlock function will be deactivated Therefore all doors will unlock if the door is unlocked On The drivers door will unlock if the door is unlocked When the door is unlocked again within 4 seconds all doors will unlock Horn Feedback if equipped Off The Horn feedback operation will be deactivated On After locking the door by pressing the lock button on the transmitter if you press the lock button again within 4 seconds the warning sound will operate once to indicate that all doors are locked Lamp One Touch Turn Lamp if equipped If this item is checked the lane change signals will blink 3 5 or 7 times when the turn signal lever is moved slightly Head Lamp Delay if equipped If this item is checked the headlamp delay and headlamp welcome func tion will be activated Welcome Light if equipped If this item is checked the welcome light function of the puddle lamp will be activated Features of your vehicle Convenience Language Choose the language you prefer within the LCD Temperature Unit Convert the temperature unit from C to F or from F to C AVG Fuel Eco Reset Auto Reset The average fuel e
335. riginal transmitter of the RF device you are programming for use in other vehicles as well as for future HomeLink programming It is also suggested that upon the sale of the vehicle the programmed HomeLink buttons be erased for security purposes Programming HomeLink NOTICE When programming a garage door opener it is advised to park the vehicle outside of the garage It is recommended that a new bat tery be placed in the hand held transmitter of the device being pro grammed to HomeLink for quick er training and accurate transaxle of the radio frequency signal Some vehicles may require the ignition switch to be turned to the second or accessories position for programming and or opera tion of HomeLink In the event that there are still pro gramming difficulties or questions after following the programming steps listed below contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 Standard programming To train most devices follow these instructions 1 For first time programming press and hold the two outside buttons HomeLink Channel 1 and Channel 3 Buttons until the indi cator light begins to flash after 20 seconds Release both buttons Do not hold the buttons for longer than 30 seconds 2 Position the end of your hand held transmitter 1 3 inches 2 8 cm away from the HomeLink buttons while keeping the indicator light in view 3 Simultaneously press and hold both the HomeLi
336. ring cornering maneuvers ESC checks where you are steering and where the vehicle is actually going ESC applies the brakes on individual wheels and intervenes with the engine manage ment system to stabilize the vehicle Electronic stability control ESC will not prevent accidents Excessive speed in turns abrupt maneuvers and hydroplaning on wet surfaces can still result in serious accidents Only a safe and attentive driver can prevent accidents by avoiding maneuvers that cause the vehicle to lose traction Even with ESC installed always follow all the normal precautions for driving including driving at safe speeds for the condi tions The Electronic Stability Control ESC system is an electronic sys tem designed to help the driver main tain vehicle control under adverse conditions It is not a substitute for safe driving practices Factors includ ing speed road conditions and driv er steering input can all affect whether ESC will be effective in pre venting a loss of control It is still your responsibility to drive and corner at reasonable speeds and to leave a sufficient margin of safety When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels you may hear a tik tik sound from the brakes or feel a cor responding sensation in the brake pedal This is normal and it means your ESC is active Driving your vehicle ESC operation When operating ESC operation off ESC ON condition t When the
337. rning light illuminates Once you set the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop Button to the ON position It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off When there is a malfunction with the ABS The normal braking sys tem will still be operational without the assistance of the anti lock brake system In this case have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Electronic Brake force A 55 Distribution BRAKE EBD System Warning Light These two warning lights illuminate at the same time while driving When the ABS and regular brake system may not work normally In this case have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer NOTICE Electronic Brake force Distribution EBD System Warning Light When the ABS Warning Light is on or both ABS and Parking Brake amp Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on the speedometer odometer or trip meter may not work Also the EPS Warning Light may illuminate and the steering effort may increase or decrease In this case have your vehicle inspect ed by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible Features of your vehicle Electric Parking Brake EPB Warning Light if equipped EPB This warning light illuminates Once you set the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop Button to the ON position It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off When there is a malfunction with the EPB In this case h
338. ronic Stability Control ESC in chapter 5 Electronic Stability Control ESC OFF oo Indicator Light OFF This indicator light illuminates Once you set the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop Button to the ON position It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off When you deactivate the ESC sys tem by pressing the ESC OFF but ton For more details refer to Electronic Stability Control ESC in chapter 5 ECOMINDER indicator CO Active ECO system This indicator light illuminates When the Active ECO button is pressed the ECOMINDER indicator green will illuminate to show that the Active ECO is operating For more detailed information refer to Active ECO or Drive mode in chapter 5 SPORT Mode Indicator Light if equipped SPORT This indicator light illuminates When you select SPORT mode as drive mode For more details refer to Drive Mode in chapter 5 Features of your vehicle Immobilizer Indicator Light Without Smart Key gt if equipped This indicator light illuminates When the vehicle detects the immobilizer in your key properly while the ignition switch is ON At this time you can start the engine The indicator light goes off after starting the engine This indicator light blinks When there is a malfunction with the immobilizer system In this case have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Immobilizer
339. rotection in a severe collision the air bags must inflate rapidly The speed of air bag inflation is a consequence of extremely short time in which a collision occurs and the need to get the air bag between the occupant and the vehicle structures before the occupant impacts those struc tures This speed of inflation reduces the risk of serious or life threatening injuries in a severe col lision and is thus a necessary part of air bag design However air bag inflation can also cause injuries which can include facial abrasions bruises and bro ken bones because the inflation speed also causes the air bags to expand with a great deal of force There are even circumstances under which contact with the steering wheel air bag can cause fatal injuries especially if the occupant is positioned exces sively close to the steering wheel Safety features of your vehicle Noise and smoke When the air bags inflate they make a loud noise and they leave smoke and powder in the air inside of the vehicle This is normal and is a result of the ignition of the air bag inflator After the air bag inflates you may feel substantial discomfort in breath ing due to the contact of your chest to both the seat belt and the air bag as well as from breathing the smoke and powder Open your doors and or windows as soon as possi ble after the impact in order to reduce discomfort and prevent prolonged exposure to smoke and powder Thoug
340. rs your vehi cle undriveable due to a warranty related concern Kia s Roadside Assistance Representative will arrange to transport your vehicle to the nearest Kia dealer or to an alternative service location Your vehicle must be accessible to our dispatch transport vehicle as determined by our driver to receive this serv ice NOTICE Roadside Assistance benefits are not available for any Kia vehicle that has ever been or should be issued a sal vage title or similar branded title under any state s law or has been declared a total loss or equivalent by a financial institution or insurance company Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects Trip interruption Trip interruption expense benefits are provided in the event that a warranty related disablement occurs more than 150 miles from your home and the repairs require more than 24 hours to complete Reasonable reimburse ment is included for meals lodging or rental car expens es Trip interruption coverage is limited to 100 per day subject to a three day maximum limit per incident You must contact the Kia Roadside Assistance Center to obtain pre authorization of expenses Once the Kia Roadside Assistance Center gives authorization for trip interruption benefits they will assist you in making the necessary arrangements Insurance deductibles expenses and claims paid by your insurance company or other providers are not eligible for reimbursement
341. s Make sure the snow chains are the correct size and type for your tires Incorrect snow chains can cause damage to the vehicle body and suspension and may not be covered by your vehicle manufacturer s warran ly The snow chain connecting hooks may be damaged from contacting vehicle components causing the snow chains to come loose from the tire Make sure the snow chains are SAE class S certified Always check chain installation for proper mounting after driving approximately 0 3 to 0 6 miles 0 5 to 1 km to ensure safe mounting Retighten or remount the chains if they are loose Chain installation When installing chains follow the manufacturer s instructions and mount them as tightly as you can Drive slowly with chains installed If you hear the chains contacting the body or chassis stop and tighten them If they still make contact slow down until it stops Remove the chains as soon as you begin driving on cleared roads When mounting snow chains park the vehicle on level ground away from traffic Turn on the vehicle Hazard Warning flashers and place a triangular emergency warning device behind the vehicle if available Driving your vehicle The use of chains may adversely affect vehicle handling Do not exceed 20 mph 30 km h or the chain manufacturer s recom mended speed limit whichever is lower Drive carefully and avoid bumps holes sharp turns and other road hazards which may cause th
342. s and functions OTF032049N Q The SRS consists of the following components 1 Driver s front air bag module 2 Passenger s front air bag module 3 Side air bag modules 4 Curtain air bag modules 5 Retractor pre tensioner assem blies 6 Air bag warning light 7 SRS control module SRSCM 8 Front impact sensors 9 Side impact sensors 10 PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator Front passenger s seat only 11 Occupant detection system Front passenger s seat only 12 Driver s and front passenger s seat belt buckle sensors 13 Anchor pre tensioner assembly if equipped The SRSCM continually monitors all SRS components while the ignition switch is ON to determine if a crash impact is severe enough to require air bag deployment or pre tensioner seat belt deployment The SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for about 6 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position after which the air bag warning light should go out If any of the following conditions occurs this indicates a malfunction of the SRS Have an authorized Kia dealer inspect the air bag system as Soon as possible The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ignition ON The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds The light comes on while the vehi cle is in motion Safety features of your vehicle Driver s front air bag 1 A
343. s are those of their respective owners A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio can be used only when the Audio Streaming of Phone is turned Con Setting Bluetooth Wireless Technology Audio Streaming Press the key gt Select Phone gt Select Audio Streaming through the TUNE knob Set On Off Features of your vehicle Starting Bluetooth Wireless Using the Bluetooth Wireless Technology Audio Technology audio features Press the key to change the Play Stop mode in order of CD gt USB AUX Press the TUNE knob to play and My Music BT Audio pause the current song e If BT Audio is selected Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio will start playing 3 Audio may not automatically start playing in some mobile phones Previous Next song Press or to play previous or next song 3 The previous song next song play pause functions may not be supported in some mobile phones EI ae Features of your vehicle PHONE Before using the Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone features In order to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone you must first pair and connect the Bluetooth Wireless Technology mobile phone e If the mobile phone is not paired or connected it is not possible to enter Phone mode Once a phone is paired or connected the guid ance screen will be displayed
344. s as pairs Driving your vehicle Parking brake Aoplvinsitha pardnd brake CAUTION Parking brake Driving with the parking brake applied will cause excessive brake pad or lining and brake rotor wear l USH PUSH i oF NOFF OTF050014 Hand type OTFo50015 TO engage the parking brake first apply the foot brake and then without Foot type pressing the release button in pull To engage the parking brake first the parking brake lever up as far as apply the foot brake and then possible In addition it is recommend depress the parking brake pedal ed that when parking the vehicle on down as far as possible a gradient the shift lever should be positioned in the appropriate low gear for manual transaxle vehicles or in the P Park position for automatic transaxle vehicles E Driving your vehicle Releasing the parking brake OTF050017 Foot type To release the parking brake depress the parking brake pedal a second time while applying the foot brake The pedal will automatically extend to the fully released position OTF050016 Hand type To release the parking brake first apply the foot brake and pull up the parking brake lever slightly Secondly press the release button 1 and lower the parking brake lever 2 while holding the button Driving your vehicle WE Check the brake warning light by turning the ignition switch ON do not start the engine This light will illum
345. s of your vehicle Continued Seatback pocket e Do not place materials such as plastic bags or newspapers under the seats The air vent may not work properly as the air intake can be blocked When the air vent does not operate restart the vehicle If there is no change have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer The seatback pocket is provided on the back of the front passenger s seatback Safety features of your vehicle Rear seat adjustment Headrest OMG038401 The rear seat is equipped with head rests in all the seating positions for the occupant s safety and comfort The headrest not only provides com fort for passengers but also helps protect the head and neck in the event of a collision For maximum effectiveness in case of an accident the headrest should be adjusted so the middle of the headrest is at the same height of the center of gravity of an occupant s head Generally the center of gravity of most people s head is similar with the height as the top of their eyes Also adjust the headrest as close to your head as possible For this rea son the use of a cushion that holds the body away from the seatback is not recommended OTF030017 Adjusting the height up and down if equipped To raise the headrest pull it up to the desired position 1 To lower the headrest push and hold the release button 2 on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desire
346. s the abdominal area must be avoided Seat belts should be adjusted as firmly as possible consistent with comfort to provide the protection for which they have been designed A slack belt will greatly reduce the protection afforded to the wearer Care should be taken to avoid con tamination of the webbing with pol ishes oils and chemicals and partic ularly battery acid Cleaning may safely be carried out using mild soap and water The belt should be replaced if webbing becomes frayed contaminated or damaged For maximum restraint system pro tection the seat belts must always be used whenever the vehicle is moving A properly positioned shoulder belt should be positioned midway over your shoulder across your collarbone Never allow children to ride in the front passenger seat See child restraint system section for further discussion A WARNING Shoulder belt Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm or behind your back An improperly positioned shoulder belt cannot protect the occupant in a crash A WARNING Twisted seat belt Make sure your seat belt is not twisted when worn A twisted seat belt may not properly pro tect you in an accident and could even cut into your body A WARNING Damaged seat belt Replace the entire seat belt assembly if any part of the web bing or hardware is damaged as you can no longer be sure that a damaged seat belt will provide protection in
347. s they could cause dam age to the USB jack Please make certain only to use plug type connector products Features of your vehicle USING iPod DEVICE iPod is a registered trademark of Apple Inc iPhone is a registered grademark of Apple inc Some iPod models may not support communication protocol and files may not properly play Supported iPod models iPhone 3GS 4 iPod touch 1st 4th generation iPod nano 1st 6th generation iPod classic The order of search or playback of songs in the iPod can be dif ferent from the order searched in the audio system If the iPod is disabled due to its own malfunction reset the iPod Reset Refer to iPod manual An iPod may not operate nor mally on low battery Continued Continued Some iPod devices such as the iPhone can be connected through the B uetoothe Wireless Technology interface The device must have audio Bluetoothe Wireless Technology capability such as for stereo headphone Bluetoothe Wireless Technology The device can play but it will not be controlled by the audio system To use iPod features within the audio use the cable provided upon purchasing an iPod device Skipping or improper operation may occur depending on the characteristics of your iPod iPhone device If your iPhone is connected to both the Bluetoothe Wireless Technology and USB the sound may not be properly played In your iPhone
348. s warning message illuminates if you try to turn off the engine without the shift lever in P Park position At this time the Engine Start Stop Button turns to the ACC position If you press the Engine Start Stop Button once more it will turn to the ON position Features of your vehicle Low Key Battery for smart key system al Low Key Battery W Type A OTF044141L Press START button while turning wheel for smart key system WD W Type A Press START button while turning wheel OTF044173L W Type B Low Key Battery OTF044142L This warning message illuminates if the battery of the smart key is discharged when the Engine Start Stop Button changes to the OFF position m Type B Press START button while turning wheel OTF044187L This warning message illuminates if the steering wheel does not unlock normally when the Engine Start Stop Button is pressed It means that you should press the Engine Start Stop Button while turning the steering wheel right and left Features of your vehicle Steering wheel unlocked for smart key system coo W Type A Steering wheel unlocked OTF044174L Check steering wheel lock system for smart key system Ae W Type A Check Steering Wheel Lock System OTF044175L m Type B Steering wheel unlocked s a OTF044188L This warning message illuminates if the steering wheel does not lock
349. se the seat belt The seat belt is released by pressing the release button 1 of the locking buckle When it is released the belt should automatically draw back into the retractor If this does not happen check the belt to be sure it is not twisted then try again Pre tensioner seat belt OXMA033101 Your vehicle is equipped with driver s and front passenger s pre tensioner seat belts 1 Retractor pre tensioner The retractor pre tensioner is a sup plemental system of the seat belts The purpose of the retractor pre ten sioner is to tighten the shoulder belt against the occupant s upper body in certain frontal collisions Safety features of your vehicle 2 Emergency Fastening Device EFD The Emergency Fastening Device EFD is a supplemental system of the seat belts The purpose of the EFD is to tighten the lap belt against the occupant s pelvis in certain frontal collisions The pretensioner seat belts may be activated together with the air bags upon a severe enough collision When the vehicle stops suddenly or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly the seat belt retractor may lock into position In certain frontal collisions or side collisions the pre tensioner may activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occupant s body If the system senses excessive ten sion on the driver or passenger s seat belt when the pre tensioner acti vates the load limiter insi
350. secos bse eb aly ela ER 5 19 Aux USB and iPod port 2 00 00 4 147 B Back up warning system 0 0 4 92 Non operational conditions 4 93 Operation ioco edhe ERA hehe 4 92 Battery soc E RV ERE RM ERREUR 7 44 Battery saver function eese 4 97 Before duving sser erines 2 8 recep eet RE RES x 5 4 Blind spot detection system BSD 5 52 BSD Blind Spot Detection LCA Lane Change Assist 4 5 53 RCTA Rear cross traffic alert 5 56 Brakesystem oil cose pr bie bee RR 5 23 Anti lock brake system ABS 5 36 Electronic stability control ESC 5 38 Hill start assist control HAC 5 41 Parking brake 2 5 25 POWER Drakes esee aen s 5 23 Vehicle stability management VSM 5 42 Brakes clutch fluid 0 0 0 cee eee ee eee 7 34 Bulb replacement 00 00 0000 0005 7 79 Bulb Watta se dep ce aed a dad subs wb ects es 8 4 Button start stop see engine start stop button 5 8 Lc Camera see the Rear camera display 4 95 Capacities Lubricants lsleeeee eee eee 8 6 Care Exterior Cales nsn etuer eatin OR Ra Utd 7 92 IntenOr Cate i S ouo duree ene PS te eh aos 7 97 Tte Cate c eos cass uta en acia E iud eats EE 7 47 Center console storage 0 0008 4 137 Central door lock switch 0000 000s 4 18 Certi
351. sed area for a prolonged time Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide a colorless odorless gas that can cause uncon sciousness and death by asphyxiation A WARNING Open trunk Do not drive with the trunk open Poisonous exhaust gases can enter the passenger compart ment If you must drive with the trunk open proceed as follows 1 Close all windows 2 Open side vents 3 Set the air intake control at Fresh the air flow control at Floor or Face and the fan at the highest speed A WARNING California proposition 65 Engine exhaust and a wide vari ety of automobile components and parts including compo nents found in the interior fur nishings in a vehicle contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause can cer and birth defects and repro ductive harm In addition cer tain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of compo nent wear contain or emit chem icals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproduc tive harm Driving your vehicle BEFORE DRIVING Before entering vehicle Be sure that all windows outside mirror s and outside lights are clean Check the condition of the tires Check under the vehicle for any sign of leaks Be sure there are no obstacles behind you if you intend to back up Necessary inspections Fluid levels such as engine oil engine coolant brake fluid and washer flu
352. select the Dock connector or Bluetoothe Wireless Technology to change the sound output source Continued Continued When connecting iPode with the iPode Power Cable insert the connector to the multimedia Socket completely If not inserted completely communications between iPode and audio may be interrupted When adjusting the sound effects of the iPode and the audio system the sound effects of both devices will overlap and might reduce or distort the qual ity of the sound Deactivate turn off the equaliz er function of an iPode when adjusting the audio system s vol ume and turn off the equalizer of the audio system when using the equalizer of an iPode When not using iPod with car audio detach the iPod cable from iPod Otherwise iPod may remain in accessory mode and may not work properly iosceSaeses ns else ELA LL IEEE te eno AE Ea LEE ELLA Meca EET x see aet eee es E E Features of your vehicle Bluetooth Wireless Technology Bluetooth Wireless Technology The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license A Bluetooth enabled call phone is required to use Bluetooth wireless technology Before Using the Bluetooth Wireless Technology Handsfree What is Bluetooth Bluetooth refers to a short dis tance wireless networking technol ogy which uses a 2 4GHz 2 48GHz freq
353. ses 4 109 Interior light welcome 0000 4 96 Jack and tools versi rr PRESE 6 15 Jump starting 92st beu EE eda tok be RP RP 6 5 K Key operations iseclereic eee RE REX eee 4 4 Key positions 4003 e er Ree Re ERR 5 6 KeyS serpere eR PX SEMEN MEN RENE 4 4 Battery replacement 00 002 ee eee 4 11 Immobilizer system 0 000 eee eee eee 4 12 Key operations oues cbe RES CE RES wd 4 4 Record your key number 00 00 4 4 Remote keyless entry lese eese ees 4 9 SMart Key ose e ds thrid babies REIRRPR NR 4 6 L Label Air bag warning label 3 56 Certification label eiie eE esses 5 73 Refrigerant label 0 0 00 eee 8 11 Tire and loading information label 5 70 Tire sidewall labeling 0 7 52 Tire specification and pressure label 8 10 Lane change signals 0 005 4 101 Lap shoulder belt 3 Point system 3 19 Index LCD display cet hati Der ER ace ep Peay 4 60 M LCD modes ic mo a P IMRRE ed ET LES 4 60 Master warning mode 000 e eee 4 63 Maintenance Service Mode os uaa iu eod Pace eb arae 4 61 Explanation of scheduledmaintenance items 7 25 User Settings Mode 0 0 000 4 63 Maintenance services esses eee 7 4 Warning Messages 0 e eee cease 4 66 Ow
354. shift lever into P Park when the vehicle is in motion Slow down before shifting to a lower gear Otherwise the lower gear may not be engaged Always use the parking brake Do not depend on placing the transaxle in P Park to keep the vehicle from moving Optimum vehicle performance and economy is obtained by smoothly depressing and releasing the accelerator pedal Moving up a steep grade from a standing start To move up a steep grade from a standing start depress the brake pedal shift the shift lever to D Drive Select the appropriate gear depending on load weight and steep ness of the grade and release the parking brake Depress the accelera tor gradually while releasing the service brakes Driving your vehicle BRAKE SYSTEM Power brakes Your vehicle has power assisted brakes that adjust automatically through normal usage In the event that the power assisted brakes lose power because of a stalled engine or some other reason you can still stop your vehicle by applying greater force to the brake pedal than you normally would The stopping distance however will be longer When the engine is not running the reserve brake power is partially depleted each time the brake pedal is applied Do not pump the brake pedal when the power assist has been interrupted Pump the brake pedal only when necessary to maintain steering con trol on slippery surfaces CAUTION Brake pedal Do not drive with
355. ss the front portion of the switch to increase support or the rear portion of the switch to decrease support Safety features of your vehicle Headrest TL pe OMG038400 The driver s and front passenger s seats are equipped with a headrest A occupant s safety and com or The headrest not only provides com fort for the driver and front passen ger but also helps protect the head and neck in the event of a collision For maximum effectiveness in case of an accident the headrest should be adjusted so the middle of the headrest is at the same height of the center of gravity of an occupant s head Generally the center of gravity of most people s head is similar with the height of the top of their eyes Also adjust the headrest as close to your head as possible For this reason the use of a cushion that holds the body away from the seatback is not recommended Forward and backward adjustment The headrest may be adjusted for ward to 4 different positions by pulling the headrest forward to the desired detent To adjust the head rest to it s full rearward position pull it fully forward to the farthest position and release it Adjust the headrest so that it properly supports the head and neck Safety features of your vehicle 1 f OTF030010 Adjusting the height up and down To raise the headrest pull it up to the desired position 1 To lower the headrest push and hold the release b
356. stick out again and check the level The level should be between F and L CAUTION Replace engine oil Do not overfill with engine oil 3 OYF071003N 1 Engine damage may result If it is near or at L add enough oil to bring the level to F Do not overfill 1 Be sure the vehicle is on level ground 2 Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating tempera ture Use a funnel to help prevent oil from being spilled on engine com ponents A Pe EE Maintenance Use only the specified engine oil Changing the engine oil and Refer to Recommended lubricants filter Have engine oil and filter changed by an authorized Kia dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this chapter and capacities in chapter 8 Maintenance ENGINE COOLANT The high pressure cooling system has a reservoir filled with year round antifreeze coolant The reservoir is filled at the factory Check the antifreeze protection and coolant level at least once a year at the beginning of the winter season and before traveling to a colder cli mate a Checking the coolant level Zn Check the condition and connections of all cooling system hoses and heater hoses Replace any swollen or deteriorated hoses The coolant level should be filled between F MAX and L MIN marks on the side of the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool If the coolant level is low add enough specified co
357. sts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer birth defects and reproductive harm Batteries also contain other chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer Wash hands after handling Maintenance O_O Battery recharging Your vehicle has a maintenance free calcium based battery f the battery becomes discharged in a short time because for exam ple the headlights or interior lights were left on while the vehicle was not in use recharge it by slow charging trickle for 10 hours If the battery gradually discharges because of high electric load while the vehicle is being used recharge it at 20 30A for two hours When recharging the battery observe the following precautions The battery must be removed from the vehicle and placed in an area with good ventilation Watch the battery during charging and stop or reduce the charging rate if the battery cells begin gassing boiling violently or if the temperature of the electrolyte of any cell exceeds 120 F 49 C Wear eye protection when check ing the battery during charging Disconnect the battery charger in the following order 1 Turn off the battery charger main switch 2 Unhook the negative clamp from the negative battery terminal 3 Unhook the positive clamp from the positive battery terminal Before performing maintenance or re
358. suee sese ees 7 49 Changing the coolant eese 7 33 Mr eene c ds LEG Sooo cso en es acoc ipe Brake clutch fluid s esee 7 34 Thes uin aped p M M p Checking the brakelcluteh Mid evel TM Dm ach a Washer fluid Le 7 35 JTireanaintenance 99 5 e io cree 7 52 Checking the washer fluid level sese 7 35 e Tire sidewall labeling 0ceceeeeees 7 52 Parking brake eene 7 36 USES e M PE 7 61 Checking the parking brake 7 36 e Fuse relay panel description 2 0 6 7 66 Zuerd SEVITIIOOOQOOUOQUDOUOUQUODOOODOU OUO 7 37 Kishi bulls 0 09 4 0 0 ee e oe 7 79 Filter replacement eee sues seuss eves 7 37 e Front light replacement esee 7 79 Climate control air filter 0 00 eee 7 39 Side repeater light bulb replacement 7 83 s Bilter inspection ese eee II Ie 7 39 Rear combination light bulb replacement 7 85 High mounted stop light bulb replacement 7 88 e License plate light bulb replacement 7 88 e Interior light bulb replacement sse 7 91 Appearance cares s aiae e a 00 0 7 92 SEXLErIor CALE neet Od OUO OUO UO UON 7 92 s IntepioE Canes 0 E 5 2 ete 7 97 Emission control system 7 99 California perchlorate notice 7 102 Maintenance ENGINE COMPARTMENT E 2 4L Engine 1 Engine coolant reservoir 2 Engine
359. system OTFOSO029N Child restraint hook holders are located on the package tray This symbol indicates the ad di position of the tether anchor 1 Route the child restraint seat teth er strap over the seatback For vehicles with adjustable head rests route the tether strap under the headrest and between the headrest posts otherwise route the tether strap over the top of the seatback 2 Connect the tether strap hook to the appropriate child restraint hook holder and tighten to secure the child restraint seat Safety features of your vehicle Check that the child restraint system is secure by pushing and pulling it in different directions Incorrectly fitted child restraints may swing twist tip or separate causing death or serious injury Securing a child restraint seat with child seat lower anchor system B230D01NF Some child seat manufacturers make child restraint seats that are labeled as LATCH or LATCH com patible child restraint seats LATCH stands for Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children These seats include two rigid or webbing mount ed attachments that connect to two LATCH anchors at specific seating positions in your vehicle This type of child restraint seat eliminates the need to use seat belts to attach the child seat in the rear seats Lower Anchor Position Indicator OTF030031N Child restraint symbols are located on the left and right rear seat backs to indicate
360. t average fuel economy reset Fuel economy range 0 0 99 9 MPG or L 100km The average fuel economy can be reset both manually and automati cally Manual reset To clear the average fuel economy manually press the SELECT RESET button OK on the steering wheel for more than 1 second when the aver age fuel economy is displayed Automatic reset To make the average fuel economy be reset automatically whenever refu eling select the Auto Reset mode in User Setting menu of the LCD display Refer to LCD Display Under Auto Reset mode the aver age fuel economy will be cleared to zero when the vehicle speed exceeds 1 km h after refueling more than 1 6 gallons 6 liters NOTICE The average fuel economy is not dis played for more accurate calculation if the vehicle does not drive more than 10 seconds or 0 03 miles 50 meters since the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop button is turned to ON Instant Fuel Economy 3 This mode displays the instant fuel economy during the last few sec onds when the vehicle speed is more than 6 2 MPH 10 km h Fuel economy range 0 50 MPG or 0 30 L 100km Features of your vehicle Trip A B Tripmeter 1 m Type A Trip B 1 248 Sri AWe Speed 64mMPH Elapsed Time 23 47 TF044167N m Type B Trip A 248 9 mi 64 mpx 23 47 OTF044194N The tripmeter is the total driving distance since the last tripmeter res
361. t for 5 seconds each Press and hold the key over 0 8 seconds Previews the broadcasts saved in Preset E for5 seconds each K Press the key again to continue listening to the current frequency SAT Radio does not support the Preset scan feature CD USB My Music mode Shortly press the key under 0 8 seconds Previews each song file for 10 seconds each K Press the key again to continue listening to the current song file 9 Briefly press the key under 0 8 sec onds Moves to the Display Sound Clock Phone System setting modes Press and hold the key over 0 8 sec onds Move to the Time setting screen 10 Displays menus for the current mode 3K iPod List Move to parent category 11 GSR Radio Mode SiriusXM RADIO Category Search MP3 CD USB mode Folder Search 4 Features of your vehicle 12 TUNE knob AM FM Mode Changes frequency by turning the knob left right CD USB iPod My Music Mode Searches songs files by turning the knob left right SiriusXM Radio Mode Changes the station by turning the knob left right Press knob to select station 3 When the desired song is displayed press the knob to play the song Moves focus in all selection menus and selects menus 13 EB Preset Radio Mode Saves frequencies channels or receives saved fre quencies channels CD USB iPod My Music mode Repeat Random In the Ra
362. t in vehicle will illuminate on the LCD display And if all doors are closed the chime will sound for 5 seconds The indi cator or warning will turn off while the vehicle is moving Always have the smart key with you The engine will start only when the smart key is in the vehicle D rivin our vehicle OTF054006 f the battery is weak or the smart key does not work correctly you can start the engine by pressing the engine start stop button with the smart key The side with the lock button should contact the start stop button directly When you press the engine start stop button directly with the smart key the smart key should contact the button at a right angle engine When the stop lamp fuse is blown you can t start the engine normally Replace the fuse with a new one If it is not possible you can start the engine by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button for 10 sec onds while it is in the ACC posi tion The engine can start without depressing the brake pedal But for your safety always depress the brake pedal before starting the engine Do not press the ENGINE START STOP button for more than 10 sec onds except when the stop lamp fuse is blown Pio scce neces es ele Ice LL LL Ecce UL Lm AE La ALERTA Meceasa x auem MEE coe eee EE Driving your vehicle MANUAL TRANSAXLE IF EQUIPPED Manual transaxle operation p CAUTION Downshifting The manual transaxle has 6 forward
363. t or unpleasant fumes from entering the vehicle through the ventilation system temporarily set the air intake control to the recirculated air position Be sure to return the control to the fresh air position when the irritation has passed to keep fresh air in the vehicle This will help keep the driv er alert and comfortable Air for the heating cooling system is drawn in through the grilles just ahead of the windshield Care should be taken that these are not blocked by leaves snow ice or other obstructions To prevent interior fog on the wind shield set the air intake control to the fresh air position and fan speed to the desired position turn on the air conditioning system and adjust the temperature control to desired temperature Features of your vehicle Air conditioning Kia Air Conditioning Systems are filled with environmentally friendly R 134a refrigerant 1 Start the engine Press the air con ditioning button 2 Set the mode to the position 3 Set the air intake control to the outside air or recirculated air posi tion 4 Adjust the fan speed control and temperature control to maintain maximum comfort When maximum cooling is desired set the temperature control to the extreme left position then set the fan speed control to the highest speed NOTICE When using the air conditioning system monitor the temperature gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic when out
364. tance 1 average fuel economy 2 and the vehicle can be driven with the remaining fuel 3 This information is displayed for a few seconds when you turn off the engine and then goes off automati cally The information provided is cal culated according to each trip If the estimated distance is below 30 mi 50km the distance to empty 3 will display as and a refuel mes sage will appear 4 Features of your vehicle WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS Warning lights NOTICE Warning lights Make sure that all warning lights are OFF after starting the engine If any light is still ON this indicates a situation that needs attention Air bag Warning Light ec This warning light illuminates Once you set the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop Button to the ON position It illuminates for approximately 6 seconds and then goes off When there is a malfunction with the SRS In this case have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Seat Belt Warning Light This warning light informs the driver that the seat belt is not fastened For more details refer to the Seat Belts in chapter 3 Features of your vehicle Parking Brake amp Brake Fluid Warning Light O BRAKE This warning light illuminates Once you set the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop Button to the ON position It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds It remains on if the parking brake is a
365. te Delete All and Delete Selection features Repeat Press the key gt Set CORPT through the TUNE knob or key Repeats the currently playing song 3 Press RPT again to turn repeat off Random Press the key Set 2RDM through the TUNE knob or key Plays all songs in random order K Press RDM again to turn random off Information Press the key Set Info through the 9 TUNE knob or key Displays information of the current song 3 Press the key to turn off info display Delete Press the key gt Set Delete through the TUNE knob or key Deletes currently playing file In the play screen pressing delete will delete the currently playing song Deletes file from list Select the file you wish to delete by using the TUNE knob Press the key and select the delete menu to delete the selected file Delete All Press the key Set S Del AII through the TUNE knob or key Deletes all songs of My Music Features of your vehicle Delete Selection Press the key gt Set Del Sel through the amp TUNE knob or GB key Songs within My Music are selected and deleted Select the songs you wish to delete from the list After selecting press key and select the delete menu My Music Even if memory is available a maximum of 6 000 songs can be stored The same song can be copied up to 1 000 times Memory info can be checked in the S
366. te nese ece Reet eee eno AE Ea LEER LAE nea ce aoe cee E es oS eee x aate eee eo soe eee ce see Safety features of your vehicle aa L z EX OUNO26090 3 The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration Side air bags Side air bags side and or curtain air bags are designed to inflate when an impact is detected by side colli sion sensors depending on the strength speed or angles of impact resulting from a side impact collision Although the front air bags driver s and front passenger s air bags are designed to inflate in frontal colli sions they also may inflate in other types of collisions if the front impact sensors detect a sufficient frontal force in another type of impact Side and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in certain side impact colli sions They may inflate in other type of collisions where a side force is detected by the sensors If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or objects on unimproved roads or sidewalks air bags may deploy Drive carefully on unim proved roads or on surfaces not designed for vehicle traffic to prevent unintended air bag deployment Air bag non inflation conditions 1JBA3515 In certain low speed collisions the air bags may not deploy The air bags are designed not to deploy in such cases because they may not provide benefits beyond the pro tection of the seat belts in such col lisions Safety features of your vehicle OED036100
367. tems Although a combination retractor is also installed in the front passenger seat position it is strongly recom mended that children always be seated in the rear seat NEVER place an infant restraint system in the front seat of the vehicle This type of seat belt combines the features of both an emergency lock ing retractor seat belt and an auto matic locking retractor seat belt To fasten your seat belt pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab into the buckle There will be an audible click when the tab locks into the buckle When not securing a child restraint the seat belt operates in the same way as the driver s seat belt Emergency Locking Retractor Type It automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt portion of the seat belt is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips When the seat belt is fully extended from the retractor to allow the instal lation of a child restraint system the seat belt operation changes to allow the belt to retract but not to extend Automatic Locking Retractor Type Refer to Using a child restraint sys tem in this section To convert from the automatic lock ing feature to the emergency locking operation mode allow the unbuckled seat belt to fully retract Safety features of your vehicle OBH038023N When using the rear center seat belt the buckle with the CENTER mark must be used B210A01NF 1 To relea
368. the engine Avoid hard stops except in emer gencies to allow the brakes to seat properly Don t let the engine idle longer than 3 minutes at one time Don t tow a trailer during the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km of opera tion Introduction ee VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety sys tems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as How various systems in your vehicle were operating Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and How fast the vehicle was travel ing These data can help provide a bet ter understanding of the circum stances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non trivial crash situation occurs no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location are recorded However other parties such as law enforcem
369. the steering wheel firmly while driving Your vehicle is designed to react according to the driver s intention even with installed VSM Always follow all the normal precautions for driving at safe speeds for the conditions including driving in inclement weather and on a slip pery road Driving your vehicle Good braking practices Check to be sure the parking brake is not engaged and that the park ing brake indicator light is out before driving away Driving through water may get the brakes wet They can also get wet when the vehicle is washed Wet brakes can be dangerous Your vehicle will not stop as quickly if the brakes are wet Wet brakes may cause the vehicle to pull to one side To dry the brakes apply the brakes lightly until the braking action returns to normal taking care to keep the vehicle under control at all times If the braking action does not return to normal stop as soon as it is safe to do so and call an authorized Kia dealer for assis tance Don t coast down hills with the vehicle out of gear This is extreme ly hazardous Keep the vehicle in gear at all times use the brakes to slow down then shift to a lower gear so that engine braking will help you maintain a safe speed Don t ride the brake pedal Resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving can be danger ous because the brakes might overheat and lose their effective ness It also increases the wear of the brake c
370. the effect of brake control and indicates nothing unusual The VSM does not operate when Driving on bank road such as gra dient or incline Driving rearward e ESC OFF indicator light 8 remains on the instrument cluster ESC indicator light remains on the instrument cluster VSM operation off If you press the ESC OFF button to turn off the ESC the VSM will also cancel and the ESC OFF indicator light 8 illuminates To turn on the VSM press the button again The ESC OFF indicator light goes out Driving your vehicle Malfunction indicator The VSM can be deactivated even if you don t cancel the VSM operation by pressing the ESC OFF button It indicates that a malfunction has been detected somewhere in the Electric Power Steering system or VSM system If the ESC indicator light 8 or ESC warning light remains on take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked The VSM is designed to function above approximately 9 mph 15 km h on curves The VSM is designed to function above approximately 18 mph 30 km h when a vehicle is braking on a split mu road The split mu road is made of surfaces which have dif ferent friction forces The Vehicle Stability Management system is not a substitute for safe driving practices but a supplemen tary function only It is the respon sibility of the driver to always check the speed and the distance to the vehicle ahead Always hold
371. the front door is pulled when the door lock button is in the lock position the button will unlock and the door will open if equipped Front doors cannot be locked if the ignition key is in the ignition switch or if the smart key is in the vehicle and any front door is opened if equipped If a power door lock ever fails to func tion while you are in the vehicle try one or more of the following tech niques to exit Operate the door unlock feature repeatedly both electronic and manual while simultaneously pulling on the door handle Operate the other door locks and handles front and rear Lower a front window and use the key to unlock the door from out side With central door lock switch if equipped Driver s door i Oe orro o s Operate by pressing the central door lock switch Press the switch to the Lock posi tion 1 all vehicle doors will lock Features of your vehicle Press the switch to the Unlock position 2 all vehicle doors will unlock If the key is in the ignition switch or if the smart key is in the vehicle and any front door is opened the doors will not lock when the Lock position 1 of the central door lock switch is pressed if equipped Impact sensing door unlock system All doors will automatically unlock when an impact causes the air bags to deploy Auto door lock unlock feature All doors will automatically lock when the transaxle shift
372. the key gt Set through the TUNE knob The display will indicate the category menus highlight the category that the current channel belongs to In the Category List Mode press the key to navigate cat egory list Press the tune knob to select the lowest channel in the highlighted category If channel is selected by selecting category then the CATEGORY icon is displayed at the top of the Screen Preset Press the key i EC Briefly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Plays the frequency saved in the corresponding key Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Pressing and holding the desired key from Er will save the current broadcast to the selected key and sound a BEEP Troubleshooting Antenna Error If this message is displayed the anten na or antenna cable is broken or unplugged Please consult with your Kia dealership 2 Acquiring Signal If this message is displayed it means that the antenna is covered and that the SIRIUS Satellite Radio signal is not available Ensure the antenna is uncov ered and has a clear view of the sky Em Tune e Rotate 9 TUNE knob Changes the channel number or scrolls cate gory list e Press TUNE knob Selects the menu Menu Select category menu through the Q TUNE knob Press the key gt Select Info through the TUNE knob or key Info Information Displays the Artist Song info of the current song Feat
373. the phone will not be found during device searches if the phone has been set to hidden state or the Bluetooth power is turned off Disable the hidden state or turn on the Bluetooth power prior to searching connect ing with the Head unit If you do not want automatic con nection with your Bluetooth device turn off the Bluetooth feature within your mobile phone The Handsfree call volume and quality may differ depending on the mobile phone Park the vehicle when connecting the head unit with the mobile phone Bluetooth connection may become intermittently discon nected in some mobile phones Follow these steps to try again 1 Within the mobile phone turn the Bluetoothe function off on and try again 2 Turn the mobile phone power Off On and try again 3 Reboot the audio system and try again 4 Delete all paired devices pair and try again Handsfree call quality and volume may differ depending on the model of your mobile phone C e E Features of your vehicle Voice Recognition When using the voice recognition feature only commands listed with in the user s manual are supported Be aware that during the operation of the voice recognition system pressing any key other than the key terminate voice recognition mode For superior voice recognition per formance position the microphone used for voice recognition above the head of the driver s seat and maintain a proper position
374. the switch for higher speed or press the part of the switch for lower speed To turn the fan speed control off press the OFF button Air conditioning W Type A m Type B OTF044332L Press the A C button to turn the air conditioning system on indicator light will illuminate Press the button again to turn the air conditioning system off OFF mode OTF044333L Press the OFF button to turn off the air climate control system However you can still operate the mode and air intake buttons as long as the igni tion switch is in the ON position Features of your vehicle Climate information screen selec tion if equipped OTF044334 Press the climate information screen selection button to display climate information on the screen System operation Ventilation 1 Set the mode to the position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed Heating 1 Set the mode to the 44 position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 5 If dehumidified heating is desired turn the air conditioning system if equipped on f the windshield fogs up set the mode to the lt amp or 47 position Operation Tips To keep dus
375. the vehicle Slow down before shifting to a lower gear This will help avoid over revving the engine which can cause damage Slow down when you encounter cross winds This gives you much better control of your vehicle Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into R Reverse The transaxle can be damaged if you do not Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface Be especially careful when braking accelerating or shifting gears On a slippery surface an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle to go out of control Always buckle up In a collision an unbelted occupant is signifi cantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belted occupant Never exceed posted speed limits Driving your vehicle AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE IF EQUIPPED Automatic transaxle operation The automatic transaxle has 6 for ward speeds and one reverse speed The individual speeds are selected automatically depending on the Button position of the shift lever NOTICE The first few shifts on a new vehicle or if the battery has been discon nected may be somewhat abrupt This is a normal condition and the shifting sequence will adjust after shifts are cycled a few times by the TCM Transaxle Control Module or PCM Powertrain Control Module DOWN wip To shift depress the brake pedal and press
376. then release it The lane change signals will blink 3 5 or 7times You can choose one touch lane change blinking function in One touch turn lamp of User setting Refer to User setting in chapter 4 NOTICE If an indicator flash is abnormally quick or slow a bulb may be burned out or have a poor electrical connec tion in the circuit Features of your vehicle Front fog light if equipped OAM049046N Fog lights are used to provide improved visibility when visibility is poor due to fog rain or snow etc The fog lights will turn on when the fog light switch 1 is turned to the on position after the headlights are turned on To turn off the fog lights turn the switch 1 to the off position When in operation the fog lights consume large amounts of vehicle electrical power Only use the fog lights when visibility is poor Features of your vehicle WIPERS AND WASHERS OAM049100L A Wiper speed control front HI High wiper speed LO Low wiper speed INT Intermittent wipe AUTO Automatic control wipe OFF Off MIST Single wipe B Intermittent control wipe time adjustment C Wash with brief wipes front iif equipped Windshield wipers Operates as follows when the igni tion switch is turned ON MIST For a single wiping cycle push the lever upward and release it The wipers will operate continuously if the lever is held in this position
377. these deposits A mild soap safe for use on painted surfaces may be used After washing rinse the vehicle thor oughly with lukewarm or cold water Do not allow soap to dry on the fin ish After washing the vehicle test the brakes while driving slowly to see if they have been affected by water If braking performance is impaired dry the brakes by applying them lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed A CAUTION Wetting engine e Water washing in the engine compartment including high pressure water washing may cause the failure of electrical circuits located in the engine compartment Never allow water or other liq uids to come in contact with electrical electronic compo nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them Waxing Wax the vehicle when water will no longer bead on the paint Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing Use a good quality liquid or paste wax and follow the manufacturer s instructions Wax all metal trim to protect it and to main tain its luster Removing oil tar and similar materi als with a spot remover will usually strip the wax from the finish Be sure to re wax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle does not yet need wax ing Maintenance CAUTION Drying vehicle e Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a dry cloth will scratch the finish Do not use steel wool abra sive cleaners or strong deter gents containing highly alka li
378. they are clean and tight 3 Turn on the interior light If the light dims or goes out when you operate the starter the battery is dis charged 4 Check the starter connections to be sure they are securely tight ened 5 Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it See instructions for Jump starting If engine turns over normally but does not start 1 Check fuel level 2 With the ignition switch in the LOCK position check all connec tors at the ignition coil and spark plugs Reconnect any that may be disconnected or loose 3 Check the fuel line in the engine compartment 4 If the engine still does not start call an authorized Kia dealer or seek other qualified assistance What to do in an emergency EMERGENCY STARTING Booster battery F 1VQA4001 Connect cables in numerical order and disconnect in reverse order Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous if done incorrectly Therefore to avoid harm to yourself or damage to your vehicle or battery follow these jump starting procedures If in doubt we strongly recommend that you have a competent technician or towing serv ice jump start your vehicle CAUTION 12 volt battery Use only a 12 volt jumper sys tem You can damage a 12 volt starting motor ignition system and other electrical parts beyond repair by use of a 24 volt power supply either two 12 volt batteries in series or a 24 volt motor generator set A WARNING Froze
379. tire pressure position telltale light will indicate which tire is significantly under inflated by illuminating the cor responding position light If the telltale illuminates immediately reduce your speed avoid hard cor nering and anticipate increased stop ping distances You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible Inflate the tires to the proper pres sure as indicated on the vehicle s placard or tire inflation pressure label located on the driver s side center pil lar outer panel If you cannot reach a service station or if the tire cannot hold the newly added air replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire Then the Low Tire Pressure telltale may flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated after restarting and about 20 minutes of continuous driving before you have the low pressure tire repaired and replaced on the vehicle In winter or cold weather the low tire pressure telltale may be illuminated if the tire pressure was adjusted to the recommended tire inflation pressure in warm weather It does not mean your TPMS is malfunctioning because the decreased temperature leads to a proportional lowering of tire pressure What to do in an emergency When you drive your vehicle from a warm area to a cold area or from a cold area to a warm area or the out side temperature is greatly higher or lower you should check the tire infla tion pressure and adjust the tires to t
380. tomatic turn off function eeeeee 4 106 Back up warning system eese 4 92 Map lamp Uresss es PEUT eS 4 106 e Operation of the back up warning system 4 92 Roomlamp oee e eed 4 107 Non operational conditions of back up warning evlirunk roomilamp 5 veio ieri e oleverolerare 4 108 Systems LIE E 4 93 Glove box lamp eis 4 109 e Back up warning system precautions 4 93 Vanity mirror lamp 990222 aeram eens 4 109 Defroster Boece siesta siete eene sioe eio etes 4 110 e Rear window defroster Leeeue 4 110 Manual climate control system 4 111 e Heating and air conditioning 4 112 System operation e ees 5 5 eiie cress nie n ore 4 117 Climate control air filter ees ee ees eeseocsocos 4 119 Automatic climate control system 4 120 e Automatic heating and air conditioning 4 121 e Manual heating and air conditioning 4 122 System operation soen eese 19819 elo ae v Servo 4 128 Windshield defrosting and defogging 4 131 e Manual climate control system 4 131 e Automatic climate control system 4 132 eiDefoecinelogic o ee 4 133 Storage compartment eeeeeee 4 137 Center console storage eee 4 137 e Glove box cuv sesso setono mosca ence ies eoe aree 4 137 eCoolDOX zosseeseeete re ie Se sre eere Us 4 138 Sunelass holderzs255 9 91
381. ts lower arm ball joint upper arm ball joint C Inspect suspension mounting bolts Q Inspect brake clutch if equipped fluid O Inspect fuel filter U Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections Q Inspect fuel tank air filter if equipped Q Inspect rear disc brake pads parking brake Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap fuel tank Q Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped C Inspect drive belt auto tensioner generator p str g a con w pump First 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 48 months after every 15 000 miles 24 000 km or 12 months C Replace climate control air filter for evaporator and blower unit Continued Continued Q Replace air cleaner filter C Replace engine oil and filter 2 4 GDI 150 000 miles 240 000 km or 240 months C Replace coolant First 60 000 miles 96 000 km or 60 months after every 30 000 miles 48 000 km or 24 months Q Add fuel additive Every 7 500 miles 12 000 km or 12 months 3 Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace No check No service required QO Automatic transaxle fluid if equipped Maintenance a a SS MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals R Replace Inspect and after inspection clean adjust
382. ts won t oper ate and theft alarm will not arm Close the door and try again to lock the doors If trunk or engine hood remains open the hazard warning lights won t operate and theft alarm will not arm Close the trunk or engine hood The hazard warning lights blink once and theft alarm arms Features of your vehicle The theft alarm system by the key can be activated by an authorized Kia dealer If you want this feature consult an authorized Kia dealer Do not arm the system until all passengers have left the vehicle If the system is armed while a pas senger s remains in the vehicle the alarm may be activated when the remaining passenger s leaves the vehicle If any door or trunk or engine hood is opened within 30 seconds after the sys tem enters the armed stage the system will be disarmed to pre vent unnecessary alarm Theft alarm stage The alarm will be activated if any of the following occurs while the system is armed A front or rear door is opened with out using the transmitter or smart key The trunk is opened without using the transmitter or smart key The engine hood is opened The horn will sound and the hazard warning lights will blink continuously for approximately 27 seconds To turn off the system unlock the doors with the transmitter or smart key Disarmed stage The system will be disarmed when Transmitter The door unlock button is pressed The engine is st
383. tud so that it must be replaced Note that most lug nuts do not have metric threads Be sure to use extreme care in checking for thread style before installing aftermarket lug nuts or wheels If in doubt consult an authorized Kia dealer To prevent the jack jack handle wheel lug nut wrench and spare tire from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store them properly What to do in an emergency Important use of compact spare tire if equipped Your vehicle is equipped with a com pact spare tire This compact spare tire takes up less space than a regu lar size tire This tire is smaller than a conventional tire and is designed for temporary use only CAUTION e You should drive carefully when the compact spare is in use The compact spare should be replaced by the proper conventional tire and rim at the first opportunity The operation of this vehicle is not recommended with more than one compact spare tire in use at the same time The compact spare should be inflat ed to 60 psi 420 kPa NOTICE Check the inflation pressure after installing the spare tire Adjust it to the specified pressure as necessary When using a compact spare tire observe the following precautions Under no circumstances should you exceed 50 mph 80 km h a higher speed could damage the tire Ensure that you drive slowly enough for the road conditions to avoid all hazards Any road hazard such as a pothole
384. ually drain the car battery Never leave the TMK unattended while it is being used Do not leave the compressor run ning for more than 10 min at a time or it may overheat Do not use the TMK if the ambient temperature is below 22 F 30 C When the tire and wheel are dam aged do not use Tire Mobility Kit for your safety Technical Data System voltage DC 12 V Working voltage DC 10 15 V Amperage rating max 15 A Suitable for use at temperatures 22 158 F 30 70 C Max working pressure 87 psi 6 bar Size Compressor 6 6 x 5 9 x 2 7 in 168 x 150 x 68 mm Sealant bottle 4 1 x 3 3 in 104 x 85 mm Compressor weight 2 31 Ibs 1 05 kg Sealant volume 18 3 cu in 300 ml Sealant warranty 5 years sealant What to do in an emergency TOWING Towing service If emergency towing is necessary we recommend having it done by an authorized Kia dealer or a commer cial tow truck service Proper lifting and towing procedures are neces sary to prevent damage to the vehi cle The use of wheel dollies or flatbed is recommended For trailer towing guidelines informa tion refer to Trailer towing in chap ler 5 It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground without dollies and the front wheels off the ground If any of the loaded wheels or sus pension components are damaged or the vehicle is being towed with the front wheels on the ground use a
385. uency to connect var ious devices within a certain dis tance Supported within PCs external devices Bluetooth phones PDAs various electronic devices and automotive environments Bluetooth allows data to be trans mitted at high speeds without hav ing to use a connector cable Bluetooth Handsfree refers to a device which allows the user to con veniently make phone calls with Bluetoothe mobile phones through the audio system Bluetoothe Handsfree may not be supported in some mobile phones To learn more about mobile device compatibility visit www kia com Precautions for Safe Driving Bluetoothe Handsfree is a feature that enables drivers to practice safe driving Connecting the head unit with a Bluetooth phone allows the user to conveniently make and receive calls and use contacts Before using Bluetoothe carefully read the contents of this user s manual Excessive use or operations while driving may lead to negligent driv ing practices and result in acci dents Refrain from excessive oper ations while driving Viewing the screen for prolonged periods of time is dangerous and may lead to accidents When driv ing view the screen only for short periods of time Features of your vehicle When connecting a Bluetooth Phone Before connecting the head unit with the mobile phone check to see that the mobile phone sup ports Bluetooth features e Even if the phone supports Bluetoothe
386. ulated air position will be selected automatically u OTF044316 Instrument panel vents The outlet vents can be opened or closed separately using the thumb wheel Also you can adjust the direction of air delivered from these vents using the vent control lever as shown OTF044317 The temperature control knob allows you to control the temperature of the air flowing from the ventilation sys tem To change the air temperature in the passenger compartment turn the knob to the right for warm air or left for cooler air Features of your vehicle Air intake control OTF044318L This is used to select outside fresh air position or recirculated air posi tion To change the air intake control posi tion push the control button Recirculated air position The indicator light on the fak S button illuminates when n the recirculated air posi a tion is selected With the recirculated air position selected air from the passenger compartment will be drawn through the heat ing system and heated or cooled according to the function selected Outside fresh air position The indicator light on the fat button will not illuminate acum when the outside fresh air position is selected With the outside fresh air position selected air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the function selected Prolonged operation of the heater in the recirculated air position without ai
387. unk lid cover and then remove the replacement if equipped cover 4 Take out the light 5 Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket 6 Reinstall the trunk lid cover by pushing in the screw Wr OTF070036 OTF074037 1 Turn off the engine 2 Open the trunk Maintenance High mounted bulb 4 Type A Fold the seat back by pulling out the lock release knob 1 Fold the seatback forward and down firmly if equipped Type B Push the seat back up The seat back is connected to the hook attached to package tray if equipped OTF074058N 1 Turn off the engine 2 Pull up the seat cushion 3 Remove the nuts under the seat Li connecting each side of the seat E IM OTF030021 And take each side seat out iesccSaeseses A eo see EEE e nesa i e AE Ea ACELERAR EAM aet DE Eee eee eed Maintenance 11 Reinstall the seat by pushing it down firmly m a JN OTF070060N 5 Take the C pillar out carefully If 7 Remove the screws and package you pull the C pillar strongly it tray will be broken 8 Remove the fabric and nuts 6 Disconnect the cable attached on 9 Change the HMSL to a new one OTF070062N the panel 10 Reinstall all package tray cable and side seat Lift and push the seat back backward firmly until it clicks into place Maintenance Vanity mirror lamp Interior light bulb replacement 1 Using a flat blade screwdriver gently pry the lens from the inter
388. up and the front seats should be in an upright position when the vehicle is moving A seat belt cannot provide proper protection if the person is lying down in the rear seat or if the front seat is in a reclined position Care of seat belts Seat belt systems should never be disassembled or modified In addi tion care should be taken to assure that seat belts and belt hardware are not damaged by seat hinges doors or other abuse Periodic inspection All seat belts should be inspected periodically for wear or damage of any kind Any damaged parts should be replaced as soon as possible Keep belts clean and dry Seat belts should be kept clean and dry If belts become dirty they can be cleaned by using a mild soap solu tion and warm water Bleach dye strong detergents or abrasives should not be used because they may damage and weaken the fabric When to replace seat belts The entire in use seat belt assembly or assemblies should be replaced if the vehicle has been involved in an accident This should be done even if no damage is visible Additional questions concerning seat belt oper ation should be directed to an authorized Kia dealer Safety features of your vehicle CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM Children riding in the car should sit in the rear seat and must always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury in an accident sudden stop or sudden maneuver According to accident statistics children are s
389. upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Tires degrade over time even when they are not being used Regardless of the remaining tread we recom mend that tires be replaced after approximately six 6 years of nor mal service Heat caused by hot cli mates or frequent high loading con ditions can accelerate the aging process These grades are molded on the side walls of passenger vehicle tires The tires available as standard or optional equipment on your vehicles may vary with respect to grade Traction AA A B amp C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tires ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on spec ified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction perform ance The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead brak ing traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction char acteristics Maintenance Ra Temperature A B amp C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled condi tions on a specified indoor laboratory t
390. ur vehicle s frame bumper sys tem front end or side sheet metal or ride height this may affect the opera tion of your vehicle s air bag system Safety features of your vehicle Air bag warning label OTF030044 1 Air bag warning labels some required by the U S National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA are attached to alert the driver and passengers of potential risks of the air bag system i T e Record your key number eeeeeeee v Key operationsc 99 etice sa ET eO UU Smart CASCO TU SOUOO dO IODOOOODOIOS Smart key functions s esee rre sesso tees Smart key precautions 0 e cee eeeee Remote keyless entry system operations Remote keyless entev eee eeaeee e sels ore e Transmitter precautions eee Battery replacement 29299199 9 9 9 aet ecole Immobilizer system cece cece eeeee Theft alarm system eere Armed Stage sisi e eere mie snno eae aie ee rese exLheft alarm stage 9o Disarmed stage 5 59 9992999999999 9 0 Doorlocksz 755 9 noD OUT Operating door locks from outside the vehicle e Operating door locks from inside the vehicle e Impact sensing door unlock system e Auto door lock unlock feature lt Opening the trunk 1 e e uetus Emergency trunk lid release cable s Closing the trunk 4 49 rrr hr n rS re eee Emergency trunk safety rel
391. ures of your vehicle BASIC METHOD OF USE Audio CD MP3 CD USB iPod My Music Press the key to change the mod mode in order of CD USB iPod AUX My Music BT Audio The folder file name is displayed on the screen Audio CD CD MP3 gt USB My Music X The CD is automatically played when a CD is inserted The USB music is automatically played when a USB is connected Repeat While song file is playing EZB RPT key Audio CD MP3 CD USB iPod My Music mode RPT on screen To repeat one song press the key Repeats the current song MP3 CD USB mode FLD RPT on screen To repeat folder pressing twice repeats all files within the current folder Press the key again to turn off repeat Random While song file is playing AD RDM key Audio CD My Music mode RDM on screen Random press the key songs in random order Plays all Jie sceSaeses ns cle eee ae ee ease LL IEEE Eae UL cena E Ea ALME LEE nee ce aoe cee E eto Meee nee aet D Ee eem sees Features of your vehicle MP3 CD USB mode FLD RDM on screen Folder Random press the key Plays all files within the current fold er in random order iPod mode ALL RDM on screen All Random press the key Plays all files in random order MP3 CD USB ALL RDM on screen All Random pressing twice Plays all files in random order 3 Press the key again t
392. ures of your vehicle SiriusXM RADIO Using SiriusXM Satellite Radio Your Kia vehicle is equipped with a 3 month complimentary period of SiriusXM Satellite Radio so you have access to over 130 channels of music information and entertain ment programming Activation In order to extend or reactivate your subscription to SiriusXM Satellite Radio you will need to contact SIR IUS Customer Care at 800 643 2112 Have your 12 digit SID Sirius Identification Number ESN Electronic Serial Number ready To retrieve the SID ESN turn on the radio press the RADIO button and tune to channel zero Please note that the vehicle will need to be turned on in Sirius mode and have an unobstructed view of the sky in order for the radio to receive the activation signal SEEK Press the key gt Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds select previous or next channel Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds continuously move to previous or next channel K If the Category icon is displayed channels are changed within the current category SCAN Press the key gt Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Previews each broad cast for 5 seconds each Press the key again to con tinue listening to the current fre quency K If the Category icon is displayed channels are changed within the current category E Features of your vehicle Category Press
393. urs have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible The EPB malfunction indicator may illuminate when the ESC indicator comes on to indicate that the ESC is not working properly but it does not indicate a malfunction of the EPB CAUTION e The EPB warning light may illuminate if the EPB switch operates abnormally Shut the engine off and turn it on again after a few minutes The warn ing light will go off and the EPB switch will operate nor mally However if the EPB warning light is still on have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer If the parking brake warning light does not illuminate or blinks even though the EPB switch was pulled up the EPB is not applied If the parking brake warning light blinks when the EPB warning light is on press the switch then pull it up Once more press it back to its origi nal position and pull it back up If the EPB warning does not go off have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer Emergency braking If there is a problem with the brake pedal while driving emergency brak ing is possible by pulling up and holding the EPB switch Braking is possible only while you are holding the EPB switch NOTICE During emergency braking by the EPB the parking brake warning light will illuminate to indicate that the system is operating Driving your vehicle AUTO HOLD if equipped A Comon The Auto Hold maintains the
394. ust the direction of air delivered from these vents using the vent control lever as shown OTF044328 The temperature control knob allows you to control the temperature of the air flowing from the ventilation sys tem To change the air temperature in the passenger compartment turn the knob to the right for warm air or left for cooler air OTF044329L Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature individually 1 Press the DUAL button to operate the driver and passenger side temperature individually Pressing the right temperature control but ton will automatically switch to the DUAL mode as well 2 Operate the left temperature con trol to adjust the driver side tem perature Operate the right tem perature control to adjust the pas senger side temperature Features of your vehicle Adjusting the driver and passenger Temperature conversion side temperature equally You can switch the temperature 1 Press the DUAL button again to mode between Fahrenheit to deactivate DUAL mode The pas Centigrade as follows senger side temperature will be While pressing the OFF press the set to the same temperature aS AUTO button for 3 seconds or more the driver side temperature The display will change from 2 Operate the driver side tempera Fahrenheit to Centigrade or from passenger side temperature will be adjusted equally The temperature unit from C to F or from F to C can be changed by using the
395. utton 2 on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desired position 3 Removal and installation To remove the headrest raise it as far as it can go then press the release button 1 while pulling the headrest up 2 To reinstall the headrest put the headrest poles 3 into the holes while pressing the release button 1 Then adjust it to the appropriate height Seat warmer if equipped OTF034045 The seat warmers are provided to warm the front seats during cold weather With the ignition switch in the ON position push either of the switches to warm the driver s seat or the front passenger s seat SE EEEO EE E AE EE E E EO E E Mee Safety features of your vehicle During mild weather or under condi tions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed keep the switches in the OFF position With the seat warmer switch in the ON position the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature Each time you push the button the temperature setting of the seat is changed as follows T When pressing the switch for more than 1 5 seconds with the seat warmer operating the seat warmer will turn OFF The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position whenever the engine start stop button the ignition switch is turned on A CAUTION Seat damage When cleaning the seats do not use an organic solvent such as paint thinner ben zene al
396. v cc REIR ER ED PED I PERS 3 35 Side air bag iss REI AGE Re RENS 3 48 SRD Gate c de bERR SEIS QRERO Ge UN REP TSD 3 55 SRS components and functions 3 38 Aut Cleaner 028 0 ss Sond ERR ADDERE SIUS RENS 7 37 Air ventilation seat 60 2 2 eee eee eee 3 11 Airconditioning system llle ee 4 140 Automatic climatecontrol system Lulu 4 120 Alarm SyStem otac etie RR RICE P EEVs 4 14 Antenna see the Glass antenna 4 145 Anti lock brake system ABS 00 5 36 Appearance Care 5 2 wise so oer ml be ERRORS ERE 7 92 EXterlOr Cake nero laeniBeRO PRESS BR BERN 7 92 Interior cate i22 bakes REG baie E e 7 97 Armrest fear vus ns whe eS Se Re Y RE es 3 15 Audio System iu desees maet pc Re Ree 4 145 Aux USB and iPod port 0 4 147 Glass antenna icis baie ee RC RES ER ee 4 145 Steering wheel audio controls 4 146 Auto defogging system lesse esee 4 135 Auto Holdes esi decid bees bio heen eek 5 33 Auto light position nessie nianie ke a 4 99 Automatic climate control system 4 120 Ait conditioning eee eee Alva a ole ect bog 4 129 Automatic heating and air conditioning 4 121 Manual heating and air conditioning 4 122 Automatic transaxle 0 0 2 0 eee eee eee 5 17 Paddle shufter oces e eekeetre RERO CCRS eR 5 20 Shift lock override 0 000 000 00008 5 21 sports mode
397. ving conditions based upon light lev els monitored in front of the vehi cle and from the rear of the vehi cle These light sensors are visi ble through openings in the front and rear of the mirror case Any object that obstructs either light sensor will degrade the automat ic dimming control feature Automatic dimming function Your mirror will automatically dim upon detecting glare from the vehi cles traveling behind you The auto dimming function can be controlled by the Dimming ON OFF Button 1 Pressing the button turns the auto dimming function OFF which is indicated by the green Status Indicator LED turning off 2 Pressing the button again turns the auto dimming function ON which is indicated by the green Status Indicator LED turning on NOTICE The mirror defaults to the ON posi tion each time the vehicle is started Z Nav Compass Display The NVS Mirror in your vehicle is also equipped with a Z Nav Compass that shows the vehicle Compass heading in the Display Window using the 8 basic cardinal headings N NE E SE etc Features of your vehicle Compass function The Compass can be turned ON and OFF and will remember the last state when the ignition is cycled To turn the display feature ON OFF 1 Press and release the button to turn the display feature OFF 2 Press and release the button again to turn the display back ON Additional options can be set with press an
398. wear and calipers for fluid leakage Exhaust pipe and muffler Visually inspect the exhaust pipes muffler and hangers for cracks dete rioration or damage Start the engine and listen carefully for any exhaust gas leakage Tighten con nections or replace parts as neces sary Suspension mounting bolts Check the suspension connections for looseness or damage Retighten to the specified torque Maintenance E Steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint With the vehicle stopped and engine off check for excessive free play in the steering wheel Check the linkage for bends or dam age Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration cracks or damage Replace any damaged parts Drive shafts and boots Check the drive shafts boots and clamps for cracks deterioration or damage Replace any damaged parts and if necessary repack the grease Air conditioning refrigerant Check the air conditioning lines and connections for leakage and dam age Maintenance ENGINE OIL Checking the engine oil level 3 Turn the engine off and wait for a few minutes about 5 minutes for m2 oneifie j the oil to return to the oil pan 4 Pull the dipstick out wipe it clean and reinsert it fully A WARNING Radiator hose Be very careful not to touch the radiator hose when checking or Y adding the engine oil as it may W2 0 STO be hot enough to burn you a 5 Pull the dip
399. when saying commands Within the following situations voice recognition may not function properly due to external sound When the windows and sunroof are open When the blower AC heater is set to high When entering and passing through tunnels Continued Continued When driving on rugged and uneven roads During severe rain heavy rains windstorms Phone related voice commands can be used only when a Bluetooth Wireless Technology device is connected When making calls by stating a name the corresponding contact must be downloaded and stored within the audio system After downloading the Bluetoothe Wireless Technology phone book it takes some times to convert the phone book data into voice infor mation During this time voice recognition may not properly oper ate Pronounce the voice commands naturally and clearly as if in a nor mal conversation Features of your vehicle m CD Player AM1A0TKAN 8V AM1A0TKKN 8V Features of your vehicle SYSTEM CONTROLLERS AND FUNCTIONS Display and settings may differ depending on the selected audio Audio Head Unit 1 GSB EJECT Ejects the disc 2 Changes to mode Each time the key is pressed the mode is changed in order of FM1 FM2 AM SAT1 SAT2 SATS 3 In Setup gt Display the radio pop up screen will be displayed when Mode Pop up is turned COn When the pop up screen is dis played use t
400. when the Engine Start Stop Button changes to the OFF position m Type B Check Steering Wheel Lock System A OTF044189L This warning message illuminates if the steering wheel does not lock normally when the Engine Start Stop Button changes to the OFF position Press brake pedal to start engine for smart key system and auto matic transaxle W Type A z Press brake pedal to start engine OTF044151L E Type B Press brake pedal to start engine OTF044152L Features of your vehicle This warning message illuminates if the Engine Start Stop Button changes to the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly without depressing the brake pedal It means that you should depress the brake pedal to start the engine Press clutch pedal to start engine for smart key system and manual transaxle W Type A S Li 5 Press clutch pedal to start engine OTF044155L m Type B Press clutch pedal to start engine OTF044190L This warning message illuminates if the Engine Start Stop Button changes to the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly without depressing the clutch pedal It means that you should depress the clutch pedal to start the engine Features of your vehicle Key not in vehicle for smart key system B W Type A Key not in vehicle Key not detected for smart key system W Type A E Key not detected OTF04
401. will be able to pull the belt out smoothly eal i i EEEL ovcossoss Height adjustment You can adjust the height of the shoulder belt anchor to one of the 4 positions for maximum comfort and safety The height of the adjusting seat belt should not be too close to your neck The shoulder portion should be adjusted so that it lies across your chest and midway over your shoulder nearest the door and not your neck To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor lower or raise the height adjuster into an appropriate position To raise the height adjuster pull it up 1 To lower it push it down 3 while pressing the height adjuster button 2 Release the button to lock the anchor into position Try sliding the height adjuster to make sure that it has locked into position Safety features of your vehicle B200A01NF You should place the lap belt portion as low as possible and snugly across your hips If the lap belt is located too high on your waist it may increase the chance of injury in the event of a collision The arm closest to the seat belt buckle should be over the belt while the other arm should be under the belt as shown in the illustration Seat belts Front passenger and rear seat 3 point system with combination locking retractor To fasten your seat belt Combination retractor type seat belts are installed in the rear seat posi tions to help accommodate the installation of child restraint sys
402. will be selected automatically If the outside fresh air position is not selected automatically press the corresponding button manually P G P Features of your vehicle To defrost outside windshield Automatic climate control sys 1 Select desired fan speed tem 2 Select desired temperature To defog inside windshield 3 Press the defroster button 7 4 The outside fresh air position will be selected automatically If the outside fresh air position is not selected automatically adjust the corresponding button manually 1 Set the fan speed to the highest extreme right position 2 Set the temperature to the extreme hot position 3 Select the t position 4 The outside fresh air will be selected automatically Features of your vehicle To defrost outside windshield OTF044345 1 Set the fan speed to the highest position 2 Set the temperature to the extreme hot HI position 3 Press the defroster button 7 4 The outside fresh air position will be selected automatically Defogging logic To reduce the probability of fogging up inside of the windshield the air intake or air conditioning are con trolled automatically according to certain conditions such as lt amp or Gt position To cancel or return to the defogging logic do the followings Pio sce aeses es else Ice mL LL IEEE UL cena AE Ea ELEM ELLA Meca E sea x
403. write to Administrator NHTSA 1200 New Jersey Ave SE West Building Washington DC 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects ONLINE FACTORY AUTHORIZED MANUALS U S ONLY The following publications are available on www KiaTechinfo com at no charge Service manual This manual covers maintenance and recommended pro cedures for repair to engine and chassis components It is written for the Journeyman mechanic but is simple enough for most mechanically inclined owners to under stand Electrical troubleshooting manual This manual complements the Service Manual by provid ing indepth troubleshooting information for each electrical circuit in your vehicle Owner s manual This manual describes the overall features and operating procedures for the vehicle Index A Active ECO sareen e GRRE P PES On E wreck 5 49 Air bag warning label 00 3 56 Air bag warning light 00 0 3 37 Alt DagS 35 80369 tk E BEER Re e PEG 3 34 Air bag warning label 0 0 0 0 3 56 Air bag warning light 0 3 37 Curtain air b g 4 pitbee eR RERIDBR E hehe y 3 49 Driver s and passenger s front air bag 3 45 Inflation and non inflation conditions 3 50 Occupant detection system 3 40 Operation
404. ximately 6 sec onds or if it illuminates while the vehicle is being driven please have an authorized Kia dealer inspect the pre tensioner seat belt or SRS air bag system as soon as possible NOTICE Do not attempt to service or repair the pre tensioner seat belt system in any manner Do not attempt to inspect or replace the pre tensioner seat belts yourself This must be done by an authorized Kia dealer Pre tensioners are designed to oper ate only one time After activation pre tensioner seat belts must be replaced If the pre tensioner must be replaced contact an authorized Kia dealer Seat belt precautions Infant or small child All 50 states have child restraint laws You should be aware of the specific requirements in your state Child and or infant seats must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat For more information about the use of these restraints refer to Child restraint system in this section Safety features of your vehicle Larger children Children who are too large for child restraint systems should always occu py the rear seat and use the available lap shoulder belts The lap portion should be fastened snug on the hips and as low as possible Periodically check belt fit A child s squirming could put the belt out of position Children are given the most safety in the event of an accident when they are restrained by a proper restraint system in the rear seat If a larger child
405. y Setting The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology A WARNING Driving while distracted can result in a loss of vehicle control that may lead to an accident severe personal injury and death The driver s primary responsibility is in the safe and legal operation of a vehicle and use of any handheld devices other equipment or vehicle sys tems which take the driver s eyes attention and focus away from the safe operation of a vehi cle or which are not permissible by law should never be used dur ing operation of the vehicle Pairing a New Device Press the key gt Select Phone gt Select Pair Phone Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices can be paired with the audio system For more information refer to the Pairing through Phone Setup sec tion within Bluetooth Wireless Technology qj Viewing Paired Phone List Press the key Select Phone gt Select Phone List 4 This feature is used to view mobile phones that have been paired with the audio system Upon selecting a paired phone the setup menu is dis played For more information refer to the Setting Bluetoothe Wireless Technology Connection section with
406. y are intercept ed by the radio antenna on your vehi cle This signal is then processed by the radio and sent to your vehicle speakers However in some cases the signal coming to your vehicle may not be strong and clear This can be due to factors such as the distance from the radio station closeness of other strong radio sta tions or the presence of buildings bridges or other large obstructions in the area AM reception JBM002 AM broadcasts can be received at greater distances than FM broad casts This is because AM radio waves are transmitted at low fre quencies These long distance low frequency radio waves can follow the curvature of the earth rather than travelling straight In addition they curve around obstructions resulting in better signal coverage FM radio station Mountains JBMO003 FM broadcasts are transmitted at high frequencies and do not bend to follow the earth s surface Because of this FM broadcasts generally begin to fade within short distances from the station Also FM signals are easily affected by buildings moun tains and obstructions This can lead to undesirable or unpleasant listen ing conditions which might lead you to believe a problem exists with your radio The following conditions are normal and do not indicate radio trouble Features of your vehicle Fading As your vehicle moves away from the radio station the signal will weaken and sou
407. y experience difficulty in obtaining services in a foreign country for any number of reasons Further we cannot assume any responsibility for prob lems that result from unsatisfactory service or lack of service outside of the United States N Co Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT U S ONLY The electrical system of your vehicle is designed to per form under all reasonably expected operating conditions However before any additional electrical equipment is installed in your vehicle consult an Authorized Kia Dealer in order to ensure that you do not void your war ranty Certain electrical equipment or the way in which it is installed may adversely affect the operation of your vehi cle includingsuch systems as the engine control system the audio system and the electrical charging system and thus potentially void all or part of your warranty We assume no responsibility for any expense you may incur or for any malfunction of your vehicle or any of its components or systems that may result from the installa tion of additional electrical equipment that is not supplied or recommended for installation by Kia Installation of a mobile two way radio system If a mobile two way radio system is installed improperly or if an excessively powerful type of system is used other electronic systems may be adversely affected To avoid damage to your vehicle consult an Authorized Ki
408. y malfunction Glass antenna if equipped Eg OTF044357 When the radio power switch is turned on while the ignition switch is in either the ON or ACC position your car will receive both AM and FM broadcast signals through the anten na in the rear window glass Features of your vehicle Shark fin antenna if equipped The shark fin antenna will receive the transmit data CAUTION Do not clean the inside of the rear window glass with a cleaner or use a scraper to remove foreign deposits as this may cause damage to the antenna elements Avoid adding metallic coatings such as Ni Cd and so on These can disturb receiving AM and FM broadcast signals Features of your vehicle Steering wheel audio controls if equipped E Type A OTF044359 The steering wheel may incorporate audio control buttons CAUTION Do not operate audio remote control buttons simultaneously VOLUME 1 Press the lever upward to increase the volume Press the lever downward to decrease the volume SEEK PRESET v 2 The SEEK PRESET button has dif ferent functions based on the system mode For the following functions the button should be pressed for 0 8 sec onds or more RADIO mode It will function as the AUTO SEEK select button CD USB iPod mode It will function as the FF REW button If the SEEK PRESET button is pressed for less than 0 8 seconds it wil
409. y polluted two conditions The window is severely polluted 1 This device may not cause harmful The windows are severely tinted interference and 2 This device must accept any inter ference received including inter ference that may cause undesired operation EE Driving your vehicle ECONOMICAL OPERATION Your vehicle s fuel economy depends mainly on your style of driving where you drive and when you drive Each of these factors affects how many miles kilometers you can get from a gallon liter of fuel To operate your vehicle as economically as pos sible use the following driving sug gestions to help save money in both fuel and repairs Drive smoothly Accelerate at a moderate rate Don t make jack rabbit starts or full throttle shifts and maintain a steady cruising speed Don t race between stop lights Try to adjust your speed to the traffic so you don t have to change speeds unnecessarily Avoid heavy traffic whenever pos sible Always maintain a safe dis tance from other vehicles so you can avoid unnecessary braking This also reduces brake wear Drive at a moderate speed The faster you drive the more fuel your vehicle uses Driving at a moderate speed especially on the highway is one of the most effective ways to reduce fuel consumption Don t ride the brake pedal This can increase fuel consumption and also increase wear on these com ponents In addition driving with your foot resti
410. y protected CD may indicate that the CD is defective not the CD player NOTE Order of playing files folders 1 Song playing order to 6 sequentially 2 Folder playing order If no song file is contained in the folder that folder is not displayed Root gt Folder gt Folder AA gt Folder ABA dH XE gt Folder ABB gt Folder BA Folder BB Folder Root Folder A SongFile n gt O LDO PA p Folder AB Folder ABA D DO L fonra 9 D0 Folder B Folder BA Folder BB 90 Features of your vehicle A WARNING Do not stare at the screen while driving Staring at the screen for prolonged periods of time could lead to traffic accidents Do not disassemble assem ble or modify the audio sys tem Such acts could result in accidents fire or electric shock Using the phone while driving may lead to a lack of attention of traffic conditions and increase the likelihood of accidents Use the phone feature after parking the vehi cle Heed caution not to spill water or introduce foreign objects into the device Such acts could lead to smoke fire or product malfunction Continued Continued Please refrain from use if the screen is blank or no sound can be heard as these signs may indicate product mal function Continued use in such conditions c
411. you press the door lock or unlock button the position light and headlight will turn off immediately Interior light When the interior light switch is in the DOOR position and all doors and trunk are locked and closed the room lamp will come on for 30 sec onds if any of the below is performed Without smart key system When the door unlock button is pressed on the transmitter With the smart key system When the door unlock button is pressed on the smart key When the button of the outside door handle is pressed At this time if you press the door lock or unlock button the room lamp will turn off immediately Features of your vehicle LIGHTING Battery saver function The purpose of this feature is to prevent the battery from being dis charged The system automatically turns off the parking lights when the driver removes the ignition key and opens the driver side door With this feature the parking lights will turn off automatically if the driv er parks on the side of the road at night If necessary to keep the lights on when the ignition key is removed perform the following 1 Open the driver side door 2 Turn the parking lights OFF and ON again using the light switch on the steering column Headlight escort function if equipped The headlights and or taillights will remain on for approximately 5 min utes after the ignition key is removed or turned to the ACC or LOCK posi tion
412. your tire pressures at the proper levels If a tire frequently needs refilling have it checked by an authorized Kia dealer Overinflation produces a harsh ride excessive wear at the center of the tire tread and a greater pos sibility of damage from road haz ards Warm tires normally exceed rec ommended cold tire pressures by 4 to 6 psi 28 to 41 kPa Do not release air from warm tires to adjust the pressure or the tires will be underinflated Be sure to reinstall the tire inflation valve caps Without the valve cap dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage If a valve cap is missing install a new one as soon as possible Always observe the following Check tire pressure when the tires are cold After vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or hasn t been driven more than one mile 1 6 km since startup Check the pressure of your spare tire each time you check the pres sure of other tires Never overload your vehicle Be careful not to overload a vehicle luggage rack if your vehicle is equipped with one Checking tire inflation pres sure Check your tires once a month or more Also check the tire pressure of the spare tire How to check Use a good quality gauge to check tire pressure You can not tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they re underinflated Check the tire s in
413. ystem menu of Setup AUX AUX is used to play external MEDIA currently connected with the AUX terminal AUX mode will automatically start when an external device is connect ed with the AUX terminal If an external device is connected you can also press the key to change to AUX mode AUX mode cannot be started unless there is an external device connected to the AUX terminal AUX Fully insert the AUX cable into the AUX terminal for use Pio sccS neces es ele Lace LL LL MERE E Lm AE La ELEME LEE Meca E Desa rate M DE Ee eoe e E Features of your vehicle Bluetooth Wireless Technology AUDIO What is Bluetooth Wireless Technology Bluetooth Wireless Technology allows devices to be connected in a short distance including hands free devices stereo headsets wireless remote controllers etc For more information visit the Bluetooth Wireless Technology website at www Bluetooth com Before using Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio features Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio may not be supported depend ing on the compatibility of your Bluetooth Wireless Technology mobile phone In order to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio you must first pair and connect the Bluetooth Wireless Technology mobile phone The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license Other trademarks and trade name
414. ze designa tion mean Example wheel size designation 6 0JX16 6 0 Rim width in inches J Rim contour designation 16 Rim diameter in inches Tire speed ratings The chart below lists many of the dif ferent speed ratings currently being used for passenger vehicles The speed rating is part of the tire size designation on the sidewall of the tire This symbol corresponds to that tire s designed maximum safe oper ating speed Speed Rating Maximum Speed Symbol S 112 mph 180 km h T 118 mph 190 km h H 130 mph 210 km h V 149 mph 240 km h Z Above 149 mph 240 km h Maintenance Rm 3 Checking tire life TIN Tire Identification Number Any tires that are over 6 years old based on the manufacturing date including the spare tire should be replaced by new ones You can find the manufacturing date on the tire sidewall possibly on the inside of the wheel displaying the DOT Code The DOT Code is a series of num bers on a tire consisting of numbers and English letters The manufactur ing date is designated by the last four digits characters of the DOT code DOT XXXX XXXX OOOO The front part of the DOT means a plant code number tire size and tread pattern and the last four num bers indicate week and year manu factured For example DOT XXXX XXXX 1613 represents that the tire was produced in the 16th week of 2013 4 Tire ply composition and mate
415. zer system Insert the ignition key into the key cylinder and turn it to the ON position To activate the immobilizer system Turn the ignition key to the OFF posi tion The immobilizer system acti vates automatically Without a valid ignition key for your vehicle the engine will not start Your Immobilizer password is a cus tomer unique password and should be kept confidential Do not leave this number anywhere in your vehicle NOTICE Keep each key separately in order to avoid a starting malfunction Features of your vehicle Do not put metal accessories near the ignition switch Metal accessories may interrupt the transponder signal and may prevent the engine from being started If you need additional keys or lose your keys consult an authorized Kia dealer CAUTION Immobilizer damage Do not expose your immobilizer system to moisture static elec tricity and rough handling This may damage your immobilizer CAUTION Immobilizer alterations Do not change alter or adjust the immobilizer system because it could cause the immobilizer system to malfunction This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harm ful interference and 2 This device must accept any inter ference received including inter ference that may cause undesired operation Features of your vehicle THEFT ALAR

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

DLS Svenska AB ULTIMATE NOBELIUM NOBELIUM 10 User's Manual  Digibar V - Teledyne Odom Hydrographic  BARRAGES_@ FR  s6i_52d_880:Frontespizio 1.qxd  TR 230 GL and GS  Patton electronic SmartNode 5200 User's Manual  Sealife ECOshot User's Manual  OnRoad Katalog 2010/2011 - ctr  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file